CINXE.COM

<!DOCTYPE html> <html class="client-nojs vector-feature-language-in-header-enabled vector-feature-language-in-main-page-header-disabled vector-feature-sticky-header-disabled vector-feature-page-tools-pinned-disabled vector-feature-toc-pinned-clientpref-1 vector-feature-main-menu-pinned-disabled vector-feature-limited-width-clientpref-1 vector-feature-limited-width-content-enabled vector-feature-custom-font-size-clientpref-1 vector-feature-appearance-pinned-clientpref-1 vector-feature-night-mode-enabled skin-theme-clientpref-day vector-toc-available" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <head> <meta charset="UTF-8"> <title>Grammatical number - Wikipedia</title> <script>(function(){var className="client-js vector-feature-language-in-header-enabled vector-feature-language-in-main-page-header-disabled vector-feature-sticky-header-disabled vector-feature-page-tools-pinned-disabled vector-feature-toc-pinned-clientpref-1 vector-feature-main-menu-pinned-disabled vector-feature-limited-width-clientpref-1 vector-feature-limited-width-content-enabled vector-feature-custom-font-size-clientpref-1 vector-feature-appearance-pinned-clientpref-1 vector-feature-night-mode-enabled skin-theme-clientpref-day vector-toc-available";var cookie=document.cookie.match(/(?:^|; )enwikimwclientpreferences=([^;]+)/);if(cookie){cookie[1].split('%2C').forEach(function(pref){className=className.replace(new RegExp('(^| )'+pref.replace(/-clientpref-\w+$|[^\w-]+/g,'')+'-clientpref-\\w+( |$)'),'$1'+pref+'$2');});}document.documentElement.className=className;}());RLCONF={"wgBreakFrames":false,"wgSeparatorTransformTable":["",""],"wgDigitTransformTable":["",""],"wgDefaultDateFormat":"dmy", "wgMonthNames":["","January","February","March","April","May","June","July","August","September","October","November","December"],"wgRequestId":"d325da66-f903-4f26-9739-882ecae86d41","wgCanonicalNamespace":"","wgCanonicalSpecialPageName":false,"wgNamespaceNumber":0,"wgPageName":"Grammatical_number","wgTitle":"Grammatical number","wgCurRevisionId":1257874923,"wgRevisionId":1257874923,"wgArticleId":42296,"wgIsArticle":true,"wgIsRedirect":false,"wgAction":"view","wgUserName":null,"wgUserGroups":["*"],"wgCategories":["Articles containing Russian-language text","Articles containing Arabic-language text","CS1 German-language sources (de)","CS1 Portuguese-language sources (pt)","CS1: long volume value","Pages with listed invalid ISBNs","CS1 Czech-language sources (cs)","CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)","CS1 Icelandic-language sources (is)","Articles containing Japanese-language text","CS1 Japanese-language sources (ja)","CS1 Spanish-language sources (es)", "CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown","Webarchive template wayback links","Articles with short description","Short description matches Wikidata","Wikipedia articles needing clarification from February 2015","Articles containing Wayoró-language text","Articles containing Camsá-language text","Articles containing Māori-language text","Articles containing Norwegian-language text","Articles containing Awa (Papua New Guinea)-language text","Articles containing Nukna-language text","Articles containing Larike-Wakasihu-language text","Articles containing Siwai-language text","Articles containing Lihir-language text","Articles containing Sursurunga-language text","Articles containing Marshallese-language text","Articles containing Bislama-language text","Articles containing Tswana-language text","Articles containing Mokilese-language text","Articles containing Tigre-language text","Articles containing Guarequena-language text","Articles containing Pular-language text", "Articles containing Sidamo-language text","Articles containing Hamer-Banna-language text","Articles containing Warlpiri-language text","Articles containing Bambassi-language text","Articles containing Baiso-language text","Articles containing Arabana-language text","Articles containing Kaytetye-language text","Articles containing Burushaski-language text","Articles containing Levantine Arabic-language text","Articles containing Ilocano-language text","Articles containing Gunwinggu-language text","Articles containing Breton-language text","Articles containing Kala Lagaw Ya-language text","Articles containing Central Pame-language text","Articles containing Koasati-language text","Articles containing Tuyuca-language text","Articles containing Piratapuyo-language text","Articles containing Navajo-language text","Articles containing Wangkumara-language text","Articles containing Kiowa-language text","Articles containing Jemez-language text","Articles containing Panamint-language text", "Articles containing Pirahã-language text","Articles containing Southern Dagaare-language text","Articles containing Mohawk-language text","Articles containing Yir Yoront-language text","Articles containing Guarani-language text","Articles containing Nêlêmwa-Nixumwak-language text","Articles containing ǂHua-language text","Articles containing Tunica-language text","Articles containing Bandial-language text","Articles containing Banyjima-language text","Articles containing Pileni-language text","Articles containing Basque-language text","Articles containing Finnish-language text","Articles containing French-language text","Pages with plain IPA","Articles containing Hebrew-language text","Articles containing Mortlockese-language text","Articles containing Swedish-language text","Articles containing Estonian-language text","Articles containing Turkish-language text","Articles containing Slovene-language text","Articles containing Sanskrit-language text", "Articles containing Sinhala-language text","Articles containing Swahili (macrolanguage)-language text","Articles containing Luganda-language text","Articles containing Georgian-language text","Articles containing Welsh-language text","Articles containing Banggarla-language text","Articles containing Dinka-language text","Articles containing German-language text","Articles containing Indonesian-language text","Articles containing Pipil-language text","Articles containing Somali-language text","Articles containing Serbo-Croatian-language text","Articles containing Limburgish-language text","Articles containing Ancient Greek (to 1453)-language text","Articles containing Western Apache-language text","Articles containing Tagalog-language text","Articles containing Kapampangan-language text","Articles containing Hungarian-language text","Articles containing Portuguese-language text","Articles containing Khmer-language text","Grammatical number"],"wgPageViewLanguage":"en", "wgPageContentLanguage":"en","wgPageContentModel":"wikitext","wgRelevantPageName":"Grammatical_number","wgRelevantArticleId":42296,"wgIsProbablyEditable":true,"wgRelevantPageIsProbablyEditable":true,"wgRestrictionEdit":[],"wgRestrictionMove":[],"wgRedirectedFrom":"Number_(grammar)","wgNoticeProject":"wikipedia","wgCiteReferencePreviewsActive":false,"wgFlaggedRevsParams":{"tags":{"status":{"levels":1}}},"wgMediaViewerOnClick":true,"wgMediaViewerEnabledByDefault":true,"wgPopupsFlags":0,"wgVisualEditor":{"pageLanguageCode":"en","pageLanguageDir":"ltr","pageVariantFallbacks":"en"},"wgMFDisplayWikibaseDescriptions":{"search":true,"watchlist":true,"tagline":false,"nearby":true},"wgWMESchemaEditAttemptStepOversample":false,"wgWMEPageLength":300000,"wgInternalRedirectTargetUrl":"/wiki/Grammatical_number","wgRelatedArticlesCompat":[],"wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish":true,"wgULSPosition":"interlanguage","wgULSisCompactLinksEnabled":false,"wgVector2022LanguageInHeader":true, "wgULSisLanguageSelectorEmpty":false,"wgWikibaseItemId":"Q104083","wgCheckUserClientHintsHeadersJsApi":["brands","architecture","bitness","fullVersionList","mobile","model","platform","platformVersion"],"GEHomepageSuggestedEditsEnableTopics":true,"wgGETopicsMatchModeEnabled":false,"wgGEStructuredTaskRejectionReasonTextInputEnabled":false,"wgGELevelingUpEnabledForUser":false};RLSTATE={"ext.globalCssJs.user.styles":"ready","site.styles":"ready","user.styles":"ready","ext.globalCssJs.user":"ready","user":"ready","user.options":"loading","ext.cite.styles":"ready","skins.vector.search.codex.styles":"ready","skins.vector.styles":"ready","skins.vector.icons":"ready","jquery.makeCollapsible.styles":"ready","ext.wikimediamessages.styles":"ready","ext.visualEditor.desktopArticleTarget.noscript":"ready","ext.uls.interlanguage":"ready","wikibase.client.init":"ready","ext.wikimediaBadges":"ready"};RLPAGEMODULES=["mediawiki.action.view.redirect","ext.cite.ux-enhancements","site", "mediawiki.page.ready","jquery.makeCollapsible","mediawiki.toc","skins.vector.js","ext.centralNotice.geoIP","ext.centralNotice.startUp","ext.gadget.ReferenceTooltips","ext.gadget.switcher","ext.urlShortener.toolbar","ext.centralauth.centralautologin","mmv.bootstrap","ext.popups","ext.visualEditor.desktopArticleTarget.init","ext.visualEditor.targetLoader","ext.echo.centralauth","ext.eventLogging","ext.wikimediaEvents","ext.navigationTiming","ext.uls.interface","ext.cx.eventlogging.campaigns","ext.cx.uls.quick.actions","wikibase.client.vector-2022","ext.checkUser.clientHints","ext.quicksurveys.init","ext.growthExperiments.SuggestedEditSession","wikibase.sidebar.tracking"];</script> <script>(RLQ=window.RLQ||[]).push(function(){mw.loader.impl(function(){return["user.options@12s5i",function($,jQuery,require,module){mw.user.tokens.set({"patrolToken":"+\\","watchToken":"+\\","csrfToken":"+\\"}); }];});});</script> <link rel="stylesheet" href="/w/load.php?lang=en&modules=ext.cite.styles%7Cext.uls.interlanguage%7Cext.visualEditor.desktopArticleTarget.noscript%7Cext.wikimediaBadges%7Cext.wikimediamessages.styles%7Cjquery.makeCollapsible.styles%7Cskins.vector.icons%2Cstyles%7Cskins.vector.search.codex.styles%7Cwikibase.client.init&only=styles&skin=vector-2022"> <script async="" src="/w/load.php?lang=en&modules=startup&only=scripts&raw=1&skin=vector-2022"></script> <meta name="ResourceLoaderDynamicStyles" content=""> <link rel="stylesheet" href="/w/load.php?lang=en&modules=site.styles&only=styles&skin=vector-2022"> <meta name="generator" content="MediaWiki 1.44.0-wmf.5"> <meta name="referrer" content="origin"> <meta name="referrer" content="origin-when-cross-origin"> <meta name="robots" content="max-image-preview:standard"> <meta name="format-detection" content="telephone=no"> <meta name="viewport" content="width=1120"> <meta property="og:title" content="Grammatical number - Wikipedia"> <meta property="og:type" content="website"> <link rel="preconnect" href="//upload.wikimedia.org"> <link rel="alternate" media="only screen and (max-width: 640px)" href="//en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_number"> <link rel="alternate" type="application/x-wiki" title="Edit this page" href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit"> <link rel="apple-touch-icon" href="/static/apple-touch/wikipedia.png"> <link rel="icon" href="/static/favicon/wikipedia.ico"> <link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/w/rest.php/v1/search" title="Wikipedia (en)"> <link rel="EditURI" type="application/rsd+xml" href="//en.wikipedia.org/w/api.php?action=rsd"> <link rel="canonical" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_number"> <link rel="license" href="https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en"> <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" title="Wikipedia Atom feed" href="/w/index.php?title=Special:RecentChanges&feed=atom"> <link rel="dns-prefetch" href="//meta.wikimedia.org" /> <link rel="dns-prefetch" href="//login.wikimedia.org"> </head> <body class="skin--responsive skin-vector skin-vector-search-vue mediawiki ltr sitedir-ltr mw-hide-empty-elt ns-0 ns-subject mw-editable page-Grammatical_number rootpage-Grammatical_number skin-vector-2022 action-view"><a class="mw-jump-link" href="#bodyContent">Jump to content</a> <div class="vector-header-container"> <header class="vector-header mw-header"> <div class="vector-header-start"> <nav class="vector-main-menu-landmark" aria-label="Site"> <div id="vector-main-menu-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown vector-main-menu-dropdown vector-button-flush-left vector-button-flush-right" > <input type="checkbox" id="vector-main-menu-dropdown-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-vector-main-menu-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox " aria-label="Main menu" > <label id="vector-main-menu-dropdown-label" for="vector-main-menu-dropdown-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only " aria-hidden="true" > Main menu </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div id="vector-main-menu-unpinned-container" class="vector-unpinned-container"> <div id="vector-main-menu" class="vector-main-menu vector-pinnable-element"> <div class="vector-pinnable-header vector-main-menu-pinnable-header vector-pinnable-header-unpinned" data-feature-name="main-menu-pinned" data-pinnable-element-id="vector-main-menu" data-pinned-container-id="vector-main-menu-pinned-container" data-unpinned-container-id="vector-main-menu-unpinned-container" > <div class="vector-pinnable-header-label">Main menu</div> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-pin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-main-menu.pin">move to sidebar</button> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-unpin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-main-menu.unpin">hide</button> </div> <div id="p-navigation" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-navigation" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> Navigation </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="n-mainpage-description" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Main_Page" title="Visit the main page [z]" accesskey="z">Main page</a></li><li id="n-contents" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:Contents" title="Guides to browsing Wikipedia">Contents</a></li><li id="n-currentevents" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Portal:Current_events" title="Articles related to current events">Current events</a></li><li id="n-randompage" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:Random" title="Visit a randomly selected article [x]" accesskey="x">Random article</a></li><li id="n-aboutsite" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:About" title="Learn about Wikipedia and how it works">About Wikipedia</a></li><li id="n-contactpage" class="mw-list-item"><a href="//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Contact_us" title="How to contact Wikipedia">Contact us</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-interaction" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-interaction" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> Contribute </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="n-help" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Help:Contents" title="Guidance on how to use and edit Wikipedia">Help</a></li><li id="n-introduction" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Help:Introduction" title="Learn how to edit Wikipedia">Learn to edit</a></li><li id="n-portal" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:Community_portal" title="The hub for editors">Community portal</a></li><li id="n-recentchanges" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:RecentChanges" title="A list of recent changes to Wikipedia [r]" accesskey="r">Recent changes</a></li><li id="n-upload" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:File_upload_wizard" title="Add images or other media for use on Wikipedia">Upload file</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </nav> <a href="/wiki/Main_Page" class="mw-logo"> <img class="mw-logo-icon" src="/static/images/icons/wikipedia.png" alt="" aria-hidden="true" height="50" width="50"> <img class="mw-logo-wordmark" alt="Wikipedia" src="/static/images/mobile/copyright/wikipedia-wordmark-en.svg" style="width: 7.5em; height: 1.125em;"> <img class="mw-logo-tagline" alt="The Free Encyclopedia" src="/static/images/mobile/copyright/wikipedia-tagline-en.svg" width="117" height="13" style="width: 7.3125em; height: 0.8125em;"> </a> </div> <div class="vector-header-end"> <div id="p-search" role="search" class="vector-search-box-vue vector-search-box-collapses vector-search-box-show-thumbnail vector-search-box-auto-expand-width vector-search-box"> <a href="/wiki/Special:Search" class="cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only search-toggle" title="Search Wikipedia [f]" accesskey="f"> Search </a> <div class="vector-typeahead-search-container"> <div class="cdx-typeahead-search cdx-typeahead-search--show-thumbnail cdx-typeahead-search--auto-expand-width"> <form action="/w/index.php" id="searchform" class="cdx-search-input cdx-search-input--has-end-button"> <div id="simpleSearch" class="cdx-search-input__input-wrapper" data-search-loc="header-moved"> <div class="cdx-text-input cdx-text-input--has-start-icon"> <input class="cdx-text-input__input" type="search" name="search" placeholder="Search Wikipedia" aria-label="Search Wikipedia" autocapitalize="sentences" title="Search Wikipedia [f]" accesskey="f" id="searchInput" > </div> <input type="hidden" name="title" value="Special:Search"> </div> <button class="cdx-button cdx-search-input__end-button">Search</button> </form> </div> </div> </div> <nav class="vector-user-links vector-user-links-wide" aria-label="Personal tools"> <div class="vector-user-links-main"> <div id="p-vector-user-menu-preferences" class="vector-menu mw-portlet emptyPortlet" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-vector-user-menu-userpage" class="vector-menu mw-portlet emptyPortlet" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> </ul> </div> </div> <nav class="vector-appearance-landmark" aria-label="Appearance"> <div id="vector-appearance-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown " title="Change the appearance of the page's font size, width, and color" > <input type="checkbox" id="vector-appearance-dropdown-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-vector-appearance-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox " aria-label="Appearance" > <label id="vector-appearance-dropdown-label" for="vector-appearance-dropdown-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only " aria-hidden="true" > Appearance </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div id="vector-appearance-unpinned-container" class="vector-unpinned-container"> </div> </div> </div> </nav> <div id="p-vector-user-menu-notifications" class="vector-menu mw-portlet emptyPortlet" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-vector-user-menu-overflow" class="vector-menu mw-portlet" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="pt-sitesupport-2" class="user-links-collapsible-item mw-list-item user-links-collapsible-item"><a data-mw="interface" href="https://donate.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:FundraiserRedirector?utm_source=donate&utm_medium=sidebar&utm_campaign=C13_en.wikipedia.org&uselang=en" class="">Donate</a> </li> <li id="pt-createaccount-2" class="user-links-collapsible-item mw-list-item user-links-collapsible-item"><a data-mw="interface" href="/w/index.php?title=Special:CreateAccount&returnto=Grammatical+number" title="You are encouraged to create an account and log in; however, it is not mandatory" class="">Create account</a> </li> <li id="pt-login-2" class="user-links-collapsible-item mw-list-item user-links-collapsible-item"><a data-mw="interface" href="/w/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Grammatical+number" title="You're encouraged to log in; however, it's not mandatory. [o]" accesskey="o" class="">Log in</a> </li> </ul> </div> </div> </div> <div id="vector-user-links-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown vector-user-menu vector-button-flush-right vector-user-menu-logged-out" title="Log in and more options" > <input type="checkbox" id="vector-user-links-dropdown-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-vector-user-links-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox " aria-label="Personal tools" > <label id="vector-user-links-dropdown-label" for="vector-user-links-dropdown-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only " aria-hidden="true" > Personal tools </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div id="p-personal" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-personal user-links-collapsible-item" title="User menu" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="pt-sitesupport" class="user-links-collapsible-item mw-list-item"><a href="https://donate.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:FundraiserRedirector?utm_source=donate&utm_medium=sidebar&utm_campaign=C13_en.wikipedia.org&uselang=en">Donate</a></li><li id="pt-createaccount" class="user-links-collapsible-item mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Special:CreateAccount&returnto=Grammatical+number" title="You are encouraged to create an account and log in; however, it is not mandatory"> Create account</a></li><li id="pt-login" class="user-links-collapsible-item mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Grammatical+number" title="You're encouraged to log in; however, it's not mandatory. [o]" accesskey="o"> Log in</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-user-menu-anon-editor" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-user-menu-anon-editor" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> Pages for logged out editors <a href="/wiki/Help:Introduction" aria-label="Learn more about editing">learn more</a> </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="pt-anoncontribs" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:MyContributions" title="A list of edits made from this IP address [y]" accesskey="y">Contributions</a></li><li id="pt-anontalk" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:MyTalk" title="Discussion about edits from this IP address [n]" accesskey="n">Talk</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> </div> </div> </nav> </div> </header> </div> <div class="mw-page-container"> <div class="mw-page-container-inner"> <div class="vector-sitenotice-container"> <div id="siteNotice"></div> </div> <div class="vector-column-start"> <div class="vector-main-menu-container"> <div id="mw-navigation"> <nav id="mw-panel" class="vector-main-menu-landmark" aria-label="Site"> <div id="vector-main-menu-pinned-container" class="vector-pinned-container"> </div> </nav> </div> </div> <div class="vector-sticky-pinned-container"> <nav id="mw-panel-toc" aria-label="Contents" data-event-name="ui.sidebar-toc" class="mw-table-of-contents-container vector-toc-landmark"> <div id="vector-toc-pinned-container" class="vector-pinned-container"> <div id="vector-toc" class="vector-toc vector-pinnable-element"> <div class="vector-pinnable-header vector-toc-pinnable-header vector-pinnable-header-pinned" data-feature-name="toc-pinned" data-pinnable-element-id="vector-toc" > <h2 class="vector-pinnable-header-label">Contents</h2> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-pin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-toc.pin">move to sidebar</button> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-unpin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-toc.unpin">hide</button> </div> <ul class="vector-toc-contents" id="mw-panel-toc-list"> <li id="toc-mw-content-text" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a href="#" class="vector-toc-link"> <div class="vector-toc-text">(Top)</div> </a> </li> <li id="toc-Overview" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Overview"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 1 Overview </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Overview-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Geographical_distribution" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Geographical_distribution"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 2 Geographical distribution </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Geographical_distribution-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Types_of_number" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Types_of_number"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3 Types of number </div> </a> <button aria-controls="toc-Types_of_number-sublist" class="cdx-button cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only vector-toc-toggle"> Toggle Types of number subsection </button> <ul id="toc-Types_of_number-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Singular_and_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Singular_and_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.1 Singular and plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Singular_and_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Dual" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Dual"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.2 Dual </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Dual-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Trial" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Trial"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.3 Trial </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Trial-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Paucal" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Paucal"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.4 Paucal </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Paucal-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Greater_paucal" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Greater_paucal"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.5 Greater paucal </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Greater_paucal-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Quadral" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Quadral"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.6 Quadral </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Quadral-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Quintal" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Quintal"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.7 Quintal </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Quintal-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Greater_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Greater_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.8 Greater plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Greater_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Greatest_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Greatest_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.9 Greatest plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Greatest_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-General,_singulative,_and_plurative" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#General,_singulative,_and_plurative"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.10 General, singulative, and plurative </div> </a> <ul id="toc-General,_singulative,_and_plurative-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Minimal,_unit_augmented,_and_augmented" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Minimal,_unit_augmented,_and_augmented"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.11 Minimal, unit augmented, and augmented </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Minimal,_unit_augmented,_and_augmented-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Composed_numbers" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Composed_numbers"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.12 Composed numbers </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Composed_numbers-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Dual_and_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Dual_and_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.12.1 Dual and plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Dual_and_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Plural_and_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Plural_and_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.12.2 Plural and plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Plural_and_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Conflated_numbers" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Conflated_numbers"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.13 Conflated numbers </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Conflated_numbers-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Singular-dual" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Singular-dual"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.13.1 Singular-dual </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Singular-dual-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Singular-dual-trial" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Singular-dual-trial"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.13.2 Singular-dual-trial </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Singular-dual-trial-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Singular-dual-trial-quadral" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Singular-dual-trial-quadral"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.13.3 Singular-dual-trial-quadral </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Singular-dual-trial-quadral-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Singular-paucal" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Singular-paucal"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.13.4 Singular-paucal </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Singular-paucal-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Nondual" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-3"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Nondual"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.13.5 Nondual </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Nondual-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Numberless_languages" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Numberless_languages"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.14 Numberless languages </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Numberless_languages-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Summary_of_number_systems" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Summary_of_number_systems"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 3.15 Summary of number systems </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Summary_of_number_systems-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Distributives_and_collectives" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Distributives_and_collectives"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 4 Distributives and collectives </div> </a> <button aria-controls="toc-Distributives_and_collectives-sublist" class="cdx-button cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only vector-toc-toggle"> Toggle Distributives and collectives subsection </button> <ul id="toc-Distributives_and_collectives-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Distributive_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Distributive_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 4.1 Distributive plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Distributive_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Collective_plural" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Collective_plural"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 4.2 Collective plural </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Collective_plural-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Number_in_specific_languages" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Number_in_specific_languages"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5 Number in specific languages </div> </a> <button aria-controls="toc-Number_in_specific_languages-sublist" class="cdx-button cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only vector-toc-toggle"> Toggle Number in specific languages subsection </button> <ul id="toc-Number_in_specific_languages-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Basque" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Basque"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.1 Basque </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Basque-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-English" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#English"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.2 English </div> </a> <ul id="toc-English-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Finnish" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Finnish"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.3 Finnish </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Finnish-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-French" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#French"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.4 French </div> </a> <ul id="toc-French-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Hebrew" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Hebrew"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.5 Hebrew </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Hebrew-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Mortlockese" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Mortlockese"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.6 Mortlockese </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Mortlockese-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Russian" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Russian"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.7 Russian </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Russian-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Swedish" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Swedish"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.8 Swedish </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Swedish-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Constructed_languages" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Constructed_languages"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 5.9 Constructed languages </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Constructed_languages-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Formal_expression" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Formal_expression"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 6 Formal expression </div> </a> <button aria-controls="toc-Formal_expression-sublist" class="cdx-button cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only vector-toc-toggle"> Toggle Formal expression subsection </button> <ul id="toc-Formal_expression-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Number_particles" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Number_particles"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 6.1 Number particles </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Number_particles-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Classifiers_with_number_morphology" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Classifiers_with_number_morphology"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 6.2 Classifiers with number morphology </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Classifiers_with_number_morphology-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Obligatoriness_of_number_marking" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Obligatoriness_of_number_marking"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 6.3 Obligatoriness of number marking </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Obligatoriness_of_number_marking-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Transnumeral" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Transnumeral"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 6.4 Transnumeral </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Transnumeral-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Number_agreement" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Number_agreement"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 7 Number agreement </div> </a> <button aria-controls="toc-Number_agreement-sublist" class="cdx-button cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only vector-toc-toggle"> Toggle Number agreement subsection </button> <ul id="toc-Number_agreement-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Verbs" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Verbs"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 7.1 Verbs </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Verbs-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Adjectives_and_determiners" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Adjectives_and_determiners"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 7.2 Adjectives and determiners </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Adjectives_and_determiners-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Exceptions" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Exceptions"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 7.3 Exceptions </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Exceptions-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Collective_nouns" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Collective_nouns"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 7.4 Collective nouns </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Collective_nouns-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Semantic_versus_grammatical_number" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Semantic_versus_grammatical_number"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 8 Semantic versus grammatical number </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Semantic_versus_grammatical_number-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-See_also" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#See_also"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 9 See also </div> </a> <ul id="toc-See_also-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-Notes" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Notes"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 10 Notes </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Notes-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-References" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#References"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 11 References </div> </a> <button aria-controls="toc-References-sublist" class="cdx-button cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only vector-toc-toggle"> Toggle References subsection </button> <ul id="toc-References-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> <li id="toc-Citations" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#Citations"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 11.1 Citations </div> </a> <ul id="toc-Citations-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-General_reading" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-2"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#General_reading"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 11.2 General reading </div> </a> <ul id="toc-General_reading-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li id="toc-External_links" class="vector-toc-list-item vector-toc-level-1"> <a class="vector-toc-link" href="#External_links"> <div class="vector-toc-text"> 12 External links </div> </a> <ul id="toc-External_links-sublist" class="vector-toc-list"> </ul> </li> </ul> </div> </div> </nav> </div> </div> <div class="mw-content-container"> <main id="content" class="mw-body"> <header class="mw-body-header vector-page-titlebar"> <nav aria-label="Contents" class="vector-toc-landmark"> <div id="vector-page-titlebar-toc" class="vector-dropdown vector-page-titlebar-toc vector-button-flush-left" > <input type="checkbox" id="vector-page-titlebar-toc-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-vector-page-titlebar-toc" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox " aria-label="Toggle the table of contents" > <label id="vector-page-titlebar-toc-label" for="vector-page-titlebar-toc-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--icon-only " aria-hidden="true" > Toggle the table of contents </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div id="vector-page-titlebar-toc-unpinned-container" class="vector-unpinned-container"> </div> </div> </div> </nav> <h1 id="firstHeading" class="firstHeading mw-first-heading">Grammatical number</h1> <div id="p-lang-btn" class="vector-dropdown mw-portlet mw-portlet-lang" > <input type="checkbox" id="p-lang-btn-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-p-lang-btn" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox mw-interlanguage-selector" aria-label="Go to an article in another language. Available in 66 languages" > <label id="p-lang-btn-label" for="p-lang-btn-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet cdx-button--action-progressive mw-portlet-lang-heading-66" aria-hidden="true" > 66 languages </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ar mw-list-item"><a href="https://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B9%D8%AF%D8%AF_%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D8%B9%D8%AF%D9%88%D8%AF" title="العدد والمعدود – Arabic" lang="ar" hreflang="ar" data-title="العدد والمعدود" data-language-autonym="العربية" data-language-local-name="Arabic" class="interlanguage-link-target">العربية</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-an mw-list-item"><a href="https://an.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numero_gramatical" title="Numero gramatical – Aragonese" lang="an" hreflang="an" data-title="Numero gramatical" data-language-autonym="Aragonés" data-language-local-name="Aragonese" class="interlanguage-link-target">Aragonés</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-as mw-list-item"><a href="https://as.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A6%AC%E0%A6%9A%E0%A6%A8_(%E0%A6%AC%E0%A7%8D%E0%A6%AF%E0%A6%BE%E0%A6%95%E0%A7%B0%E0%A6%A3)" title="বচন (ব্যাকৰণ) – Assamese" lang="as" hreflang="as" data-title="বচন (ব্যাকৰণ)" data-language-autonym="অসমীয়া" data-language-local-name="Assamese" class="interlanguage-link-target">অসমীয়া</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-be mw-list-item"><a href="https://be.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%93%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%8B%D1%87%D0%BD%D1%8B_%D0%BB%D1%96%D0%BA" title="Граматычны лік – Belarusian" lang="be" hreflang="be" data-title="Граматычны лік" data-language-autonym="Беларуская" data-language-local-name="Belarusian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Беларуская</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-bg mw-list-item"><a href="https://bg.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%A7%D0%B8%D1%81%D0%BB%D0%BE_(%D0%B3%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0)" title="Число (граматика) – Bulgarian" lang="bg" hreflang="bg" data-title="Число (граматика)" data-language-autonym="Български" data-language-local-name="Bulgarian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Български</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-bar mw-list-item"><a href="https://bar.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numerus" title="Numerus – Bavarian" lang="bar" hreflang="bar" data-title="Numerus" data-language-autonym="Boarisch" data-language-local-name="Bavarian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Boarisch</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-br mw-list-item"><a href="https://br.wikipedia.org/wiki/Niver_(yezhoniezh)" title="Niver (yezhoniezh) – Breton" lang="br" hreflang="br" data-title="Niver (yezhoniezh)" data-language-autonym="Brezhoneg" data-language-local-name="Breton" class="interlanguage-link-target">Brezhoneg</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ca mw-list-item"><a href="https://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nombre_(gram%C3%A0tica)" title="Nombre (gramàtica) – Catalan" lang="ca" hreflang="ca" data-title="Nombre (gramàtica)" data-language-autonym="Català" data-language-local-name="Catalan" class="interlanguage-link-target">Català</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-cv mw-list-item"><a href="https://cv.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%A5%D0%B8%D1%81%D0%B5%D0%BF_(%D0%B3%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0)" title="Хисеп (грамматика) – Chuvash" lang="cv" hreflang="cv" data-title="Хисеп (грамматика)" data-language-autonym="Чӑвашла" data-language-local-name="Chuvash" class="interlanguage-link-target">Чӑвашла</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-cs mw-list-item"><a href="https://cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C4%8C%C3%ADslo_(mluvnice)" title="Číslo (mluvnice) – Czech" lang="cs" hreflang="cs" data-title="Číslo (mluvnice)" data-language-autonym="Čeština" data-language-local-name="Czech" class="interlanguage-link-target">Čeština</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-cy mw-list-item"><a href="https://cy.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhif_gramadegol" title="Rhif gramadegol – Welsh" lang="cy" hreflang="cy" data-title="Rhif gramadegol" data-language-autonym="Cymraeg" data-language-local-name="Welsh" class="interlanguage-link-target">Cymraeg</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-da mw-list-item"><a href="https://da.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatisk_tal" title="Grammatisk tal – Danish" lang="da" hreflang="da" data-title="Grammatisk tal" data-language-autonym="Dansk" data-language-local-name="Danish" class="interlanguage-link-target">Dansk</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-de mw-list-item"><a href="https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numerus" title="Numerus – German" lang="de" hreflang="de" data-title="Numerus" data-language-autonym="Deutsch" data-language-local-name="German" class="interlanguage-link-target">Deutsch</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-et mw-list-item"><a href="https://et.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arv_(keeleteadus)" title="Arv (keeleteadus) – Estonian" lang="et" hreflang="et" data-title="Arv (keeleteadus)" data-language-autonym="Eesti" data-language-local-name="Estonian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Eesti</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-el mw-list-item"><a href="https://el.wikipedia.org/wiki/%CE%91%CF%81%CE%B9%CE%B8%CE%BC%CF%8C%CF%82_(%CE%B3%CF%81%CE%B1%CE%BC%CE%BC%CE%B1%CF%84%CE%B9%CE%BA%CE%AE)" title="Αριθμός (γραμματική) – Greek" lang="el" hreflang="el" data-title="Αριθμός (γραμματική)" data-language-autonym="Ελληνικά" data-language-local-name="Greek" class="interlanguage-link-target">Ελληνικά</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-es mw-list-item"><a href="https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/N%C3%BAmero_gramatical" title="Número gramatical – Spanish" lang="es" hreflang="es" data-title="Número gramatical" data-language-autonym="Español" data-language-local-name="Spanish" class="interlanguage-link-target">Español</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-eo mw-list-item"><a href="https://eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gramatika_nombro" title="Gramatika nombro – Esperanto" lang="eo" hreflang="eo" data-title="Gramatika nombro" data-language-autonym="Esperanto" data-language-local-name="Esperanto" class="interlanguage-link-target">Esperanto</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-eu mw-list-item"><a href="https://eu.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numero_(gramatika)" title="Numero (gramatika) – Basque" lang="eu" hreflang="eu" data-title="Numero (gramatika)" data-language-autonym="Euskara" data-language-local-name="Basque" class="interlanguage-link-target">Euskara</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-fa mw-list-item"><a href="https://fa.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D8%B4%D9%85%D8%A7%D8%B1_(%D8%AF%D8%B3%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%B1_%D8%B2%D8%A8%D8%A7%D9%86)" title="شمار (دستور زبان) – Persian" lang="fa" hreflang="fa" data-title="شمار (دستور زبان)" data-language-autonym="فارسی" data-language-local-name="Persian" class="interlanguage-link-target">فارسی</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-fr mw-list-item"><a href="https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nombre_(linguistique)" title="Nombre (linguistique) – French" lang="fr" hreflang="fr" data-title="Nombre (linguistique)" data-language-autonym="Français" data-language-local-name="French" class="interlanguage-link-target">Français</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-gd mw-list-item"><a href="https://gd.wikipedia.org/wiki/Singilte" title="Singilte – Scottish Gaelic" lang="gd" hreflang="gd" data-title="Singilte" data-language-autonym="Gàidhlig" data-language-local-name="Scottish Gaelic" class="interlanguage-link-target">Gàidhlig</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-gl mw-list-item"><a href="https://gl.wikipedia.org/wiki/N%C3%BAmero_gramatical" title="Número gramatical – Galician" lang="gl" hreflang="gl" data-title="Número gramatical" data-language-autonym="Galego" data-language-local-name="Galician" class="interlanguage-link-target">Galego</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ko mw-list-item"><a href="https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%88%98_(%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95)" title="수 (문법) – Korean" lang="ko" hreflang="ko" data-title="수 (문법)" data-language-autonym="한국어" data-language-local-name="Korean" class="interlanguage-link-target">한국어</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-hy mw-list-item"><a href="https://hy.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D4%B9%D5%BE%D5%AB_%D6%84%D5%A5%D6%80%D5%A1%D5%AF%D5%A1%D5%B6%D5%A1%D5%AF%D5%A1%D5%B6_%D5%AF%D5%A1%D6%80%D5%A3" title="Թվի քերականական կարգ – Armenian" lang="hy" hreflang="hy" data-title="Թվի քերականական կարգ" data-language-autonym="Հայերեն" data-language-local-name="Armenian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Հայերեն</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-hi mw-list-item"><a href="https://hi.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%B5%E0%A4%9A%E0%A4%A8_(%E0%A4%B5%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%A3)" title="वचन (व्याकरण) – Hindi" lang="hi" hreflang="hi" data-title="वचन (व्याकरण)" data-language-autonym="हिन्दी" data-language-local-name="Hindi" class="interlanguage-link-target">हिन्दी</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-is mw-list-item"><a href="https://is.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tala_(m%C3%A1lfr%C3%A6%C3%B0i)" title="Tala (málfræði) – Icelandic" lang="is" hreflang="is" data-title="Tala (málfræði)" data-language-autonym="Íslenska" data-language-local-name="Icelandic" class="interlanguage-link-target">Íslenska</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-it mw-list-item"><a href="https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numero_(linguistica)" title="Numero (linguistica) – Italian" lang="it" hreflang="it" data-title="Numero (linguistica)" data-language-autonym="Italiano" data-language-local-name="Italian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Italiano</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-he mw-list-item"><a href="https://he.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D7%9E%D7%A1%D7%A4%D7%A8_(%D7%91%D7%9C%D7%A9%D7%A0%D7%95%D7%AA)" title="מספר (בלשנות) – Hebrew" lang="he" hreflang="he" data-title="מספר (בלשנות)" data-language-autonym="עברית" data-language-local-name="Hebrew" class="interlanguage-link-target">עברית</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ka mw-list-item"><a href="https://ka.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E1%83%A0%E1%83%98%E1%83%AA%E1%83%AE%E1%83%95%E1%83%98_(%E1%83%92%E1%83%A0%E1%83%90%E1%83%9B%E1%83%90%E1%83%A2%E1%83%98%E1%83%99%E1%83%90)" title="რიცხვი (გრამატიკა) – Georgian" lang="ka" hreflang="ka" data-title="რიცხვი (გრამატიკა)" data-language-autonym="ქართული" data-language-local-name="Georgian" class="interlanguage-link-target">ქართული</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-la mw-list-item"><a href="https://la.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numerus_grammaticus" title="Numerus grammaticus – Latin" lang="la" hreflang="la" data-title="Numerus grammaticus" data-language-autonym="Latina" data-language-local-name="Latin" class="interlanguage-link-target">Latina</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-lv mw-list-item"><a href="https://lv.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gramatiskais_skaitlis" title="Gramatiskais skaitlis – Latvian" lang="lv" hreflang="lv" data-title="Gramatiskais skaitlis" data-language-autonym="Latviešu" data-language-local-name="Latvian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Latviešu</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-lt mw-list-item"><a href="https://lt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gramatinis_skai%C4%8Dius" title="Gramatinis skaičius – Lithuanian" lang="lt" hreflang="lt" data-title="Gramatinis skaičius" data-language-autonym="Lietuvių" data-language-local-name="Lithuanian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Lietuvių</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ln mw-list-item"><a href="https://ln.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bom%C9%94%CC%8Ck%C9%94%CC%81" title="Bomɔ̌kɔ́ – Lingala" lang="ln" hreflang="ln" data-title="Bomɔ̌kɔ́" data-language-autonym="Lingála" data-language-local-name="Lingala" class="interlanguage-link-target">Lingála</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-hu mw-list-item"><a href="https://hu.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sz%C3%A1m_(nyelv%C3%A9szet)" title="Szám (nyelvészet) – Hungarian" lang="hu" hreflang="hu" data-title="Szám (nyelvészet)" data-language-autonym="Magyar" data-language-local-name="Hungarian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Magyar</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-mk mw-list-item"><a href="https://mk.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%91%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%98_(%D0%B3%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0)" title="Број (граматика) – Macedonian" lang="mk" hreflang="mk" data-title="Број (граматика)" data-language-autonym="Македонски" data-language-local-name="Macedonian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Македонски</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-mg mw-list-item"><a href="https://mg.wikipedia.org/wiki/Filaza_isa_(fitsipiteny)" title="Filaza isa (fitsipiteny) – Malagasy" lang="mg" hreflang="mg" data-title="Filaza isa (fitsipiteny)" data-language-autonym="Malagasy" data-language-local-name="Malagasy" class="interlanguage-link-target">Malagasy</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-mr mw-list-item"><a href="https://mr.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%B5%E0%A4%9A%E0%A4%A8_(%E0%A4%B5%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%A3)" title="वचन (व्याकरण) – Marathi" lang="mr" hreflang="mr" data-title="वचन (व्याकरण)" data-language-autonym="मराठी" data-language-local-name="Marathi" class="interlanguage-link-target">मराठी</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-nl mw-list-item"><a href="https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getal_(taalkunde)" title="Getal (taalkunde) – Dutch" lang="nl" hreflang="nl" data-title="Getal (taalkunde)" data-language-autonym="Nederlands" data-language-local-name="Dutch" class="interlanguage-link-target">Nederlands</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ja mw-list-item"><a href="https://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E6%95%B0_(%E6%96%87%E6%B3%95)" title="数 (文法) – Japanese" lang="ja" hreflang="ja" data-title="数 (文法)" data-language-autonym="日本語" data-language-local-name="Japanese" class="interlanguage-link-target">日本語</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-no mw-list-item"><a href="https://no.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatisk_tall" title="Grammatisk tall – Norwegian Bokmål" lang="nb" hreflang="nb" data-title="Grammatisk tall" data-language-autonym="Norsk bokmål" data-language-local-name="Norwegian Bokmål" class="interlanguage-link-target">Norsk bokmål</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-nn mw-list-item"><a href="https://nn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numerus" title="Numerus – Norwegian Nynorsk" lang="nn" hreflang="nn" data-title="Numerus" data-language-autonym="Norsk nynorsk" data-language-local-name="Norwegian Nynorsk" class="interlanguage-link-target">Norsk nynorsk</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-oc mw-list-item"><a href="https://oc.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nombre_(gramatica)" title="Nombre (gramatica) – Occitan" lang="oc" hreflang="oc" data-title="Nombre (gramatica)" data-language-autonym="Occitan" data-language-local-name="Occitan" class="interlanguage-link-target">Occitan</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-pa mw-list-item"><a href="https://pa.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A8%B5%E0%A8%9A%E0%A8%A8_(%E0%A8%B5%E0%A8%BF%E0%A8%86%E0%A8%95%E0%A8%B0%E0%A8%A8)" title="ਵਚਨ (ਵਿਆਕਰਨ) – Punjabi" lang="pa" hreflang="pa" data-title="ਵਚਨ (ਵਿਆਕਰਨ)" data-language-autonym="ਪੰਜਾਬੀ" data-language-local-name="Punjabi" class="interlanguage-link-target">ਪੰਜਾਬੀ</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-pnb mw-list-item"><a href="https://pnb.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D9%88%D8%A7%D8%AD%D8%AF_%D8%AC%D9%85%D8%B9" title="واحد جمع – Western Punjabi" lang="pnb" hreflang="pnb" data-title="واحد جمع" data-language-autonym="پنجابی" data-language-local-name="Western Punjabi" class="interlanguage-link-target">پنجابی</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-nds mw-list-item"><a href="https://nds.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antall_(Grammatik)" title="Antall (Grammatik) – Low German" lang="nds" hreflang="nds" data-title="Antall (Grammatik)" data-language-autonym="Plattdüütsch" data-language-local-name="Low German" class="interlanguage-link-target">Plattdüütsch</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-pl mw-list-item"><a href="https://pl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liczba_(j%C4%99zykoznawstwo)" title="Liczba (językoznawstwo) – Polish" lang="pl" hreflang="pl" data-title="Liczba (językoznawstwo)" data-language-autonym="Polski" data-language-local-name="Polish" class="interlanguage-link-target">Polski</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-pt mw-list-item"><a href="https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/N%C3%BAmero_(gram%C3%A1tica)" title="Número (gramática) – Portuguese" lang="pt" hreflang="pt" data-title="Número (gramática)" data-language-autonym="Português" data-language-local-name="Portuguese" class="interlanguage-link-target">Português</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ro mw-list-item"><a href="https://ro.wikipedia.org/wiki/Num%C4%83r_(gramatic%C4%83)" title="Număr (gramatică) – Romanian" lang="ro" hreflang="ro" data-title="Număr (gramatică)" data-language-autonym="Română" data-language-local-name="Romanian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Română</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-rue mw-list-item"><a href="https://rue.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%A7%D1%96%D1%81%D0%BB%D0%BE_(%D2%91%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D1%96%D0%BA%D0%B0)" title="Чісло (ґраматіка) – Rusyn" lang="rue" hreflang="rue" data-title="Чісло (ґраматіка)" data-language-autonym="Русиньскый" data-language-local-name="Rusyn" class="interlanguage-link-target">Русиньскый</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-ru mw-list-item"><a href="https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%93%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%B8%D1%87%D0%B5%D1%81%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B5_%D1%87%D0%B8%D1%81%D0%BB%D0%BE" title="Грамматическое число – Russian" lang="ru" hreflang="ru" data-title="Грамматическое число" data-language-autonym="Русский" data-language-local-name="Russian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Русский</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-sat mw-list-item"><a href="https://sat.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E1%B1%9C%E1%B1%9A%E1%B1%B4%E1%B1%9F%E1%B1%B1" title="ᱜᱚᱴᱟᱱ – Santali" lang="sat" hreflang="sat" data-title="ᱜᱚᱴᱟᱱ" data-language-autonym="ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ" data-language-local-name="Santali" class="interlanguage-link-target">ᱥᱟᱱᱛᱟᱲᱤ</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-sq mw-list-item"><a href="https://sq.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numri_gramatikor" title="Numri gramatikor – Albanian" lang="sq" hreflang="sq" data-title="Numri gramatikor" data-language-autonym="Shqip" data-language-local-name="Albanian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Shqip</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-simple mw-list-item"><a href="https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_number" title="Grammatical number – Simple English" lang="en-simple" hreflang="en-simple" data-title="Grammatical number" data-language-autonym="Simple English" data-language-local-name="Simple English" class="interlanguage-link-target">Simple English</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-sk mw-list-item"><a href="https://sk.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C4%8C%C3%ADslo_(gramatick%C3%A1_kateg%C3%B3ria)" title="Číslo (gramatická kategória) – Slovak" lang="sk" hreflang="sk" data-title="Číslo (gramatická kategória)" data-language-autonym="Slovenčina" data-language-local-name="Slovak" class="interlanguage-link-target">Slovenčina</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-sl mw-list-item"><a href="https://sl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovni%C4%8Dno_%C5%A1tevilo" title="Slovnično število – Slovenian" lang="sl" hreflang="sl" data-title="Slovnično število" data-language-autonym="Slovenščina" data-language-local-name="Slovenian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Slovenščina</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-sr mw-list-item"><a href="https://sr.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%91%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%98_(%D0%B3%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%B0)" title="Број (граматика) – Serbian" lang="sr" hreflang="sr" data-title="Број (граматика)" data-language-autonym="Српски / srpski" data-language-local-name="Serbian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Српски / srpski</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-fi mw-list-item"><a href="https://fi.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kieliopillinen_luku" title="Kieliopillinen luku – Finnish" lang="fi" hreflang="fi" data-title="Kieliopillinen luku" data-language-autonym="Suomi" data-language-local-name="Finnish" class="interlanguage-link-target">Suomi</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-sv mw-list-item"><a href="https://sv.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numerus" title="Numerus – Swedish" lang="sv" hreflang="sv" data-title="Numerus" data-language-autonym="Svenska" data-language-local-name="Swedish" class="interlanguage-link-target">Svenska</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-te mw-list-item"><a href="https://te.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%B0%A4%E0%B1%86%E0%B0%B2%E0%B1%81%E0%B0%97%E0%B1%81_%E0%B0%B5%E0%B0%9A%E0%B0%A8%E0%B0%AE%E0%B1%81%E0%B0%B2%E0%B1%81" title="తెలుగు వచనములు – Telugu" lang="te" hreflang="te" data-title="తెలుగు వచనములు" data-language-autonym="తెలుగు" data-language-local-name="Telugu" class="interlanguage-link-target">తెలుగు</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-tr mw-list-item"><a href="https://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dilbilgisel_say%C4%B1" title="Dilbilgisel sayı – Turkish" lang="tr" hreflang="tr" data-title="Dilbilgisel sayı" data-language-autonym="Türkçe" data-language-local-name="Turkish" class="interlanguage-link-target">Türkçe</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-uk mw-list-item"><a href="https://uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D0%A7%D0%B8%D1%81%D0%BB%D0%BE_(%D0%BC%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%BE%D0%B7%D0%BD%D0%B0%D0%B2%D1%81%D1%82%D0%B2%D0%BE)" title="Число (мовознавство) – Ukrainian" lang="uk" hreflang="uk" data-title="Число (мовознавство)" data-language-autonym="Українська" data-language-local-name="Ukrainian" class="interlanguage-link-target">Українська</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-vi mw-list-item"><a href="https://vi.wikipedia.org/wiki/S%E1%BB%91_ng%E1%BB%AF_ph%C3%A1p" title="Số ngữ pháp – Vietnamese" lang="vi" hreflang="vi" data-title="Số ngữ pháp" data-language-autonym="Tiếng Việt" data-language-local-name="Vietnamese" class="interlanguage-link-target">Tiếng Việt</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-wa mw-list-item"><a href="https://wa.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nombe_(linwince)" title="Nombe (linwince) – Walloon" lang="wa" hreflang="wa" data-title="Nombe (linwince)" data-language-autonym="Walon" data-language-local-name="Walloon" class="interlanguage-link-target">Walon</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-wuu mw-list-item"><a href="https://wuu.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E6%95%B0%EF%BC%88%E8%AF%AD%E6%B3%95%EF%BC%89" title="数（语法） – Wu" lang="wuu" hreflang="wuu" data-title="数（语法）" data-language-autonym="吴语" data-language-local-name="Wu" class="interlanguage-link-target">吴语</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-zh-yue mw-list-item"><a href="https://zh-yue.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E6%95%B8%E9%87%8F_(%E6%96%87%E6%B3%95)" title="數量 (文法) – Cantonese" lang="yue" hreflang="yue" data-title="數量 (文法)" data-language-autonym="粵語" data-language-local-name="Cantonese" class="interlanguage-link-target">粵語</a></li><li class="interlanguage-link interwiki-zh mw-list-item"><a href="https://zh.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E6%95%B0_(%E8%AF%AD%E6%B3%95)" title="数 (语法) – Chinese" lang="zh" hreflang="zh" data-title="数 (语法)" data-language-autonym="中文" data-language-local-name="Chinese" class="interlanguage-link-target">中文</a></li> </ul> <div class="after-portlet after-portlet-lang"><a href="https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityPage/Q104083#sitelinks-wikipedia" title="Edit interlanguage links" class="wbc-editpage">Edit links</a></div> </div> </div> </div> </header> <div class="vector-page-toolbar"> <div class="vector-page-toolbar-container"> <div id="left-navigation"> <nav aria-label="Namespaces"> <div id="p-associated-pages" class="vector-menu vector-menu-tabs mw-portlet mw-portlet-associated-pages" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="ca-nstab-main" class="selected vector-tab-noicon mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_number" title="View the content page [c]" accesskey="c">Article</a></li><li id="ca-talk" class="vector-tab-noicon mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Talk:Grammatical_number" rel="discussion" title="Discuss improvements to the content page [t]" accesskey="t">Talk</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="vector-variants-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown emptyPortlet" > <input type="checkbox" id="vector-variants-dropdown-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-vector-variants-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox " aria-label="Change language variant" > <label id="vector-variants-dropdown-label" for="vector-variants-dropdown-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet" aria-hidden="true" >English </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div id="p-variants" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-variants emptyPortlet" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> </ul> </div> </div> </div> </div> </nav> </div> <div id="right-navigation" class="vector-collapsible"> <nav aria-label="Views"> <div id="p-views" class="vector-menu vector-menu-tabs mw-portlet mw-portlet-views" > <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="ca-view" class="selected vector-tab-noicon mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_number">Read</a></li><li id="ca-edit" class="vector-tab-noicon mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit" title="Edit this page [e]" accesskey="e">Edit</a></li><li id="ca-history" class="vector-tab-noicon mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=history" title="Past revisions of this page [h]" accesskey="h">View history</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> </nav> <nav class="vector-page-tools-landmark" aria-label="Page tools"> <div id="vector-page-tools-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown vector-page-tools-dropdown" > <input type="checkbox" id="vector-page-tools-dropdown-checkbox" role="button" aria-haspopup="true" data-event-name="ui.dropdown-vector-page-tools-dropdown" class="vector-dropdown-checkbox " aria-label="Tools" > <label id="vector-page-tools-dropdown-label" for="vector-page-tools-dropdown-checkbox" class="vector-dropdown-label cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--fake-button--enabled cdx-button--weight-quiet" aria-hidden="true" >Tools </label> <div class="vector-dropdown-content"> <div id="vector-page-tools-unpinned-container" class="vector-unpinned-container"> <div id="vector-page-tools" class="vector-page-tools vector-pinnable-element"> <div class="vector-pinnable-header vector-page-tools-pinnable-header vector-pinnable-header-unpinned" data-feature-name="page-tools-pinned" data-pinnable-element-id="vector-page-tools" data-pinned-container-id="vector-page-tools-pinned-container" data-unpinned-container-id="vector-page-tools-unpinned-container" > <div class="vector-pinnable-header-label">Tools</div> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-pin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-page-tools.pin">move to sidebar</button> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-unpin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-page-tools.unpin">hide</button> </div> <div id="p-cactions" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-cactions emptyPortlet vector-has-collapsible-items" title="More options" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> Actions </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="ca-more-view" class="selected vector-more-collapsible-item mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_number">Read</a></li><li id="ca-more-edit" class="vector-more-collapsible-item mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit" title="Edit this page [e]" accesskey="e">Edit</a></li><li id="ca-more-history" class="vector-more-collapsible-item mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=history">View history</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-tb" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-tb" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> General </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="t-whatlinkshere" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:WhatLinksHere/Grammatical_number" title="List of all English Wikipedia pages containing links to this page [j]" accesskey="j">What links here</a></li><li id="t-recentchangeslinked" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:RecentChangesLinked/Grammatical_number" rel="nofollow" title="Recent changes in pages linked from this page [k]" accesskey="k">Related changes</a></li><li id="t-upload" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:File_Upload_Wizard" title="Upload files [u]" accesskey="u">Upload file</a></li><li id="t-specialpages" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/wiki/Special:SpecialPages" title="A list of all special pages [q]" accesskey="q">Special pages</a></li><li id="t-permalink" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&oldid=1257874923" title="Permanent link to this revision of this page">Permanent link</a></li><li id="t-info" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=info" title="More information about this page">Page information</a></li><li id="t-cite" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Special:CiteThisPage&page=Grammatical_number&id=1257874923&wpFormIdentifier=titleform" title="Information on how to cite this page">Cite this page</a></li><li id="t-urlshortener" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Special:UrlShortener&url=https%3A%2F%2Fen.wikipedia.org%2Fwiki%2FGrammatical_number">Get shortened URL</a></li><li id="t-urlshortener-qrcode" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Special:QrCode&url=https%3A%2F%2Fen.wikipedia.org%2Fwiki%2FGrammatical_number">Download QR code</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-coll-print_export" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-coll-print_export" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> Print/export </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="coll-download-as-rl" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Special:DownloadAsPdf&page=Grammatical_number&action=show-download-screen" title="Download this page as a PDF file">Download as PDF</a></li><li id="t-print" class="mw-list-item"><a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&printable=yes" title="Printable version of this page [p]" accesskey="p">Printable version</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> <div id="p-wikibase-otherprojects" class="vector-menu mw-portlet mw-portlet-wikibase-otherprojects" > <div class="vector-menu-heading"> In other projects </div> <div class="vector-menu-content"> <ul class="vector-menu-content-list"> <li id="t-wikibase" class="wb-otherproject-link wb-otherproject-wikibase-dataitem mw-list-item"><a href="https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityPage/Q104083" title="Structured data on this page hosted by Wikidata [g]" accesskey="g">Wikidata item</a></li> </ul> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </nav> </div> </div> </div> <div class="vector-column-end"> <div class="vector-sticky-pinned-container"> <nav class="vector-page-tools-landmark" aria-label="Page tools"> <div id="vector-page-tools-pinned-container" class="vector-pinned-container"> </div> </nav> <nav class="vector-appearance-landmark" aria-label="Appearance"> <div id="vector-appearance-pinned-container" class="vector-pinned-container"> <div id="vector-appearance" class="vector-appearance vector-pinnable-element"> <div class="vector-pinnable-header vector-appearance-pinnable-header vector-pinnable-header-pinned" data-feature-name="appearance-pinned" data-pinnable-element-id="vector-appearance" data-pinned-container-id="vector-appearance-pinned-container" data-unpinned-container-id="vector-appearance-unpinned-container" > <div class="vector-pinnable-header-label">Appearance</div> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-pin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-appearance.pin">move to sidebar</button> <button class="vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button vector-pinnable-header-unpin-button" data-event-name="pinnable-header.vector-appearance.unpin">hide</button> </div> </div> </div> </nav> </div> </div> <div id="bodyContent" class="vector-body" aria-labelledby="firstHeading" data-mw-ve-target-container> <div class="vector-body-before-content"> <div class="mw-indicators"> </div> <div id="siteSub" class="noprint">From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia</div> </div> <div id="contentSub"><div id="mw-content-subtitle">(Redirected from <a href="/w/index.php?title=Number_(grammar)&redirect=no" class="mw-redirect" title="Number (grammar)">Number (grammar)</a>)</div></div> <div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-body-content"><div class="mw-content-ltr mw-parser-output" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">Use of grammar in a language to express number</div> <style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1129693374">.mw-parser-output .hlist dl,.mw-parser-output .hlist ol,.mw-parser-output .hlist ul{margin:0;padding:0}.mw-parser-output .hlist dd,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt,.mw-parser-output .hlist li{margin:0;display:inline}.mw-parser-output .hlist.inline,.mw-parser-output .hlist.inline dl,.mw-parser-output .hlist.inline ol,.mw-parser-output .hlist.inline ul,.mw-parser-output .hlist dl dl,.mw-parser-output .hlist dl ol,.mw-parser-output .hlist dl ul,.mw-parser-output .hlist ol dl,.mw-parser-output .hlist ol ol,.mw-parser-output .hlist ol ul,.mw-parser-output .hlist ul dl,.mw-parser-output .hlist ul ol,.mw-parser-output .hlist ul ul{display:inline}.mw-parser-output .hlist .mw-empty-li{display:none}.mw-parser-output .hlist dt::after{content:": "}.mw-parser-output .hlist dd::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist li::after{content:" · ";font-weight:bold}.mw-parser-output .hlist dd:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist li:last-child::after{content:none}.mw-parser-output .hlist dd dd:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist dd dt:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist dd li:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt dd:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt dt:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt li:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist li dd:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist li dt:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist li li:first-child::before{content:" (";font-weight:normal}.mw-parser-output .hlist dd dd:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist dd dt:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist dd li:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt dd:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt dt:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt li:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist li dd:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist li dt:last-child::after,.mw-parser-output .hlist li li:last-child::after{content:")";font-weight:normal}.mw-parser-output .hlist ol{counter-reset:listitem}.mw-parser-output .hlist ol>li{counter-increment:listitem}.mw-parser-output .hlist ol>li::before{content:" "counter(listitem)"\a0 "}.mw-parser-output .hlist dd ol>li:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist dt ol>li:first-child::before,.mw-parser-output .hlist li ol>li:first-child::before{content:" ("counter(listitem)"\a0 "}</style><style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1246091330">.mw-parser-output .sidebar{width:22em;float:right;clear:right;margin:0.5em 0 1em 1em;background:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle,#f8f9fa);border:1px solid var(--border-color-base,#a2a9b1);padding:0.2em;text-align:center;line-height:1.4em;font-size:88%;border-collapse:collapse;display:table}body.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output .sidebar{display:table!important;float:right!important;margin:0.5em 0 1em 1em!important}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-subgroup{width:100%;margin:0;border-spacing:0}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-left{float:left;clear:left;margin:0.5em 1em 1em 0}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-none{float:none;clear:both;margin:0.5em 1em 1em 0}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-outer-title{padding:0 0.4em 0.2em;font-size:125%;line-height:1.2em;font-weight:bold}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-top-image{padding:0.4em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-top-caption,.mw-parser-output .sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image,.mw-parser-output .sidebar-caption{padding:0.2em 0.4em 0;line-height:1.2em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-pretitle{padding:0.4em 0.4em 0;line-height:1.2em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-title,.mw-parser-output .sidebar-title-with-pretitle{padding:0.2em 0.8em;font-size:145%;line-height:1.2em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-title-with-pretitle{padding:0.1em 0.4em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-image{padding:0.2em 0.4em 0.4em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-heading{padding:0.1em 0.4em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-content{padding:0 0.5em 0.4em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-content-with-subgroup{padding:0.1em 0.4em 0.2em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-above,.mw-parser-output .sidebar-below{padding:0.3em 0.8em;font-weight:bold}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-collapse .sidebar-above,.mw-parser-output .sidebar-collapse .sidebar-below{border-top:1px solid #aaa;border-bottom:1px solid #aaa}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-navbar{text-align:right;font-size:115%;padding:0 0.4em 0.4em}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-list-title{padding:0 0.4em;text-align:left;font-weight:bold;line-height:1.6em;font-size:105%}.mw-parser-output .sidebar-list-title-c{padding:0 0.4em;text-align:center;margin:0 3.3em}@media(max-width:640px){body.mediawiki .mw-parser-output .sidebar{width:100%!important;clear:both;float:none!important;margin-left:0!important;margin-right:0!important}}body.skin--responsive .mw-parser-output .sidebar a>img{max-width:none!important}@media screen{html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .mw-parser-output .sidebar:not(.notheme) .sidebar-list-title,html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .mw-parser-output .sidebar:not(.notheme) .sidebar-title-with-pretitle{background:transparent!important}html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .mw-parser-output .sidebar:not(.notheme) .sidebar-title-with-pretitle a{color:var(--color-progressive)!important}}@media screen and (prefers-color-scheme:dark){html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .mw-parser-output .sidebar:not(.notheme) .sidebar-list-title,html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .mw-parser-output .sidebar:not(.notheme) .sidebar-title-with-pretitle{background:transparent!important}html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .mw-parser-output .sidebar:not(.notheme) .sidebar-title-with-pretitle a{color:var(--color-progressive)!important}}@media print{body.ns-0 .mw-parser-output .sidebar{display:none!important}}</style><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1129693374"><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1129693374"><table class="sidebar sidebar-collapse nomobile nowraplinks" style="width:18em"><tbody><tr><th class="sidebar-title" style="background:#ccccff;font-size:110%"><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_category" title="Grammatical category">Grammatical features</a></th></tr><tr><td class="sidebar-content vlist" style="padding:.3em; text-align:left;"> <div class="sidebar-list mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="sidebar-list-title" style="color: var(--color-base)">Related to nouns</div><div class="sidebar-list-content mw-collapsible-content"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Animacy" title="Animacy">Animacy</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_case" title="Grammatical case">Case</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Dative_construction" title="Dative construction">Dative construction</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Dative_shift" title="Dative shift">Dative shift</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Quirky_subject" title="Quirky subject">Quirky subject</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Nominative_case" title="Nominative case">Nominative</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Comitative_case" title="Comitative case">Comitative</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Instrumental_case" title="Instrumental case">Instrumental</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Classifier_(linguistics)" title="Classifier (linguistics)">Classifier</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Measure_word" title="Measure word">Measure word</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Construct_state" title="Construct state">Construct state</a></li> <li>Countability <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Count_noun" title="Count noun">Count noun</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Mass_noun" title="Mass noun">Mass noun</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Collective_noun" title="Collective noun">Collective noun</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Definiteness" title="Definiteness">Definiteness</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_gender" title="Grammatical gender">Gender</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Genitive_construction" title="Genitive construction">Genitive construction</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Possession_(linguistics)" title="Possession (linguistics)">Possession</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Suffixaufnahme" title="Suffixaufnahme">Suffixaufnahme (case stacking)</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Noun_class" title="Noun class">Noun class</a></li> <li><a class="mw-selflink selflink">Number</a> <ul><li><div class="hlist"><ul><li>Singular</li><li><a href="/wiki/Dual_(grammatical_number)" title="Dual (grammatical number)">Dual</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Plural" title="Plural">Plural</a></li></ul></div></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Singulative_number" title="Singulative number">Singulative-Collective-Plurative</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Specificity_(linguistics)" title="Specificity (linguistics)">Specificity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Universal_grinder" title="Universal grinder">Universal grinder</a></li></ul></div></div></td> </tr><tr><td class="sidebar-content vlist" style="padding:.3em; text-align:left;"> <div class="sidebar-list mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="sidebar-list-title" style="color: var(--color-base)">Related to verbs</div><div class="sidebar-list-content mw-collapsible-content"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Associated_motion" title="Associated motion">Associated motion</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Clusivity" title="Clusivity">Clusivity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_conjugation" title="Grammatical conjugation">Conjugation</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Evidentiality" title="Evidentiality">Evidentiality</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Modality_(semantics)" title="Modality (semantics)">Modality</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_person" title="Grammatical person">Person</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Telicity" title="Telicity">Telicity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Mirativity" title="Mirativity">Mirativity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Tense%E2%80%93aspect%E2%80%93mood" title="Tense–aspect–mood">Tense–aspect–mood</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_aspect" title="Grammatical aspect">Grammatical aspect</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Lexical_aspect" title="Lexical aspect">Lexical aspect (Aktionsart)</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_mood" title="Grammatical mood">Mood</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_tense" title="Grammatical tense">Tense</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Voice_(grammar)" title="Voice (grammar)">Voice</a></li></ul></div></div></td> </tr><tr><td class="sidebar-content vlist" style="padding:.3em; text-align:left;"> <div class="sidebar-list mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="sidebar-list-title" style="color: var(--color-base)">General features</div><div class="sidebar-list-content mw-collapsible-content"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Affect_(linguistics)" title="Affect (linguistics)">Affect</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Boundedness_(linguistics)" title="Boundedness (linguistics)">Boundedness</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Comparison_(grammar)" title="Comparison (grammar)">Comparison (degree)</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Egophoricity" title="Egophoricity">Egophoricity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Pluractionality" title="Pluractionality">Pluractionality</a> (verbal number)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Honorifics_(linguistics)" title="Honorifics (linguistics)">Honorifics (politeness)</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Affirmation_and_negation" title="Affirmation and negation">Polarity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Reciprocal_construction" title="Reciprocal construction">Reciprocity</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Reflexive_pronoun" title="Reflexive pronoun">Reflexive pronoun</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Reflexive_verb" title="Reflexive verb">Reflexive verb</a></li></ul></li></ul></div></div></td> </tr><tr><td class="sidebar-content vlist" style="padding:.3em; text-align:left;"> <div class="sidebar-list mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="sidebar-list-title" style="color: var(--color-base)">Syntax relationships</div><div class="sidebar-list-content mw-collapsible-content"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Argument_(linguistics)" title="Argument (linguistics)">Argument</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Transitivity_(grammar)" title="Transitivity (grammar)">Transitivity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Valency_(linguistics)" title="Valency (linguistics)">Valency</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Branching_(linguistics)" title="Branching (linguistics)">Branching</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Serial_verb_construction" title="Serial verb construction">Serial verb construction</a></li> <li>Traditional grammar <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Predicate_(grammar)" title="Predicate (grammar)">Predicate</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Subject_(grammar)" title="Subject (grammar)">Subject</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Object_(grammar)" title="Object (grammar)">Object</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Adjunct_(grammar)" title="Adjunct (grammar)">Adjunct</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Predicative_expression" title="Predicative expression">Predicative</a></li></ul></li></ul></div></div></td> </tr><tr><td class="sidebar-content vlist" style="padding:.3em; text-align:left;"> <div class="sidebar-list mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="sidebar-list-title" style="color: var(--color-base)">Semantics</div><div class="sidebar-list-content mw-collapsible-content"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Contrast_(linguistics)" title="Contrast (linguistics)">Contrast</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Mirativity" title="Mirativity">Mirativity</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Thematic_relation" title="Thematic relation">Thematic relation</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Agent_(grammar)" title="Agent (grammar)">Agent</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Patient_(grammar)" title="Patient (grammar)">Patient</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Topic_and_comment" title="Topic and comment">Topic and Comment</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Focus_(linguistics)" title="Focus (linguistics)">Focus</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Volition_(linguistics)" title="Volition (linguistics)">Volition</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Veridicality" title="Veridicality">Veridicality</a></li></ul></div></div></td> </tr><tr><td class="sidebar-content vlist" style="padding:.3em; text-align:left;"> <div class="sidebar-list mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="sidebar-list-title" style="color: var(--color-base)">Phenomena</div><div class="sidebar-list-content mw-collapsible-content"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Agreement_(linguistics)" title="Agreement (linguistics)">Agreement</a> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Polypersonal_agreement" title="Polypersonal agreement">Polypersonal agreement</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Declension" title="Declension">Declension</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Empty_category" title="Empty category">Empty category</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Incorporation_(linguistics)" title="Incorporation (linguistics)">Incorporation</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Inflection" title="Inflection">Inflection</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Markedness" title="Markedness">Markedness</a></li></ul></div></div></td> </tr><tr><td class="sidebar-navbar"><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1129693374"><style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1239400231">.mw-parser-output .navbar{display:inline;font-size:88%;font-weight:normal}.mw-parser-output .navbar-collapse{float:left;text-align:left}.mw-parser-output .navbar-boxtext{word-spacing:0}.mw-parser-output .navbar ul{display:inline-block;white-space:nowrap;line-height:inherit}.mw-parser-output .navbar-brackets::before{margin-right:-0.125em;content:"[ "}.mw-parser-output .navbar-brackets::after{margin-left:-0.125em;content:" ]"}.mw-parser-output .navbar li{word-spacing:-0.125em}.mw-parser-output .navbar a>span,.mw-parser-output .navbar a>abbr{text-decoration:inherit}.mw-parser-output .navbar-mini abbr{font-variant:small-caps;border-bottom:none;text-decoration:none;cursor:inherit}.mw-parser-output .navbar-ct-full{font-size:114%;margin:0 7em}.mw-parser-output .navbar-ct-mini{font-size:114%;margin:0 4em}html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .mw-parser-output .navbar li a abbr{color:var(--color-base)!important}@media(prefers-color-scheme:dark){html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .mw-parser-output .navbar li a abbr{color:var(--color-base)!important}}@media print{.mw-parser-output .navbar{display:none!important}}</style><div class="navbar plainlinks hlist navbar-mini"><ul><li class="nv-view"><a href="/wiki/Template:Grammatical_categories" title="Template:Grammatical categories"><abbr title="View this template">v</abbr></a></li><li class="nv-talk"><a href="/wiki/Template_talk:Grammatical_categories" title="Template talk:Grammatical categories"><abbr title="Discuss this template">t</abbr></a></li><li class="nv-edit"><a href="/wiki/Special:EditPage/Template:Grammatical_categories" title="Special:EditPage/Template:Grammatical categories"><abbr title="Edit this template">e</abbr></a></li></ul></div></td></tr></tbody></table> In <a href="/wiki/Linguistics" title="Linguistics">linguistics</a>, grammatical number is a <a href="/wiki/Feature_(linguistics)" title="Feature (linguistics)">feature</a> of nouns, pronouns, adjectives and verb <a href="/wiki/Agreement_(linguistics)" title="Agreement (linguistics)">agreement</a> that expresses count distinctions (such as "one", "two" or "three or more").<a href="#cite_note-1">[1]</a> English and many other languages present number categories of singular or <a href="/wiki/Plural" title="Plural">plural</a>. Some languages also have a <a href="/wiki/Dual_(grammatical_number)" title="Dual (grammatical number)">dual</a>, <a href="#Trial">trial</a> and <a href="#Paucal">paucal</a> number or other arrangements. The word "number" is also used in linguistics to describe the distinction between certain grammatical aspects that indicate the number of times an event occurs, such as the <a href="/wiki/Semelfactive" title="Semelfactive">semelfactive</a> aspect, the iterative aspect, etc. For that use of the term, see "<a href="/wiki/Grammatical_aspect" title="Grammatical aspect">Grammatical aspect</a>". <meta property="mw:PageProp/toc" /> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Overview">Overview</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=1" title="Edit section: Overview">edit</a>]</div> Most languages of the world have formal means to express differences of number. One widespread distinction, found in English and many other languages, involves a simple two-way contrast between singular and plural number (car/cars, child/children, etc.). Discussion of other more elaborate systems of number appears below. Grammatical number is a morphological category characterized by the expression of <a href="/wiki/Quantity" title="Quantity">quantity</a> through inflection or agreement. As an example, consider the English sentences below: <dl><dd>That apple on the table is fresh.</dd> <dd>Those two apples on the table are fresh.</dd></dl> The quantity of apples is marked on the noun—"apple" singular number (one item) vs. "apples" plural number (more than one item)—on the demonstrative, that/those, and on the verb, is/are. In the second sentence, all this information is <a href="/wiki/Redundancy_(linguistics)" title="Redundancy (linguistics)">redundant</a>, since quantity is already indicated by the numeral two. A language has grammatical number when its noun forms are subdivided into <a href="/wiki/Morphology_(linguistics)" title="Morphology (linguistics)">morphological classes</a> according to the quantity they express, such that: <ol><li>Every <a href="/wiki/Noun" title="Noun">noun</a> form belongs to a number class (they are partitioned into disjoint classes by number).</li> <li>Noun <a href="/wiki/Modifier_(linguistics)" class="mw-redirect" title="Modifier (linguistics)">modifiers</a> (such as adjectives) and <a href="/wiki/Verb" title="Verb">verbs</a> may also have different forms for each number subclass and <a href="/wiki/Inflection" title="Inflection">inflect</a> to match the number of the nouns they modify or agree with (number is an <a href="/wiki/Agreement_(linguistics)" title="Agreement (linguistics)">agreement category</a>).</li></ol> This is partly true for English: every noun and pronoun form is singular or plural (a few, such as "<a href="/wiki/Fish#"Fish"_or_"fishes"" title="Fish">fish</a>", "<a href="/wiki/Cannon#Etymology_and_terminology" title="Cannon">cannon</a>" and "<a href="/wiki/You" title="You">you</a>", can be either, according to context). Some modifiers of nouns—namely the <a href="/wiki/Demonstrative" title="Demonstrative">demonstrative</a> determiners—and finite <a href="/wiki/Verb" title="Verb">verbs</a> inflect to agree with the number of the noun forms they modify or have as subject: this car and these cars are correct, while *this cars and *these car are incorrect. However, adjectives do not inflect for and many verb forms do not distinguish between singular and plural ("She/They went", "She/They can go", "She/They had gone", "She/They will go"). Many languages distinguish between <a href="/wiki/Count_noun" title="Count noun">count nouns</a> and <a href="/wiki/Mass_noun" title="Mass noun">mass nouns</a>. Only count nouns can be freely used in the singular and in the plural. Mass nouns, like "milk", "gold", and "furniture", are normally invariant.<a href="#cite_note-2">[2]</a> (In some cases, a normally mass noun X may be used as a count noun to collect several distinct kinds of X into an enumerable group; for example, a cheesemaker might speak of goat, sheep, and cow milk as milks.) Not all languages have number as a grammatical category. In those that do not, quantity must be expressed either directly, with <a href="/wiki/Numeral_(linguistics)" title="Numeral (linguistics)">numerals</a>, or indirectly, through optional <a href="/wiki/Quantifier_(linguistics)" class="mw-redirect" title="Quantifier (linguistics)">quantifiers</a>. However, many of these languages compensate[<a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:Please_clarify" title="Wikipedia:Please clarify">clarification needed</a>] for the lack of grammatical number with an extensive system of <a href="/wiki/Measure_word" title="Measure word">measure words</a>. <a href="/wiki/Joseph_Greenberg" title="Joseph Greenberg">Joseph Greenberg</a> has proposed a number category hierarchy as a <a href="/wiki/Greenberg%27s_linguistic_universals" title="Greenberg's linguistic universals">linguistic universal</a>: "No language has a trial number unless it has a dual. No language has a dual unless it has a plural."<a href="#cite_note-3">[3]</a> This hierarchy does not account for the paucal.<a href="#cite_note-4">[4]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Geographical_distribution">Geographical distribution</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=2" title="Edit section: Geographical distribution">edit</a>]</div> Obligatory plural marking of all nouns is found throughout the languages of <a href="/wiki/Eurasiatic_languages" title="Eurasiatic languages">western and northern Eurasia</a> and <a href="/wiki/Languages_of_Africa" title="Languages of Africa">most parts of Africa</a>. The rest of the world's languages present a heterogeneous picture. Optional plural marking is common in <a href="/wiki/East_Asian_languages" title="East Asian languages">Southeast and East Asia</a> and <a href="/wiki/Australian_languages" class="mw-redirect" title="Australian languages">Australian languages</a>, and complete lack of plural marking is particularly found in <a href="/wiki/Papuan_languages" title="Papuan languages">New Guinea</a> and Australian languages. In addition to the <a href="/wiki/Areal_feature" title="Areal feature">areal correlations</a>, there also seems to be at least one correlation with <a href="/wiki/Morphological_typology" title="Morphological typology">morphological typology</a>: <a href="/wiki/Isolating_languages" class="mw-redirect" title="Isolating languages">isolating languages</a> appear to favor no or non-obligatory plural marking. This can be seen particularly in Africa, where optionality or absence of plural marking is found particularly in the isolating languages of West Africa.<a href="#cite_note-5">[5]</a><a href="#cite_note-6">[6]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Types_of_number">Types of number</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=3" title="Edit section: Types of number">edit</a>]</div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Singular_and_plural">Singular and plural</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=4" title="Edit section: Singular and plural">edit</a>]</div> <style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1236090951">.mw-parser-output .hatnote{font-style:italic}.mw-parser-output div.hatnote{padding-left:1.6em;margin-bottom:0.5em}.mw-parser-output .hatnote i{font-style:normal}.mw-parser-output .hatnote+link+.hatnote{margin-top:-0.5em}@media print{body.ns-0 .mw-parser-output .hatnote{display:none!important}}</style><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/Plural" title="Plural">Plural</a></div> One of the simplest number distinctions a language can make is singular and plural. Singular denotes exactly one referent, while plural denotes more than one referent. For example, in English:<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p5-7">[7]</a> <ul><li>dog (singular, one)</li> <li>dogs (plural, two or more)</li></ul> To mark number, English has different singular and plural forms for nouns and verbs (in the third person): "my dog watches television" (singular) and "my dogs watch television" (plural).<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p5-7">[7]</a> This is not universal: <a href="/wiki/Wambaya_language" title="Wambaya language">Wambaya</a> marks number on nouns but not verbs,<a href="#cite_note-8">[8]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Onondaga_language" title="Onondaga language">Onondaga</a> marks number on verbs but not nouns.<a href="#cite_note-9">[9]</a> <a href="/wiki/Latin" title="Latin">Latin</a> has different singular and plural forms for nouns, verbs, and adjectives, in contrast to English where adjectives do not change for number.<a href="#cite_note-10">[10]</a> <a href="/wiki/Tundra_Nenets_language" title="Tundra Nenets language">Tundra Nenets</a> can mark singular and plural on nouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, and <a href="/wiki/Preposition_and_postposition" class="mw-redirect" title="Preposition and postposition">postpositions</a>.<a href="#cite_note-11">[11]</a> However, the most common part of speech to show a number distinction is pronouns.<a href="#cite_note-12">[12]</a><a href="#cite_note-13">[13]</a> An example of a personal pronoun system distinguishing singular and plural is that of <a href="/wiki/Wayor%C3%B3_language" title="Wayoró language">Wayoró</a>:<a href="#cite_note-14">[14]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Wayoró pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>on </td> <td>ote </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>txire </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>en </td> <td>djat </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>ndeke </td> <td>ndeat </td></tr></tbody></table> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Dual">Dual</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=5" title="Edit section: Dual">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/Dual_(grammatical_number)" title="Dual (grammatical number)">Dual (grammatical number)</a></div> Like the singular denotes exactly one item, the dual number denotes exactly two items. For example, in <a href="/wiki/Cams%C3%A1_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Camsá language">Camsá</a>:<a href="#cite_note-15">[15]</a> <ul><li>kes̈ - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>kes̈at - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>kes̈ëng - "dogs" (plural)</li></ul> In languages with a singular/dual/plural paradigm, the exact meaning of plural depends on whether the dual is obligatory or facultative (optional).<a href="#cite_note-16">[16]</a> In contrast to English and other singular/plural languages where plural means two or more, in languages with an obligatory dual, plural strictly means three or more. This is the case for <a href="/wiki/Sanskrit" title="Sanskrit">Sanskrit</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p43-17">[17]</a> <a href="/wiki/Mansi_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Mansi language">North Mansi</a>,<a href="#cite_note-18">[18]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Alutiiq_language" title="Alutiiq language">Alutiiq</a>.<a href="#cite_note-19">[19]</a> In languages with a facultative dual, two of something can be referred to using either the dual or the plural, and so plural means two or more. This is the case for modern Arabic dialects,<a href="#cite_note-20">[20]</a> at least some <a href="/wiki/Inuktitut" title="Inuktitut">Inuktitut</a> dialects,<a href="#cite_note-21">[21]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Yandruwandha_language" title="Yandruwandha language">Yandruwandha</a>.<a href="#cite_note-22">[22]</a> In some languages, the dual is obligatory in certain cases but facultative in others. In <a href="/wiki/Slovene_language" title="Slovene language">Slovene</a>, it is obligatory for pronouns but facultative for nouns.<a href="#cite_note-23">[23]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Comanche_language" title="Comanche language">Comanche</a>, it is obligatory when referring to humans, facultative for other animate nouns, and rarely used for inanimate nouns.<a href="#cite_note-24">[24]</a> There are also languages where use of the dual number is more restricted than singular and plural. In the possessive noun forms of <a href="/wiki/Northern_S%C3%A1mi" title="Northern Sámi">Northern Sámi</a>, the possessor can be in the dual number, but the noun possessed can only be singular or plural.<a href="#cite_note-25">[25]</a> Pronouns are the only part of speech with a dual form in some <a href="/wiki/Polynesian_languages" title="Polynesian languages">Polynesian languages</a>, including <a href="/wiki/Samoan_language" title="Samoan language">Samoan</a>,<a href="#cite_note-26">[26]</a> <a href="/wiki/Tuvaluan_language" title="Tuvaluan language">Tuvaluan</a>,<a href="#cite_note-27">[27]</a><a href="#cite_note-29">[a]</a> and <a href="/wiki/M%C4%81ori_language" title="Māori language">Māori</a>.<a href="#cite_note-30">[29]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Maltese_language" title="Maltese language">Maltese</a>, the dual only exists for about 30 specific nouns, of which it is obligatory for only 8 (hour, day, week, month, year, once, hundred, and thousand). Words that can take a facultative dual in Maltese include egg, branch, tear, and wicker basket.<a href="#cite_note-31">[30]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Northwestern_Otomi" title="Northwestern Otomi">Mezquital Otomi</a>, the dual can only be used by an adult male speaking to another adult male.<a href="#cite_note-32">[31]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Māori pronouns<a href="#cite_note-33">[32]</a> </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>au/ahau </td> <td>maaua </td> <td>maatou </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>taaua </td> <td>taatou </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>koe </td> <td>koorua </td> <td>koutou </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>ia </td> <td>raaua </td> <td>raatou </td></tr></tbody></table> Dual number existed in all nouns and adjectives of <a href="/wiki/Proto-Indo-European_language" title="Proto-Indo-European language">Proto-Indo-European</a> around 4000 BCE, and was inherited in some form in many of its <a href="/wiki/Prehistory" title="Prehistory">prehistoric</a>, <a href="/wiki/Protohistory" title="Protohistory">protohistoric</a>, <a href="/wiki/Ancient_history" title="Ancient history">ancient</a>, and <a href="/wiki/Middle_Ages" title="Middle Ages">medieval</a> descendents. Only rarely has it persisted in <a href="/wiki/Indo-European_languages" title="Indo-European languages">Indo-European languages</a> to the modern day. It survived in <a href="/wiki/Proto-Germanic_language" title="Proto-Germanic language">Proto-Germanic</a> in the first and second person pronouns, where it was then inherited by <a href="/wiki/Old_English" title="Old English">Old English</a>, <a href="/wiki/Old_High_German" title="Old High German">Old High German</a>, <a href="/wiki/Old_Saxon" title="Old Saxon">Old Low German</a>, <a href="/wiki/Old_Swedish" title="Old Swedish">Early Old Swedish</a>, <a href="/wiki/Old_Norwegian" title="Old Norwegian">Old Norwegian</a>, <a href="/wiki/Old_Norse#Old_Icelandic" title="Old Norse">Old Icelandic</a>, and <a href="/wiki/Gothic_language" title="Gothic language">Gothic</a>. It continued in Icelandic until the 1700s, some dialects of <a href="/wiki/Faroese_language" title="Faroese language">Faroese</a> until at least the late 1800s, and some dialects of <a href="/wiki/North_Frisian_language" title="North Frisian language">North Frisian</a> through the 1900s.<a href="#cite_note-34">[33]</a><a href="#cite_note-35">[34]</a> From <a href="/wiki/Proto-Greek_language" title="Proto-Greek language">Proto-Greek</a> it entered <a href="/wiki/Ancient_Greek" title="Ancient Greek">Ancient Greek</a>,<a href="#cite_note-36">[35]</a><a href="#cite_note-37">[36]</a> and from <a href="/wiki/Proto-Indo-Iranian_language" title="Proto-Indo-Iranian language">Proto-Indo-Iranian</a> it entered Sanskrit.<a href="#cite_note-38">[37]</a><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p43-17">[17]</a> From <a href="/wiki/Proto-Slavic_language" title="Proto-Slavic language">Proto-Slavic</a>, it still exists today in Slovene and the <a href="/wiki/Sorbian_languages" title="Sorbian languages">Sorbian languages</a>.<a href="#cite_note-39">[38]</a> Indo-European languages that have long ago lost the dual still sometimes have residual traces of it, such as the English distinctions both vs. all, either vs. any, and neither vs. none. The Norwegian både, cognate with English both, has further evolved to be able to refer to more than two items, as in både epler, pærer, og druer, literally "both apples, pears, and grapes."<a href="#cite_note-40">[39]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Trial">Trial</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=6" title="Edit section: Trial">edit</a>]</div> The trial number denotes exactly three items. For example, in <a href="/wiki/Awa_language_(Papua_New_Guinea)" title="Awa language (Papua New Guinea)">Awa</a>:<a href="#cite_note-41">[40]</a> <ul><li>iya - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>iyatade - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>iyatado - "three dogs" (trial)</li> <li>iyamadi - "dogs" (plural)</li></ul> It is rare for a language to mark the trial on nouns,<a href="#cite_note-42">[41]</a> and some sources even claim that trial marking on nouns does not exist.<a href="#cite_note-Acquaviva2022-43">[42]</a><a href="#cite_note-Velupillai2012-44">[43]</a> However, it has been recorded for a few languages; besides Awa, <a href="/wiki/Arabana_language" title="Arabana language">Arabana</a>,<a href="#cite_note-45">[44]</a><a href="#cite_note-Hercus1966-46">[45]</a> <a href="/wiki/Kiwai_language" title="Kiwai language">Urama</a>,<a href="#cite_note-47">[46]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Angaataha_language" title="Angaataha language">Angaataha</a> have trial number.<a href="#cite_note-48">[47]</a> It is much more common for a language to have trial pronouns,<a href="#cite_note-Acquaviva2022-43">[42]</a><a href="#cite_note-Velupillai2012-44">[43]</a> the case for the Austronesian languages of <a href="/wiki/Wakasihu_language" title="Wakasihu language">Larike</a>,<a href="#cite_note-49">[48]</a><a href="#cite_note-50">[49]</a> <a href="/wiki/Tolai_language" title="Tolai language">Tolai</a>,<a href="#cite_note-51">[50]</a> <a href="/wiki/Raga_language" title="Raga language">Raga</a>,<a href="#cite_note-52">[51]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Wamesa_language" title="Wamesa language">Wamesa</a>.<a href="#cite_note-53">[52]</a> A minimal example is <a href="/wiki/Nukna_language" title="Nukna language">Nukna</a>, which has only a single trial pronoun, nanggula, which can be either 2nd or 3rd person.<a href="#cite_note-54">[53]</a> The trial may also be marked on verbs, such as in <a href="/wiki/Lenakel_language" title="Lenakel language">Lenakel</a>.<a href="#cite_note-55">[54]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Larike pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Trial </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>aʔu </td> <td>arua </td> <td>aridu </td> <td>ami </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>itua </td> <td>itidu </td> <td>ite </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>ane </td> <td>irua </td> <td>iridu </td> <td>imi </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>mane </td> <td>matua </td> <td>matidu </td> <td>mati </td></tr></tbody></table> While the dual can be obligatory or facultative, according to <a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Greville Corbett</a> there are no known cases of an obligatory trial, so the trial might always be facultative. However, languages may have both a facultative dual and a facultative trial, like in Larike, or an obligatory dual and a facultative trial, like in <a href="/wiki/Ngan%27gi_language" title="Ngan'gi language">Ngan'gi</a>.<a href="#cite_note-56">[55]</a> Most languages with a trial are in the Austronesian family, and most non-Austronesian languages with a trial are nearby in Oceania.<a href="#cite_note-57">[56]</a> The latter category includes the Austronesian-influenced <a href="/wiki/English-based_creole_languages" title="English-based creole languages">English creole</a> languages of <a href="/wiki/Tok_Pisin" title="Tok Pisin">Tok Pisin</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Verhaar1995-58">[57]</a> <a href="/wiki/Bislama" title="Bislama">Bislama</a>,<a href="#cite_note-59">[58]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Pijin_language" title="Pijin language">Pijin</a>.<a href="#cite_note-60">[59]</a> In Australia, the trial can also be found in <a href="/wiki/Australian_Aboriginal_languages" title="Australian Aboriginal languages">Aboriginal languages</a> of many different language families.<a href="#cite_note-70">[b]</a> In Indonesia, trial pronouns are common in the storytelling of <a href="/wiki/Abun_language" title="Abun language">Abun</a>, a possible language isolate.<a href="#cite_note-Berry1999-71">[69]</a> In the Solomon Islands, trial pronouns are used very frequently in <a href="/wiki/Touo_language" title="Touo language">Touo</a>, either a <a href="/wiki/Central_Solomon_languages" title="Central Solomon languages">Central Solomon language</a> or a language isolate. As a result, bilingual speakers of Touo and Pijin will use trial pronouns a lot more commonly in Pijin than other speakers, for whom the trial is usually a lot less common than the dual.<a href="#cite_note-72">[70]</a> A very rare example of a spoken language with the trial (in both pronouns and verbs) outside of Oceania is <a href="/wiki/Tangsa_language" title="Tangsa language">Muklom Tangsa</a>, spoken in northeast India.<a href="#cite_note-73">[71]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Paucal">Paucal</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=7" title="Edit section: Paucal">edit</a>]</div> The paucal number represents 'a few', a small inexactly numbered group of items. For example, in <a href="/wiki/Siwai_language" title="Siwai language">Motuna</a>:<a href="#cite_note-74">[72]</a> <ul><li>mahkata - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>mahkatakaro - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>mahkatanaa - "a few dogs" (paucal)</li> <li>mahkatangung - "dogs" (plural)</li></ul> Almost all languages with a paucal also have a dual.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2017-75">[73]</a><a href="#cite_note-76">[74]</a> However, this is not universal. Nouns in <a href="/wiki/Mocov%C3%AD_language" title="Mocoví language">Mocoví</a> only have singular, paucal, and plural.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2017-75">[73]</a><a href="#cite_note-Grondona1998-77">[75]</a> On the other hand, the pronouns in <a href="/wiki/Mussau-Emira_language" title="Mussau-Emira language">Mussau</a><a href="#cite_note-Ross2011-78">[76]</a><a href="#cite_note-Brownie2007-79">[77]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Lihir_language" title="Lihir language">Lihir</a><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p25-80">[78]</a> have dual, trial, and paucal. <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Lihir pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Trial </th> <th>Paucal </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>yo </td> <td>gel </td> <td>getol </td> <td>gehet </td> <td>ge </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>kito </td> <td>kitol </td> <td>kitahet </td> <td>giet </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>wa </td> <td>gol </td> <td>gotol </td> <td>gohet </td> <td>go </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>e </td> <td>dul </td> <td>dietol </td> <td>diehet </td> <td>die </td></tr></tbody></table> The lower bound of the paucal is usually defined by what other number categories exist in the language. In singular/paucal/plural paradigms, use of the paucal begins at two, but with the addition of the dual, the paucal begins at three. There is usually no exact upper bound on how many paucal refers to, and its approximate range depends on both language and context.<a href="#cite_note-81">[79]</a> It has been recorded as going up to about 5 in <a href="/wiki/Warndarrang_language" title="Warndarrang language">Warndarrang</a>,<a href="#cite_note-82">[80]</a> about 6 in <a href="/wiki/Baiso_language" title="Baiso language">Baiso</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p22-63">[62]</a> 10 in Arabic,<a href="#cite_note-83">[81]</a><a href="#cite_note-84">[82]</a> and about 10 or 15 in <a href="/wiki/Murrinh-patha_language" title="Murrinh-patha language">Murrinh-patha</a>.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p25-80">[78]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Manam_language" title="Manam language">Manam</a>, the primary factor for using the paucal is not a specific number range, but the referents forming a single group; although the paucal is most common between 3 and 5, it has been used with more than 20.<a href="#cite_note-85">[83]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Paamese_language" title="Paamese language">Paamese</a>, a major factor is relative group size compared to the plural, such that even though the paucal generally means 12 or fewer, a group of 2,000 people may be referred to in the paucal when contrasted with a group of 100,000 referred to in the plural.<a href="#cite_note-86">[84]</a> Much like the dual, it is crosslinguistically variable which words and parts of speech may be marked with the paucal. Baiso has the paucal only for nouns and not pronouns,<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p22-63">[62]</a> whereas <a href="/wiki/Yimas_language" title="Yimas language">Yimas</a> has the paucal only for pronouns and not nouns.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p92-87">[85]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Meriam_language" title="Meriam language">Meryam Mir</a>, the paucal is mostly marked on the verbs.<a href="#cite_note-88">[86]</a><a href="#cite_note-89">[87]</a> <a href="/wiki/Avar_language" title="Avar language">Avar</a> has the paucal for only about 90 specific nouns, including brush, spade, snake, and daughter-in-law (the only kin term that can take the paucal in Avar).<a href="#cite_note-90">[88]</a> <a href="/wiki/Bunun_language" title="Bunun language">Takivatan Bunun</a> has a paucal only in its distal demonstratives used in reference to people.<a href="#cite_note-91">[89]</a> It is common for former trials to evolve in meaning to become paucals, and many Austronesian languages have paucal markers that are etymologically derived from the numeral three, indicating the old usage.<a href="#cite_note-92">[90]</a><a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p199-93">[91]</a> It is less common for duals to evolve into paucals,<a href="#cite_note-94">[92]</a> but this has been observed in some dialects of Arabic.<a href="#cite_note-95">[93]</a><a href="#cite_note-96">[94]</a> Paucals that are etymologically trials are sometimes incorrectly described as being trials.<a href="#cite_note-100">[c]</a> For example, trial pronouns were once described as being found in all the Kiwaian languages,<a href="#cite_note-101">[98]</a><a href="#cite_note-102">[99]</a> but it is now recognized that many actually have a paucal instead.<a href="#cite_note-107">[d]</a> Linguist Michael Cysouw has suggested that most languages reported to have trials in fact have mislabelled paucals, and that true trials are very rare.<a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p199-93">[91]</a> On the other hand, <a href="/wiki/Luise_Hercus" title="Luise Hercus">Luise Hercus</a> stated in her published grammar of Arabana that the language's trial (which can be marked on nouns) is a true trial which cannot act as a paucal.<a href="#cite_note-108">[104]</a> Similar things have been said about trial pronouns in Larike<a href="#cite_note-109">[105]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Aneityum_language" title="Aneityum language">Anejom̃</a>.<a href="#cite_note-110">[106]</a> <a href="/wiki/Russian_language" title="Russian language">Russian</a> has what has variably been called paucal numerals,<a href="#cite_note-111">[107]</a> the count form,<a href="#cite_note-112">[108]</a><a href="#cite_note-114">[e]</a> the adnumerative,<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2012-115">[110]</a> or the genitive of quantification.<a href="#cite_note-116">[111]</a> When a noun in the nominative case has a numeral added to quantify it, the noun becomes genitive singular with 2, 3, or 4, but genitive plural with 5 or above.<a href="#cite_note-119">[f]</a> Many linguists have described these as paucal constructions.<a href="#cite_note-120">[114]</a> However, some have disagreed on the grounds that a Russian noun cannot be declined to stand by itself and mean anywhere between 2 and 4.<a href="#cite_note-121">[115]</a> Similar constructions can be found in other <a href="/wiki/Slavic_languages" title="Slavic languages">Slavic languages</a>, including <a href="/wiki/Polish_language" title="Polish language">Polish</a>,<a href="#cite_note-122">[116]</a> <a href="/wiki/Serbo-Croatian" title="Serbo-Croatian">Serbo-Croatian</a>,<a href="#cite_note-123">[117]</a> and Slovene. Because Slovene also has a regular dual, there is a four-way distinction of nouns being singular with 1, dual with 2, plural with 3 or 4, and genitive plural with 5 or more.<a href="#cite_note-124">[118]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Greater_paucal">Greater paucal</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=8" title="Edit section: Greater paucal">edit</a>]</div> The greater paucal number is a larger paucal category, for an inexactly numbered group that is larger in size than a smaller paucal. It can be found in the pronouns of the Austronesian language of <a href="/wiki/Sursurunga_language" title="Sursurunga language">Sursurunga</a>, which exhibit a five-way distinction described as singular, dual, paucal, greater paucal, and plural. The Sursurunga paucal is used for smaller groups, usually of about three or four, or for nuclear families of any size. The Sursurunga greater paucal is used for groups of four or more (and must be used instead of the plural for a group of two or more dyads). There is thus some overlap between the two groups; a family of four can be referred to in Sursurunga by either of the paucals.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p26-125">[119]</a> This distinction is found both in Sursurunga's personal pronouns and in two different sets of possessive pronouns, one for edible things and one for non-edible things.<a href="#cite_note-126">[120]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Sursurunga pronouns<a href="#cite_note-127">[121]</a><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p26-125">[119]</a> </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Paucal </th> <th>Greater paucal </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>iau </td> <td>giur </td> <td>gimtul </td> <td>gimhat </td> <td>gim </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>gitar </td> <td>gitul </td> <td>githat </td> <td>git </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>u </td> <td>gaur </td> <td>gamtul </td> <td>gamhat </td> <td>gam </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>a </td> <td>diar </td> <td>ditul </td> <td>dihat </td> <td>di </td></tr></tbody></table> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Quadral">Quadral</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=9" title="Edit section: Quadral">edit</a>]</div> The quadral number denotes exactly four items. Apparent examples of its use are almost entirely confined to pronouns, and specifically those in the languages of Oceania or in <a href="/wiki/Sign_language" title="Sign language">sign languages</a>. It has been contested whether the quadral truly exists in natural language; some linguists have rejected it as an extant category,<a href="#cite_note-128">[122]</a> while others have accepted it.<a href="#cite_note-129">[123]</a> Some languages that have previously been described as having a quadral, like Sursurunga, have since been reanalyzed as having a paucal instead.<a href="#cite_note-130">[124]</a><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p26-125">[119]</a> Like trial forms, quadral forms of pronouns have been said to be attested in the Melanesian pidgins of Tok Pisin,<a href="#cite_note-Verhaar1995-58">[57]</a><a href="#cite_note-131">[125]</a> Bislama,<a href="#cite_note-Tryon1987-132">[126]</a> and Pijin.<a href="#cite_note-133">[127]</a> However, while these are grammatically possible, they are rare, and plural forms are almost always used in their place. Many different sign languages have been explicitly described as having quadral pronoun forms.<a href="#cite_note-149">[g]</a><a href="#cite_note-152">[h]</a> <a href="/wiki/Estonian_Sign_Language" title="Estonian Sign Language">Estonian Sign Language</a> has even been described as having the quadral for nouns.<a href="#cite_note-153">[145]</a> <a href="/wiki/Marshallese_language" title="Marshallese language">Marshallese</a> has been said to have the quadral as a regular feature in its pronoun system.<a href="#cite_note-154">[146]</a><a href="#cite_note-Bender2016-155">[147]</a> While the apparent Marshallese quadral can mean exactly four, it also has an alternate rhetorical use in speeches to larger groups in order to impart a sense of individual intimacy. According to <a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Greville Corbett</a>, this means it is better classified as a paucal.<a href="#cite_note-156">[148]</a> However, there is not consensus that this alternate use means Marshallese does not truly have a quadral; the final 2016 reference grammar of Marshallese by <a href="/wiki/Byron_W._Bender" title="Byron W. Bender">Byron W. Bender</a>, a linguist with expertise in the language, still refers to it as having a quadral.<a href="#cite_note-Bender2016-155">[147]</a> Besides singular, dual, trial, and quadral or paucal, Marshallese additionally has two different plural forms, one for five or more and one for two or more (referred to as multiple and plural absolute respectively), creating a partially overlapping six-way number distinction.<a href="#cite_note-Bender2016-155">[147]</a><a href="#cite_note-Cowper2022-157">[149]</a><a href="#cite_note-158">[150]</a> <a href="/wiki/Kove_language" title="Kove language">Kove</a> has been recorded as having a similar pronoun system as Marshallese, with one addition: the plural (2+) is split between two categories, one for members of the same family and one for members of different families, creating a seven-way distinction.<a href="#cite_note-159">[151]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Marshallese pronouns (Rālik dialect) </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Trial </th> <th>Quadral or Paucal </th> <th>Multiple (5+) </th> <th>Plural (2+) </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>ña </td> <td>kōmro </td> <td>kōmjeel </td> <td>kōm(je)eañ </td> <td>kōmwōj </td> <td>kōm </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>kōjro </td> <td>kōjjeel </td> <td>kōjeañ </td> <td>kōjwōj </td> <td>kōj </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>kwe </td> <td>koṃro </td> <td>koṃjeel </td> <td>koṃ(je)eañ </td> <td>koṃwōj </td> <td>koṃ </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>e </td> <td>erro </td> <td>erjeel </td> <td>er(je)jeañ </td> <td>erwōj </td> <td>er </td></tr></tbody></table> A few other languages have also been claimed to have quadral pronouns. <a href="/wiki/Robert_Blust" title="Robert Blust">Robert Blust</a> and others have said they exist in some of the Austronesian <a href="/wiki/Kenyah_languages" title="Kenyah languages">Kenyah languages</a>, specifically the highland Lepoʼ Sawa dialect spoken in <a href="/wiki/Long_Anap" title="Long Anap">Long Anap</a>.<a href="#cite_note-160">[152]</a><a href="#cite_note-Smith2017-161">[153]</a><a href="#cite_note-162">[154]</a> There seems to be no other published sources of info on this dialect's pronouns, and an investigation into the lowland Lebo’ Vo’ dialect has revealed a paucal instead of a quadral.<a href="#cite_note-Smith2017-161">[153]</a> A quadral claim has also been made for the animate demonstrative pronouns in <a href="/wiki/Nauruan_language" title="Nauruan language">Nauruan</a>.<a href="#cite_note-163">[155]</a> Outside the Austronesian family, <a href="/wiki/Abun_language" title="Abun language">Abun</a> storytelling reportedly frequently contains quadral pronouns in addition to trial ones.<a href="#cite_note-Berry1999-71">[69]</a> Perhaps the only known spoken language outside Oceania to have a claimed quadral is <a href="/wiki/Apinay%C3%A9_language" title="Apinayé language">Apinayé</a> of Brazil, recorded as having a third person pronominal prefix meaning "they four", although this has been little researched or described.<a href="#cite_note-164">[156]</a><a href="#cite_note-165">[157]</a> In some Austronesian languages with a singular/dual/trial/plural pronoun system, the plural forms are etymologically related to the number four. This has led to suggestions or assertions that historically a true quadral did exist, but it has since morphed into a plural form.<a href="#cite_note-174">[i]</a> It has thus been hypothesized that the quadral existed in <a href="/wiki/Proto-Oceanic_language" title="Proto-Oceanic language">Proto-Oceanic</a><a href="#cite_note-Ross1988-167">[159]</a> and Proto-Southern Vanuatu.<a href="#cite_note-175">[166]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Quintal">Quintal</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=10" title="Edit section: Quintal">edit</a>]</div> The quintal number denotes exactly five items. Apparent examples of its use can mostly only be found in pronouns of sign languages. Like the quadral, its existence has been contested, and only some classifications accept it. Like trial and quadral forms, rare quintal forms of pronouns have been said to be attested in Tok Pisin<a href="#cite_note-Verhaar1995-58">[57]</a> and Bislama.<a href="#cite_note-Tryon1987-132">[126]</a> These languages insert numerals to represent exact numbers of referents. For example, in Bislama, the numerals tu (two) and tri (three) are contained within the second person pronouns yutufala (dual) and yutrifala (trial). These forms theoretically have no specific limit, but in practicality usually stop at three. <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Bislama pronouns<a href="#cite_note-176">[167]</a> </caption> <tbody><tr> <th rowspan="2"> </th> <th colspan="3">Standard </th> <th colspan="3">Rare </th> <th>Standard </th></tr> <tr> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Trial </th> <th>Quadral </th> <th>Quintal </th> <th style="width: 45px;">... </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>mi </td> <td>mitufala </td> <td>mitrifala </td> <td>mifofala </td> <td>mifaefala </td> <td>... </td> <td>mifala </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>yumitufala </td> <td>yumitrifala </td> <td>yumifofala </td> <td>yumifaefala </td> <td>... </td> <td>yumi </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>yu </td> <td>yutufala </td> <td>yutrifala </td> <td>yufofala </td> <td>yufaefala </td> <td>... </td> <td>yufala </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>em </td> <td>tufala </td> <td>trifala </td> <td>fofala </td> <td>faefala </td> <td>... </td> <td>olgeta </td></tr></tbody></table> Sign languages described as having a quintal in addition to the quadral include <a href="/wiki/American_Sign_Language" title="American Sign Language">American Sign Language</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Baker1980-134">[128]</a><a href="#cite_note-Neidle2015-135">[129]</a> <a href="/wiki/Argentine_Sign_Language" title="Argentine Sign Language">Argentine Sign Language</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Caceres2017-136">[130]</a> <a href="/wiki/British_Sign_Language" title="British Sign Language">British Sign Language</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Sutton1999-138">[132]</a> <a href="/wiki/German_Sign_Language" title="German Sign Language">German Sign Language</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Illmer2019a-140">[134]</a><a href="#cite_note-Illmer2019b-141">[135]</a> <a href="/wiki/Levantine_Arabic_Sign_Language" title="Levantine Arabic Sign Language">Levantine Arabic Sign Language</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Versteegh2009-145">[139]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Ugandan_Sign_Language" title="Ugandan Sign Language">Ugandan Sign Language</a>.<a href="#cite_note-Lutalo2014-148">[142]</a> The validity has been debated of categorizing sign language pronouns as having a quadral or a quintal. Linguist Susan McBurney has contended that American Sign Language has a true dual, but that the trial, quadral, and quintal should instead be classified as numeral incorporation rather than grammatical number. This is motivated by the dual marker handshape being distinct from the handshape for the numeral two, in contrast to higher number markers; the ability to also incorporate these numerals into other words, including those for times and amounts; and the use of markers higher than the dual not being obligatory, with replacement by the plural being acceptable. There was not enough data available to McBurney to argue whether or not these reasons equally applied to other sign languages.<a href="#cite_note-177">[168]</a> Linguist Raquel Veiga Busto has argued they do not equally apply to <a href="/wiki/Catalan_Sign_Language" title="Catalan Sign Language">Catalan Sign Language</a>, and has applied the terms quadral and quintal to the language's pronouns for convenience without taking an official stance as to whether they are grammatical number or numeral incorporation.<a href="#cite_note-178">[169]</a> A third model is to categorize the apparent trial/quadral/quintal forms as "cardinal plurals", or forms of the grammatical plural number where the number of people is specified.<a href="#cite_note-179">[170]</a> Other authors have treated these concepts as perfectly equivalent, referring to pronoun numeral incorporation while still applying the terms quadral and quintal.<a href="#cite_note-Lutalo2014-148">[142]</a><a href="#cite_note-Cumberbatch2015-143">[137]</a> There are also cases of sign language pronouns indicating specific numbers of referents above five. Ugandan Sign Language has a rare pronoun form for exactly six people.<a href="#cite_note-Lutalo2014-148">[142]</a> Some American Sign Language speakers have incorporated numerals up to nine into inclusive pronouns upon solicitation.<a href="#cite_note-Jones2013-180">[171]</a> <a href="/wiki/Israeli_Sign_Language" title="Israeli Sign Language">Israeli Sign Language</a> theoretically has the grammatical ability to incorporate numerals up to ten into pronouns.<a href="#cite_note-Meir2008-181">[172]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Greater_plural">Greater plural</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=11" title="Edit section: Greater plural">edit</a>]</div> Greater plural is a number larger than and beyond plural. In various forms across different languages, it has also been called the global plural, the remote plural, the plural of abundance,<a href="#cite_note-182">[173]</a> the unlimited plural,<a href="#cite_note-183">[174]</a> and the superplural.<a href="#cite_note-Zuckermann2020-184">[175]</a> For example, in <a href="/wiki/Tswana_language" title="Tswana language">Tswana</a>:<a href="#cite_note-185">[176]</a> <ul><li>ntša - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>dintša - "dogs" (plural)</li> <li>mantša - "a very large number of dogs" (greater plural)</li></ul> The greater plural may also be a component of larger number systems. Nouns in <a href="/wiki/Barngarla_language" title="Barngarla language">Barngarla</a> have a four-way distinction of singular, dual, plural, and greater plural.<a href="#cite_note-Zuckermann2020-184">[175]</a> The same four-way distinction is found in <a href="/wiki/Mokilese_language" title="Mokilese language">Mokilese</a> pronouns, where a former trial has evolved to become a plural, leaving the former plural with a greater plural meaning.<a href="#cite_note-Corbettp34-186">[177]</a> A different four-way distinction of singular, paucal, plural, and greater plural can be found in some verbs of <a href="/wiki/Havasupai%E2%80%93Hualapai_language" title="Havasupai–Hualapai language">Hualapai</a>.<a href="#cite_note-Baerman2019-187">[178]</a> A more complex system is found in <a href="/wiki/Mele-Fila_language" title="Mele-Fila language">Mele-Fila</a>: pronouns distinguish singular, dual, plural, and greater plural, but articles attached to nouns distinguish singular, paucal, and plural. The result is that for full sentences, there is a combined five-way distinction of singular, dual, paucal, plural, and greater plural. Singular and plural have straightforward number agreements, whereas dual has dual pronouns but paucal articles, paucal has plural pronouns but paucal articles, and greater plural has greater plural pronouns but plural articles.<a href="#cite_note-Corbettp35-188">[179]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Mokilese pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th> <th>Greater Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>ngoah/ngoahi </td> <td>kama </td> <td>kamai </td> <td>kimi </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>kisa </td> <td>kisai </td> <td>kihs </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>koah/koawoa </td> <td>kamwa </td> <td>kamwai </td> <td>kimwi </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>ih </td> <td>ara/ira </td> <td>arai/irai </td> <td>ihr </td></tr></tbody></table> The exact meaning of and terminology for the greater plural differs between languages. In some languages like <a href="/wiki/Miya_language" title="Miya language">Miya</a>, it represents a large number of something, and has been called the plural of abundance. In other languages like <a href="/wiki/Kaytetye_language" title="Kaytetye language">Kaytetye</a>, it can refer to all of something in existence, and has been called the global plural.<a href="#cite_note-189">[180]</a> Like some other grammatical numbers, languages also vary as to which cases the greater plural may be used in. The greater plural is more common in nouns than in pronouns.<a href="#cite_note-Corbettp35-188">[179]</a> Accordingly, in Kaytetye, the greater plural exists only in nouns and not pronouns.<a href="#cite_note-190">[181]</a> Oppositely, Mokilese has the greater plural in pronouns but not nouns.<a href="#cite_note-Corbettp34-186">[177]</a><a href="#cite_note-191">[182]</a> <a href="/wiki/Chamacoco_language" title="Chamacoco language">Chamacoco</a> has the greater plural only in first person inclusive pronouns, second person pronouns, and first person inclusive verb inflections.<a href="#cite_note-192">[183]</a> <a href="/wiki/Tigre_language" title="Tigre language">Tigre</a> has the greater plural only in a single word, nälät, which means a large number of deer.<a href="#cite_note-Corbettp35-188">[179]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Greatest_plural">Greatest plural</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=12" title="Edit section: Greatest plural">edit</a>]</div> Greatest plural is a number larger than and beyond greater plural. It has also been called the "even greater plural". For example, in <a href="/wiki/Warekena_language" title="Warekena language">Warekena</a>:<a href="#cite_note-193">[184]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p202-194">[185]</a><a href="#cite_note-Aikhenvald2015-195">[186]</a> <ul><li>ʧinu - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>ʧinune - "dogs" (plural)</li> <li>ʧinunawi - "very many dogs" (greater plural)</li> <li>ʧinunenawi - "very many dogs indeed, so many one cannot count them" (greatest plural)</li></ul> A similar system is found in <a href="/wiki/Banyun_language" title="Banyun language">Banyun</a>, where the greater plural represents unlimitedness, and the greatest plural represents "a higher degree of unlimitedness".<a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p202-194">[185]</a> Linguist Daniel Harbour has represented the paucal, greater paucal, plural, greater plural, and greatest plural as collectively definable by "cuts" that divide the range of possible numbers into different sections. One low cut defines paucal and plural, and one high cut defines plural and greater plural. Two low cuts define paucal, greater paucal, and plural; one low cut and one high cut define paucal, plural, and greater plural; and two high cuts define plural, greater plural, and greatest plural.<a href="#cite_note-196">[187]</a> There does not appear to be any language with three such cuts, and so no language with three paucal categories and an "even greater paucal".<a href="#cite_note-197">[188]</a><a href="#cite_note-198">[189]</a> Because they are inexactly defined, the existence of multiple plural categories may blur the line between paucal and plural.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p32-199">[190]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p201-200">[191]</a> For example, Mele-Fila is said to have a paucal, plural, and greater plural. However, the transition between plural and greater plural occurs around 15 to 20. This puts the Mele-Fila "plural" in range of some larger "paucals" described in other languages. Thus the distinction is muddied between a system of paucal, plural, greater plural, and a system of paucal, greater paucal, plural.<a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p201-200">[191]</a> Other examples can be found in the related languages of <a href="/wiki/Gumuz_language" title="Gumuz language">Northern Gumuz</a> and <a href="/wiki/Daats%CA%BCiin_language" title="Daatsʼiin language">Daatsʼiin</a>. Northern Gumuz is said to mark the plural and greater plural on verbs,<a href="#cite_note-201">[192]</a> and Daatsʼiin is said to mark "three degrees of plurality" (plural, greater plural, and greatest plural) on verbs.<a href="#cite_note-Ahland2016-202">[193]</a> In both languages though, the "plural" is often actually a paucal, understood to mean about two to four. However, in neither language is this always the case. The Northern Gumuz paucal/plural may sometimes refer to "much greater than four".<a href="#cite_note-203">[194]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="General,_singulative,_and_plurative">General, singulative, and plurative</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=13" title="Edit section: General, singulative, and plurative">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/Singulative_number" title="Singulative number">Singulative number</a></div> In some languages, the default form of a noun is not singular, but rather general, which does not specify number and could mean one or more than one. Singular and plural forms are marked from the general form. The general is used when the specific number is deemed irrelevant or unimportant. In this system, the singular is often called the singulative, to distinguish it as derived from a different form. Similarly, the plural derived from the general has been called the plurative.<a href="#cite_note-204">[195]</a> For example, in <a href="/wiki/Pular_language" title="Pular language">Pular</a>:<a href="#cite_note-Caudill2000-205">[196]</a> <ul><li>bare - "dog(s)" (general, any number)</li> <li>bareeru - "dog" (singulative)</li> <li>bareeji - "dogs" (plurative)</li></ul> However, some languages only have a two-way difference between general and plurative, like in <a href="/wiki/Japanese_language" title="Japanese language">Japanese</a>:<a href="#cite_note-206">[197]</a> <ul><li>inu (犬) - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>inutachi (犬たち) - "dogs" (plurative)</li></ul> Less common is a two-way distinction between general and singulative. No language has this as its default number contrast, although some languages have specific nouns with this distinction.<a href="#cite_note-207">[198]</a> For example, in <a href="/wiki/Sidama_language" title="Sidama language">Sidama</a>:<a href="#cite_note-Kawachi2007-208">[199]</a> <ul><li>goto - "hyena(s)" (general)</li> <li>gotiiččo - "hyena" (singulative)</li></ul> In some languages like <a href="/wiki/Afar_language" title="Afar language">Afar</a>, few nouns have a three-way contrast of general/singulative/plurative, but nouns with two-way contrasts of general/singulative and general/plurative are both common.<a href="#cite_note-209">[200]</a> There are also languages which regularly employ different number systems with a dual, trial, paucal, or greater plural in addition to a general: <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;"> <table> <tbody><tr> <td> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Hamer_language" title="Hamer language">Hamer</a> - general, singulative, and paucal:<a href="#cite_note-Petrollino2016p72-210">[201]</a> <ul><li>qáski - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>qáskino - "dog" (singulative)</li> <li>qáskina - "a few dogs" (paucal)</li></ul></li></ul> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;">     </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;"> <table> <tbody><tr> <td> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Warlpiri_language" title="Warlpiri language">Warlpiri</a> - general, dual, and paucal:<a href="#cite_note-Kashket1987-211">[202]</a><a href="#cite_note-212">[203]</a> <ul><li>maliki - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>malikijarra - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>malikipatu - "a few dogs" (paucal)</li></ul></li></ul> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;">     </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;"> <table> <tbody><tr> <td> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Bambassi_language" title="Bambassi language">Bambassi</a> - general, dual, and plurative:<a href="#cite_note-213">[204]</a> <ul><li>kané - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>kankuwe - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>kanole - "dogs" (plurative)</li></ul></li></ul> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;"> <table> <tbody><tr> <td> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Baiso_language" title="Baiso language">Baiso</a> - general, singulative, paucal, and plurative:<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000Baiso-214">[205]</a><a href="#cite_note-215">[206]</a><a href="#cite_note-216">[207]</a> <ul><li>ker - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>kertiti - "dog" (singulative)</li> <li>kerdʒedʒa - "a few dogs" (paucal)</li> <li>keroor - "dogs" (plurative)</li></ul></li></ul> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;">     </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;"> <table> <tbody><tr> <td> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Arabana_language" title="Arabana language">Arabana</a> - general, dual, trial, and plurative:<a href="#cite_note-Hercus1994-217">[208]</a> <ul><li>madla - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>madlapula - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>madlakarikari - "three dogs" (trial)</li> <li>madlakari - "dogs" (plurative)</li></ul></li></ul> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;">     </div> <div style="display:inline-grid; vertical-align:top;"> <table> <tbody><tr> <td> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Kaytetye_language" title="Kaytetye language">Kaytetye</a> - general, dual, plurative, and greater plural:<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000Kaytetye-218">[209]</a><a href="#cite_note-219">[210]</a><a href="#cite_note-Turpin2000-220">[211]</a> <ul><li>aleke - "dog(s)" (general)</li> <li>aleketherre - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>alekamerne - "dogs" (plurative)</li> <li>alekeynenge - "all dogs" (greater plural)</li></ul></li></ul> </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> Additional other systems can be seen in some languages only for specific nouns: <ul><li>In <a href="/wiki/Burushaski" title="Burushaski">Burushaski</a>, for nouns that have the same form in the singular and the plural, the plural marker signifies a greater plural:<a href="#cite_note-Yoshioka2012-221">[212]</a> <ul><li>čhúmo - "fish" (general)</li> <li>čhúmomuc - "a quite large number of fish" (greater plural)</li></ul></li> <li>In addition to general, singulative, and paucal, some nouns in Hamer have an additional distinction that has been analyzed either as a greater plural<a href="#cite_note-222">[213]</a> or a collective plural.<a href="#cite_note-Petrollino2000p80-223">[214]</a> It seems to unambiguously be a greater plural in specific cases, such as:<a href="#cite_note-224">[215]</a> <ul><li>hámar - "Hamer person/people" (general)</li> <li>hamartâ (m) / hamartóno (f) - "Hamer person" (singulative)</li> <li>hámarra - "a few Hamer people" (paucal)</li> <li>hámarro - "all Hamer people" (greater plural)</li></ul></li> <li>Some dialects of Arabic have a few nouns that exhibit a five-way distinction of general, singulative, dual, plurative, and greater plural. In <a href="/wiki/Damascus_Arabic" title="Damascus Arabic">Damascus Arabic</a>:<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p32-199">[190]</a> <ul><li>dəbbān - "fly/flies" (general)</li> <li>dəbbāne - "fly" (singulative)</li> <li>dəbbāntēn - "two flies" (dual)</li> <li>dəbbānāt - "flies" (plurative)</li> <li>dababīn - "many flies" (greater plural)</li></ul></li></ul> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Minimal,_unit_augmented,_and_augmented">Minimal, unit augmented, and augmented</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=14" title="Edit section: Minimal, unit augmented, and augmented">edit</a>]</div> Minimal, unit augmented, and augmented are a different set of number categories for pronouns in languages that grammatically treat a first person dual inclusive pronoun identically to singular pronouns, and a first person trial inclusive pronoun identically to dual pronouns. It is a relative paradigm that replaces the absolute paradigm of singular, dual, trial, and plural for languages where absolute classification is ill-fitting. For example, under a singular/dual/trial/plural analysis, the pronouns in <a href="/wiki/Ilocano_language" title="Ilocano language">Ilocano</a><a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p87-225">[216]</a><a href="#cite_note-Thomas1955-226">[217]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Bininj_Kunwok" title="Bininj Kunwok">Bininj Kunwok</a><a href="#cite_note-Evans2003-227">[218]</a> are: <div style="display:inline-grid"> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Ilocano pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>co </td> <td>- </td> <td>mi </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>ta </td> <td>tayo </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>mo </td> <td>- </td> <td>yo </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>na </td> <td>- </td> <td>da </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid">       </div> <div style="display:inline-grid"> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Bininj Kunwok pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Trial </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>ngarduk </td> <td>ngarrewoneng </td> <td>- </td> <td>ngadberre </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>ngarrgu </td> <td>garriwoneng </td> <td>gadberre </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>nguddanggi </td> <td>ngurriwoneng </td> <td>- </td> <td>ngudberre </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>nuye/ngarre </td> <td>berrewoneng </td> <td>- </td> <td>bedberre </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> "Singular" does not exist for first person inclusive, which is by definition at least two people. In Ilocano, the "dual" only exists for first person inclusive, and likewise for the "trial" in Bininj Kunwok. Such categorization has been called "inelegant."<a href="#cite_note-Evans2003-227">[218]</a> It can also poorly reflect the grammatical structure: using the suffix -woneng, Bininj Kunwok treats the first person inclusive "trial" identically to the "duals" in other persons, even though it refers to three people. The alternate analysis is thus: <div style="display:inline-grid"> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Ilocano pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Minimal </th> <th>Augmented </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>co </td> <td>mi </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>ta </td> <td>tayo </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>mo </td> <td>yo </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>na </td> <td>da </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid">       </div> <div style="display:inline-grid"> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Bininj Kunwok pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Minimal </th> <th>Unit augmented </th> <th>Augmented </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>ngarduk </td> <td>ngarrewoneng </td> <td>ngadberre </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>ngarrgu </td> <td>garriwoneng </td> <td>gadberre </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>nguddanggi </td> <td>ngurriwoneng </td> <td>ngudberre </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>nuye/ngarre </td> <td>berrewoneng </td> <td>bedberre </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> The 'minimal' number is the smallest possible group for each category. For 1st exclusive, 2nd, and 3rd, this is one, and for 1st inclusive, this is two. Unit augmented is one more than minimal. For 1st exclusive, 2nd, and 3rd, this is two, and for 1st inclusive, this is three. Augmented is an equivalent to plural. In a minimal/augmented system, augmented means more than one for 1st exclusive, 2nd, and 3rd, and means more than two for 1st inclusive. In a minimal/unit augmented/augmented system, augmented means more than two for 1st exclusive, 2nd, and 3rd, and means more than three for 1st inclusive. Besides Ilocano, languages considered to have a minimal/augmented pronoun system include <a href="/wiki/Tagalog_language" title="Tagalog language">Tagalog</a>,<a href="#cite_note-228">[219]</a><a href="#cite_note-229">[220]</a> <a href="/wiki/Maranao_language" title="Maranao language">Maranao</a>,<a href="#cite_note-230">[221]</a> <a href="/wiki/Maskelynes_language" title="Maskelynes language">Maskelynes</a>,<a href="#cite_note-231">[222]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Ho-Chunk_language" title="Ho-Chunk language">Ho-Chunk</a>.<a href="#cite_note-232">[223]</a> The three-way distinction with the addition of unit augmented is mostly found in Australian Aboriginal languages, more specifically non-Pama-Nyungan languages.<a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p232-233">[224]</a><a href="#cite_note-246">[j]</a> Among the very few languages outside Australia it applies to is the Austronesian language <a href="/wiki/%C3%84iwoo_language" title="Äiwoo language">Äiwoo</a><a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p232-233">[224]</a><a href="#cite_note-247">[237]</a> and the <a href="/wiki/Trans%E2%80%93New_Guinea_languages" title="Trans–New Guinea languages">Trans–New Guinea language</a> of <a href="/wiki/Kunimaipa_language" title="Kunimaipa language">Kunimaipa</a>.<a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p232-233">[224]</a><a href="#cite_note-248">[238]</a> Minimal and augmented may also combine with paucal to create a three-way pronoun system of minimal, paucal, and augmented/plural. This is reportedly the case with <a href="/wiki/Kayapo_language" title="Kayapo language">Kayapo</a>.<a href="#cite_note-Harbour2006-249">[239]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p214-250">[240]</a> A four-way system of minimal, unit augmented, paucal, and plural is theoretically possible, but has never been observed in any natural language.<a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p214-250">[240]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Composed_numbers">Composed numbers</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=15" title="Edit section: Composed numbers">edit</a>]</div> Composed numbers are number categories built from multiple number markers combined. They are "a rare phenomenon."<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p36-251">[241]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Dual_and_plural">Dual and plural</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=16" title="Edit section: Dual and plural">edit</a>]</div> In <a href="/wiki/Breton_language" title="Breton language">Breton</a>:<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p36-251">[241]</a> <ul><li>lagad - "eye" (singular)</li> <li>daoulagad - "two eyes" (dual)</li> <li>lagadoù - "eyes" (plural)</li> <li>daoulagadoù - "pairs of eyes" (composed, dual + plural)</li></ul> Breton only has the dual for nouns that naturally come in pairs, mostly body parts and items of clothing. The composed dual and plural indicates multiple sets of two each, whereas the regular plural represents multiple items without them conceptualized as coming in pairs.<a href="#cite_note-Acquaviva2008-252">[242]</a> There is at least one attestation in <a href="/wiki/Egyptian_language" title="Egyptian language">Ancient Egyptian</a>, from an inscription dating to the reign of <a href="/wiki/Merneptah" title="Merneptah">Merneptah</a>, of the exact same grammatical construction with the word "hand" (to mean multiple pairs of hands).<a href="#cite_note-253">[243]</a> A similar category can be found in some nouns of <a href="/wiki/Classical_Arabic" title="Classical Arabic">Classical Arabic</a>, where it has been called the "dual of the plural". However, its meaning is the reverse of the Breton construction. Rather than multiple sets of two each, it indicates two sets of multiple each. Thus there is rumḥun, spear (singular); rumḥani, two spears (dual); rimāḥun, spears (plural); and rimāḥāni, two groups of spears (dual of the plural).<a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p322-254">[244]</a><a href="#cite_note-255">[245]</a> The Arabic dual of the plural more specifically implies a minimum of six items, or two groups of three each.<a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p322-254">[244]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Plural_and_plural">Plural and plural</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=17" title="Edit section: Plural and plural">edit</a>]</div> In Breton<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p36-251">[241]</a> and Classical Arabic,<a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p319-256">[246]</a><a href="#cite_note-Mathieu2014-257">[247]</a> as well as in <a href="/wiki/Somali_language" title="Somali language">Somali</a><a href="#cite_note-Lecarme2002-258">[248]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Maasai_language" title="Maasai language">Maasai</a>,<a href="#cite_note-259">[249]</a> some nouns may compose the plural with itself, to mean multiple different groups. This has been called the "plural of the plural", the plural plural, or the double plural.<a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p319-256">[246]</a><a href="#cite_note-Mathieu2014-257">[247]</a> An Arabic example is kalb, dog (singular); aklub, dogs (plural); and akālib, groups of dogs (double plural).<a href="#cite_note-260">[250]</a> The Arabic double plural implies a minimum of nine items, or three groups of three each. Some Classical Arabic nouns may even compose the plural with itself yet again, to create the "plural plural plural" or triple plural, such as firqat, sect (singular); firaq, sects (plural); ʔafrāq, groups of sects (double plural); and ʔafārīq, groups of groups of sects (triple plural). The triple plural implies a minimum of 27 items.<a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p321-261">[251]</a> According to the 15th century linguist and polymath <a href="/wiki/Al-Suyuti" title="Al-Suyuti">Jalal al-Din al-Suyuti</a>, the Arabic word for male camel, jamalun, may be cumulatively pluralized up to six times: ʔajmulun (plural), ʔajmālun (double plural), jāmilun (triple plural), jimālun (quadruple plural), jimālatun (quintuple plural), and jimālātun (sextuple plural).<a href="#cite_note-Schub1982-262">[252]</a><a href="#cite_note-267">[k]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Conflated_numbers">Conflated numbers</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=18" title="Edit section: Conflated numbers">edit</a>]</div> Some number categories, formed from the combination of other existing categories, have only been attested as occurring secondarily alongside other grammatical number systems within a language. These have been called conflated numbers.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p121-268">[257]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Singular-dual">Singular-dual</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=19" title="Edit section: Singular-dual">edit</a>]</div> A few languages have specific parts of speech that distinguish between two number categories: one or two, and more than two. The former category can be thought of as a single conflated singular-dual number.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p121-268">[257]</a> For example, in the nouns of <a href="/wiki/Kalaw_Lagaw_Ya" title="Kalaw Lagaw Ya">Kalaw Lagaw Ya</a>:<a href="#cite_note-Comrie1981-269">[258]</a><a href="#cite_note-270">[259]</a> <ul><li>ùmay - "dog(s)" (one or two)</li> <li>ùmayl - "dogs" (plural, three or more)</li></ul> The pronouns and verbs of Kalaw Lagaw Ya distinguish singular, dual, and plural, leaving no ambiguity between one and two in full sentences.<a href="#cite_note-Comrie1981-269">[258]</a> While Kalaw Lagaw Ya has the singular-dual in all nouns, <a href="/wiki/Pame_languages" title="Pame languages">Central Pame</a> has it specifically in inanimate nouns, such as čihàgŋ, spoon(s) (one or two), and šihàgŋ, spoons (plural, three or more). Pame animate nouns largely have a full three-way distinction: nadò, dog (singular); nadòi, two dogs (dual); and ladòt, dogs (plural).<a href="#cite_note-271">[260]</a> The singular-dual may also be found in verbs: <a href="/wiki/Hopi_language" title="Hopi language">Hopi</a> verbs distinguish singular-dual and plural (3+), while Hopi pronouns distinguish singular and plural (2+). The dual can be represented with a plural pronoun combined with a singular-dual verb. This phenomenon has been called a constructed number<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p169-272">[261]</a> or a Frankendual.<a href="#cite_note-Harbour2020p60-273">[262]</a> However, Hopi nouns still overtly distinguish singular, dual, and plural. <a href="/wiki/Idi_language" title="Idi language">Idi</a> goes even further by having no specific dual markers of any kind for any part of speech, with the only way to represent dual being combining a singular-dual verb with a plural noun.<a href="#cite_note-274">[263]</a> A more complex example comes from <a href="/wiki/Koasati_language" title="Koasati language">Koasati</a>, where besides plural, some verbs have singular and dual, some verbs just have singular, and some verbs just have singular-dual:<a href="#cite_note-275">[264]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Some Koasati verbs </caption> <tbody><tr> <th>Verb </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>"to sit" </th> <td>cokkó:lin </td> <td>cikkí:kan </td> <td>í:san </td></tr> <tr> <th>"to run" </th> <td>walí:kan </td> <td colspan="2">tóɬkan </td></tr> <tr> <th>"to die" </th> <td colspan="2">íllin </td> <td>hápkan </td></tr></tbody></table> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Singular-dual-trial">Singular-dual-trial</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=20" title="Edit section: Singular-dual-trial">edit</a>]</div> In the <a href="/wiki/Tucanoan_languages" title="Tucanoan languages">Tucanoan language</a> of <a href="/wiki/Tuyuca_language" title="Tuyuca language">Tuyuca</a>, inanimate classifiers (which attach to nouns) distinguish one to three versus more than three:<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p123-276">[265]</a><a href="#cite_note-Barnes1990-277">[266]</a> <ul><li>hoópóro - "banana(s)" (one to three)</li> <li>hoópóri - "bananas" (plural, four or more)</li></ul> The related Tucanoan language of <a href="/wiki/Wanano_language" title="Wanano language">Wanano</a> also has some nouns that function this way.<a href="#cite_note-Waltz2002-278">[267]</a><a href="#cite_note-279">[268]</a> The same number distinction is also seen in the verb for "climb" in <a href="/wiki/Miriwoong_language" title="Miriwoong language">Miriwoong</a>, an Australian language.<a href="#cite_note-Bach2023-69">[68]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Singular-dual-trial-quadral">Singular-dual-trial-quadral</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=21" title="Edit section: Singular-dual-trial-quadral">edit</a>]</div> In <a href="/wiki/Wanano_language" title="Wanano language"> Piratapuyo</a>, closely related to Wanano, some nouns with inanimate classifiers distinguish between one and four versus more than four:<a href="#cite_note-Waltz2002-278">[267]</a><a href="#cite_note-Waltz2012-280">[269]</a><a href="#cite_note-281">[270]</a> <ul><li>pika - "finger(s)" (one to four)</li> <li>pikari - "fingers" (plural, five or more)</li></ul> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Singular-paucal">Singular-paucal</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=22" title="Edit section: Singular-paucal">edit</a>]</div> <a href="/wiki/Zuni_language" title="Zuni language">Zuni</a>, similarly to Hopi, shows a singular-dual versus plural distinction in its verbs, and a plural noun with a nonplural verb indicates dual. However, the opposite combination, a nonplural noun with a plural verb, is also possible, and can be variably interpreted as one, two, or a few. Zuni nouns have thus been described as having a "singular-paucal" versus plural distinction.<a href="#cite_note-Walker1966-282">[271]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2020p87-283">[272]</a> Some nouns in <a href="/wiki/Navajo_language" title="Navajo language">Navajo</a> have also been described as working this way, such as:<a href="#cite_note-284">[273]</a> <ul><li>kǫ - "fire(s)" (one or several)</li> <li>daakǫ - "fires" (many)</li></ul> Similarly, although Larike pronouns exhibit singular, dual, trial, and plural, they can only be used for human referents. For nonhuman referents, there are only two possible numbers, which are marked on the verb: a plural, and a "singular" that can be used to mean anywhere from one to a few.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p123-276">[265]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading4"><h4 id="Nondual">Nondual</h4>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=23" title="Edit section: Nondual">edit</a>]</div> The nondual<a href="#cite_note-287">[l]</a> number means any number except two. For example, in <a href="/wiki/Wilson_River_language" title="Wilson River language">Wangkumara</a>:<a href="#cite_note-McDonald1979-288">[276]</a> <ul><li>d̯it̯i - "dog(s)" (nondual, one or three or more than three)</li> <li>d̯it̯ibula - "two dogs" (dual)</li></ul> Wangkumara does not normally mark number directly on nouns. Instead, it distinguishes singular, dual, and plural using adnominal pronouns, plural-indicating adjectives like 'many', or marking on other adjectives. The exception is that nouns take the dual enclitic when referring to two. Thus for nouns alone, the only distinction is dual and nondual.<a href="#cite_note-McDonald1979-288">[276]</a> A more complex system can be found in the <a href="/wiki/Tanoan_languages" title="Tanoan languages">Tanoan languages</a> of <a href="/wiki/Kiowa_language" title="Kiowa language">Kiowa</a> and <a href="/wiki/Jemez_language" title="Jemez language">Jemez</a>. These languages have what is called an inverse number system. Although the languages distinguish between singular, dual, and plural, any given noun only has a single possible number marker. What number is implicit in an unmarked noun depends on its class. In Kiowa, by default, Class I nouns are singular-dual, Class II nouns are plural (two or more), Class III nouns are dual, and Class IV nouns are mass nouns with no number. The inverse number marker changes the noun to whatever number(s) the unmarked noun isn't, such as changing Class III nouns from dual to nondual.<a href="#cite_note-289">[277]</a> In Jemez, Class III nouns are the opposite: they are inherently nondual, and get marked for dual.<a href="#cite_note-290">[278]</a> <div style="display:inline-grid"> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Some Kiowa nouns<a href="#cite_note-291">[279]</a> </caption> <tbody><tr> <th>Class </th> <th>Noun </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>I </th> <th>bug </th> <td colspan="2">pól </td> <td>póldau </td></tr> <tr> <th>II </th> <th>stick </th> <td>áadau </td> <td colspan="2">áa </td></tr> <tr> <th rowspan="2">III </th> <th rowspan="2">tomato </th> <td style="border-style: solid none solid solid;" rowspan="2">k’âundau </td> <td>k’âun </td> <td style="border-style: solid solid solid none;" rowspan="2">k’âundau </td></tr> <tr> <td style="border-style: none none none none;"> </td></tr> <tr> <th>IV </th> <th>rock </th> <td colspan="3">ts’ów </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> <div style="display:inline-grid">       </div> <div style="display:inline-grid"> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Some Jemez nouns<a href="#cite_note-292">[280]</a> </caption> <tbody><tr> <th>Class </th> <th>Noun </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>I </th> <th>crow </th> <td>kyáá </td> <td colspan="2">kyáásh </td></tr> <tr> <th>II </th> <th>bridge </th> <td colspan="2">wáákwesh </td> <td>wáákwe </td></tr> <tr> <th rowspan="2">III </th> <th rowspan="2">flower </th> <td style="border-style: solid none solid solid;" rowspan="2">pá </td> <td>pásh </td> <td style="border-style: solid solid solid none;" rowspan="2">pá </td></tr> <tr> <td style="border-style: none none none none;"> </td></tr> <tr> <th>IV </th> <th>snow </th> <td colspan="3">zú </td></tr></tbody></table> </div> The nondual versus dual distinction may also be found in verbs. <a href="/wiki/Timbisha_language" title="Timbisha language">Timbisha</a> has verbs with several different possible number distinctions, including nondual ones.<a href="#cite_note-McLaughlin2018-293">[281]</a> A more minor example is <a href="/wiki/Enets_language" title="Enets language">Forest Enets</a>, which has the nondual only in its intransitive third person imperative verbs.<a href="#cite_note-294">[282]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Some Timbisha verbs </caption> <tbody><tr> <th>Verb </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Plural </th></tr> <tr> <th>"to emerge" </th> <td>to’e </td> <td>toto’e </td> <td>kɨa </td></tr> <tr> <th>"to fall" </th> <td>pahe </td> <td colspan="2">pokoa </td></tr> <tr> <th>"to kill" </th> <td colspan="2">pakka </td> <td>wasɨ </td></tr> <tr> <th rowspan="2">"to go" </th> <td style="border-style: solid none solid solid;" rowspan="2">mi’a </td> <td>mimi’a </td> <td style="border-style: solid solid solid none;" rowspan="2">mi’a </td></tr> <tr> <td style="border-style: none none none none;"> </td></tr></tbody></table> The nondual violates a proposed universal of conflated systems, namely that they will always encompass every value except plural.<a href="#cite_note-295">[283]</a> Regardless, the nondual has still been referred to as a conflation of number values.<a href="#cite_note-296">[284]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Numberless_languages">Numberless languages</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=24" title="Edit section: Numberless languages">edit</a>]</div> A small number of languages have no grammatical number at all, even in pronouns. A well known example is <a href="/wiki/Pirah%C3%A3_language" title="Pirahã language">Pirahã</a>. <a href="/wiki/Acehnese_language" title="Acehnese language">Acehnese</a> comes close, but appears to have a singular/plural distinction only in the first person pronouns.<a href="#cite_note-297">[285]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Pirahã pronouns </caption> <tbody><tr> <th>First </th> <td>ti </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>gíxai </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>hiapióxio </td></tr></tbody></table> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Summary_of_number_systems">Summary of number systems</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=25" title="Edit section: Summary of number systems">edit</a>]</div> <table class="wikitable mw-collapsible" style="text-align: center;"> <caption class="nowrap">Grammatical number distinctions found in world languages </caption> <tbody><tr> <th rowspan="2">System </th> <th rowspan="2">Number of distinctions </th> <th colspan="3">Example </th></tr> <tr> <th>Language </th> <th>Part(s) of speech </th> <th>Source </th></tr> <tr> <td>(Numberless) </td> <td>1 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Pirah%C3%A3_language" title="Pirahã language">Pirahã</a> </td> <td>- </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-298">[286]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, plural </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/English_language" title="English language">English</a> </td> <td>Nouns, pronouns, verbs (3rd person) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p5-7">[7]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, singulative </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Sidama_language" title="Sidama language">Sidama</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Kawachi2007-208">[199]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, plurative </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Japanese_language" title="Japanese language">Japanese</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-299">[287]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, greater plural </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Burushaski" title="Burushaski">Burushaski</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Yoshioka2012-221">[212]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Minimal, augmented </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Ilocano_language" title="Ilocano language">Ilocano</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Cysouw2003p87-225">[216]</a><a href="#cite_note-Thomas1955-226">[217]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Singular-dual, plural </td> <td rowspan="2">2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Kalaw_Lagaw_Ya" title="Kalaw Lagaw Ya">Kalaw Lagaw Ya</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Comrie1981-269">[258]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Hopi_language" title="Hopi language">Hopi</a> </td> <td>Verbs </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p169-272">[261]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2020p60-273">[262]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Singular-paucal, plural </td> <td rowspan="2">2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Zuni_language" title="Zuni language">Zuni</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Walker1966-282">[271]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2020p87-283">[272]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Wakasihu_language" title="Wakasihu language">Larike</a> </td> <td>Verbs (non-human referents) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p123-276">[265]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular-dual-trial, plural </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Tuyuca_language" title="Tuyuca language">Tuyuca</a> </td> <td>Nouns (inanimate) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p123-276">[265]</a><a href="#cite_note-Barnes1990-277">[266]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular-dual-trial-quadral, plural </td> <td>2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Wanano_language" title="Wanano language"> Piratapuyo</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Waltz2002-278">[267]</a><a href="#cite_note-Waltz2012-280">[269]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Nondual, dual </td> <td rowspan="2">2 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Wilson_River_language" title="Wilson River language">Wangkumara</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-McDonald1979-288">[276]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Timbisha_language" title="Timbisha language">Timbisha</a> </td> <td>Verbs (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-McLaughlin2018-293">[281]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, plural </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Alutiiq_language" title="Alutiiq language">Alutiiq</a> </td> <td>Nouns, pronouns, verbs </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-300">[288]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, paucal, plural </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Mocov%C3%AD_language" title="Mocoví language">Mocoví</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2017-75">[73]</a><a href="#cite_note-Grondona1998-77">[75]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, plural, double plural </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Somali_language" title="Somali language">Somali</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Lecarme2002-258">[248]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, plural, greater plural </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Tswana_language" title="Tswana language">Tswana</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-301">[289]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, singulative, paucal </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Hamer_language" title="Hamer language">Hamer</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Petrollino2016p72-210">[201]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, singulative, plurative </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Pular_language" title="Pular language">Pular</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Caudill2000-205">[196]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, dual, paucal </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Warlpiri_language" title="Warlpiri language">Warlpiri</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Kashket1987-211">[202]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, dual, plurative </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Bambassi_language" title="Bambassi language">Bambassi</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-302">[290]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Minimal, unit augmented, augmented </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Bininj_Kunwok" title="Bininj Kunwok">Bininj Kunwok</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Evans2003-227">[218]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Minimal, paucal, plural </td> <td>3 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Kayapo_language" title="Kayapo language">Kayapo</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2006-249">[239]</a><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p214-250">[240]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Singular, dual, trial, plural </td> <td rowspan="2">4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Kiwai_language" title="Kiwai language">Urama</a> </td> <td>Nouns, pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-303">[291]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Lenakel_language" title="Lenakel language">Lenakel</a> </td> <td>Verbs, pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-304">[292]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Singular, dual, paucal, plural </td> <td rowspan="2">4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Siwai_language" title="Siwai language">Motuna</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-305">[293]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Yimas_language" title="Yimas language">Yimas</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p92-87">[85]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, plural, dual + plural (4+) </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Breton_language" title="Breton language">Breton</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p36-251">[241]</a><a href="#cite_note-Acquaviva2008-252">[242]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, plural, plural + dual (6+) </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Classical_Arabic" title="Classical Arabic">Classical Arabic</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p322-254">[244]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, plural, double plural </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Classical_Arabic" title="Classical Arabic">Classical Arabic</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p319-256">[246]</a><a href="#cite_note-Mathieu2014-257">[247]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Singular, dual, plural, greater plural </td> <td rowspan="2">4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Barngarla_language" title="Barngarla language">Barngarla</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Zuckermann2020-184">[175]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Mokilese_language" title="Mokilese language">Mokilese</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbettp34-186">[177]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, paucal, plural, greater plural </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Havasupai%E2%80%93Hualapai_language" title="Havasupai–Hualapai language">Hualapai</a> </td> <td>Verbs (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Baerman2019-187">[178]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td rowspan="2">Singular, plural, greater plural, greatest plural </td> <td rowspan="2">4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Warekena_language" title="Warekena language">Warekena</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Harbour2014p202-194">[185]</a><a href="#cite_note-Aikhenvald2015-195">[186]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td><a href="/wiki/Daats%CA%BCiin_language" title="Daatsʼiin language">Daatsʼiin</a> </td> <td>Verbs (some cases) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Ahland2016-202">[193]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, singulative, paucal, and plurative </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Baiso_language" title="Baiso language">Baiso</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000Baiso-214">[205]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, singulative, paucal, greater plural </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Hamer_language" title="Hamer language">Hamer</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Petrollino2000p80-223">[214]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, dual, trial, plurative </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Arabana_language" title="Arabana language">Arabana</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Hercus1994-217">[208]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, dual, plurative, greater plural </td> <td>4 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Kaytetye_language" title="Kaytetye language">Kaytetye</a> </td> <td>Nouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000Kaytetye-218">[209]</a><a href="#cite_note-Turpin2000-220">[211]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, quadral*, plural </td> <td>5 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Russian_Sign_Language" title="Russian Sign Language">Russian Sign Language</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Kimmelman2022-147">[141]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, paucal, plural </td> <td>5 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Mussau-Emira_language" title="Mussau-Emira language">Mussau</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Ross2011-78">[76]</a><a href="#cite_note-Brownie2007-79">[77]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, paucal, greater paucal, plural </td> <td>5 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Sursurunga_language" title="Sursurunga language">Sursurunga</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p26-125">[119]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, paucal, plural, greater plural </td> <td>5 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Mele-Fila_language" title="Mele-Fila language">Mele-Fila</a> </td> <td>Pronoun/article combinations </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbettp35-188">[179]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, plural, double plural, triple plural </td> <td>5 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Classical_Arabic" title="Classical Arabic">Classical Arabic</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Ojeda1992p321-261">[251]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>General, singulative, dual, plurative, greater plural </td> <td>5 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Damascus_Arabic" title="Damascus Arabic">Damascus Arabic</a> </td> <td>Nouns (some) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p32-199">[190]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, quadral*, quintal*, plural </td> <td>6 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Levantine_Arabic_Sign_Language" title="Levantine Arabic Sign Language">Levantine Arabic Sign Language</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Versteegh2009-145">[139]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, quadral*/paucal, plural (5+), plural (2+) </td> <td>6 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Marshallese_language" title="Marshallese language">Marshallese</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Bender2016-155">[147]</a><a href="#cite_note-Cowper2022-157">[149]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, quadral*, quintal*, [six referents]*, plural </td> <td>7 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Ugandan_Sign_Language" title="Ugandan Sign Language">Ugandan Sign Language</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Lutalo2014-148">[142]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, plural, double plural, triple plural, quadruple plural, quintuple plural, sextuple plural </td> <td>8 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Classical_Arabic" title="Classical Arabic">Classical Arabic</a> (15th century) </td> <td>The word for camel </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Schub1982-262">[252]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, quadral*, quintal*, [six referents]*, ... [nine referents]*, plural </td> <td>10 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/American_Sign_Language" title="American Sign Language">American Sign Language</a> </td> <td>Pronouns (some speakers) </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Jones2013-180">[171]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, quadral*, quintal*, [six referents]*, ... [ten referents]*, plural </td> <td>11 </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Israeli_Sign_Language" title="Israeli Sign Language">Israeli Sign Language</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Meir2008-181">[172]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td>Singular, dual, trial, ... plural </td> <td>?† </td> <td><a href="/wiki/Bislama" title="Bislama">Bislama</a> </td> <td>Pronouns </td> <td><a href="#cite_note-Tryon1987-132">[126]</a> </td></tr> <tr> <td align="left" colspan="5" style="font-size: 9pt">*Category's existence has been debated †No exact limit </td></tr></tbody></table> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Distributives_and_collectives">Distributives and collectives</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=26" title="Edit section: Distributives and collectives">edit</a>]</div> Distributives and collectives are two related categories whose inclusion in grammatical number has been contested. Both describe how members of a group are viewed, rather than how many members are in that group.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p117-306">[294]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Distributive_plural">Distributive plural</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=27" title="Edit section: Distributive plural">edit</a>]</div> The distributive plural denotes multiple entities that are separated and distinct, either in physical space, through time, or by type.<a href="#cite_note-307">[295]</a> For example, in <a href="/wiki/Dagaare_language" title="Dagaare language">Dagaare</a>:<a href="#cite_note-Grimm2021-308">[296]</a><a href="#cite_note-309">[297]</a> <ul><li>baa - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>baare - "dogs" (plural)</li> <li>baarɛɛ - "dogs in different locations" (distributive plural)</li></ul> In Dagaare, the distributive plural may indicate either referents in different locations or referents of different types.<a href="#cite_note-Grimm2021-308">[296]</a> By contrast, in <a href="/wiki/Quileute_language" title="Quileute language">Quileute</a>, it only means referents in different locations, and in <a href="/wiki/Mohawk_language" title="Mohawk language">Mohawk</a>, it only means referents of different types. Thus in Mohawk there is ierakewáhtha’, towel, and ierakewahtha’shòn:’a, various products for wiping like towels, napkins, and so on.<a href="#cite_note-310">[298]</a> It is also possible to have distributive pronouns, such as those found in <a href="/wiki/Yir-Yoront_language" title="Yir-Yoront language">Yir-Yoront</a>, which distinguish between "you and I" and "you and I, acting separately".<a href="#cite_note-311">[299]</a> <table class="wikitable" style="text-align: center;"> <caption>Yir-Yoront pronouns (nominative) </caption> <tbody><tr> <th> </th> <th>Singular </th> <th>Dual </th> <th>Dual (Distributive) </th> <th>Plural </th> <th>Plural (Distributive) </th></tr> <tr> <th>First (exc.) </th> <td>ngoyo </td> <td>ngelen </td> <td>ngel-ngelen </td> <td>ngethn </td> <td>ngel-ngethn </td></tr> <tr> <th>First (inc.) </th> <td>- </td> <td>ngele </td> <td>ngel-ngele </td> <td>ngopol </td> <td>ngol-ngopol </td></tr> <tr> <th>Second </th> <td>nhorto </td> <td>nhopol </td> <td>nhol-nhopol </td> <td>nhepl </td> <td>nhel-nhepl </td></tr> <tr> <th>Third </th> <td>nholo </td> <td>pula </td> <td>pul-pula </td> <td>pilin </td> <td>pil-pilin </td></tr></tbody></table> However, it is most common to mark the distributive on verbs.<a href="#cite_note-312">[300]</a> This may distribute the action across various individuals, such as in the <a href="/wiki/Guarani_language" title="Guarani language">Paraguayan Guaraní</a> constructions: ha’ekuéra opo’i ita’i, "they dropped a pebble"; ha’ekuéra opo’ipo’i ita’i, "they each dropped a pebble".<a href="#cite_note-313">[301]</a> It may also distribute the action across time, such as in the <a href="/wiki/Kumak_language" title="Kumak language">Nêlêmwa</a> words taxe, to throw, and taraxe, to throw (repeatedly).<a href="#cite_note-314">[302]</a> Some <a href="/wiki/%C7%82%CA%BCAmkoe_language" title="ǂʼAmkoe language">ǂʼAmkoe</a> verbs offer multiple senses of the distributive for one verb: qǁʼao, to stab; kíqǁʼaotcu, to stab (repeatedly); kíqǁʼaoqǁo, to stab (several things at different locations).<a href="#cite_note-315">[303]</a> The distributive plural may be a part of even larger paradigms: in <a href="/wiki/Urarina_language" title="Urarina language">Urarina</a>, intransitive verbs describing a positional state (such as "it is lying on its side") distinguish between singular, dual, paucal, plural (4+), and distributive plural.<a href="#cite_note-316">[304]</a> While some linguists have treated the distributive as a category of grammatical number,<a href="#cite_note-317">[305]</a> others have rejected this.<a href="#cite_note-318">[306]</a> A few things make its categorization as a grammatical number potentially problematic. Several languages allow the distributive to be added to mass nouns that are normally not considered to have number,<a href="#cite_note-319">[307]</a> such as the Dagaare salema, gold, and salemɛɛ, "gold in different locations".<a href="#cite_note-Grimm2021-308">[296]</a><a href="#cite_note-320">[308]</a> This can be described as a nondistributive versus distributive distinction, with neither being singular or plural.<a href="#cite_note-321">[309]</a> Several languages also allow separate plural and distributive markers to be added to a word at the same time. Additionally, grammatical number frequently requires <a href="/wiki/Agreement_(linguistics)" title="Agreement (linguistics)">agreement</a>, but distributivity does not.<a href="#cite_note-322">[310]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Collective_plural">Collective plural</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=28" title="Edit section: Collective plural">edit</a>]</div> The collective plural denotes multiple entities that are considered together as a unit. It is often conceptualized as the opposite of the distributive.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p117-306">[294]</a> For example, in <a href="/wiki/Tunica_language" title="Tunica language">Tunica</a>:<a href="#cite_note-323">[311]</a> <ul><li>sa - "dog" (singular)</li> <li>sa'unima - "two dogs" (dual)</li> <li>sasinima - "dogs" (plural)</li> <li>sahchi - "pack of dogs" (collective plural)</li></ul> The collective may be limited to just a small subset of nouns, like in <a href="/wiki/Bandial_language" title="Bandial language">Kujireray</a>, where it can only be used with certain insects and small objects: enipora, fly; sinipora, flies; and banipora, swarm of flies.<a href="#cite_note-324">[312]</a> Just like the distributive, the collective can also change the meaning of verbs, as in <a href="/wiki/Panyjima_language" title="Panyjima language">Panyjima</a>: karri, to stand, and karrinyayi, to stand together.<a href="#cite_note-325">[313]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Vaeakau-Taumako_language" title="Vaeakau-Taumako language">Vaeakau-Taumako</a>, the collective is indicated through different <a href="/wiki/Article_(grammar)" title="Article (grammar)">articles</a>: te tai, the person; ngha tai, the people; and a tai, the group of people.<a href="#cite_note-326">[314]</a> The collective presents similar issues as the distributive in its potential classification as grammatical number, including the fact that some languages allow both collective and plural markers on the same words. Adding a collective to a plural word does not change the number of referents, only how those referents are conceptualized.<a href="#cite_note-327">[315]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Number_in_specific_languages">Number in specific languages</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=29" title="Edit section: Number in specific languages">edit</a>]</div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Basque">Basque</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=30" title="Edit section: Basque">edit</a>]</div> <a href="/wiki/Basque_language" title="Basque language">Basque</a> declension has four grammatical numbers: indefinite, definite singular, definite plural, and definite close plural: <ul><li>The indefinite is used after the question words Zer? ("What?"), Zein? ("Which?") and Zenbat? ("How much? / How many?"), after indefinite numerals, such as zenbait ("some"), hainbat ("several"), honenbeste / horrenbeste / hainbeste ("so many / so much"), bezainbeste ("as much as / as many as"), and before asko, anitz (this one can go before nouns), ugari, pilo bat, mordo bat, after makina bat ("much, many, a lot, lots of, plenty of..."), before gutxi ("a few, little") and batzuk ("some"), and the numbers, if they do not refer to a defined amount: Zer etxe eraberritu duzu? ("What house[s] have you renewed?"), Zer etxe eraberritu dituzu? ("What houses have you renewed?"). Zein etxetan bizi zinen? ("In what house[s] were you living?"). Zenbat etxe dituzu? ("How many houses have you got?"). Lapurrak hainbat etxetan sartu dira ("The thieves have broken into a number of houses"). Lapurra hainbeste etxetan sartu da! ("The thief has broken into so many houses!").</li></ul> A noun followed by an adjective or a demonstrative is in the absolutive case, and the last word in the phrase is declined: Etxea ("The house / House"). Etxe bat ("A house"). Etxe handi bat ("A big house"). Etxe handi batean ("In a big house"). Etxe handi hori ("That big house"). Etxe zuri handi horretan ("In that big white house"). If the amount is known, the plural grammatical numbers are used: Lapurrak bi etxetan sartu dira ("The thieves have broken in two houses" [indefinite: the houses are unknown to the speakers]). Lapurrak bizpahiru etxetan sartu dira ("The thieves have broken in two or three houses" [indefinite: the speakers does not know the exact amount of houses]). Lapurrak bi etxeetan sartu dira ("The thieves have broken in both houses" [definite plural: both are known to the speakers]). Lapurrak bi etxeotan sartu dira ("The thieves have broken in these two houses" [definite close plural: both are being shown by the speaker]). The indefinite is also used in some idioms and set phrases: Egun on! ("Good day! / Good morning!"), On egin! ("Bon appetit!"), Etxez etxe ("From house to house"), Mezatara joan ("Go to the mass"), Etxe bila ibili ("To look for a house"), and as the root for compound words (etxe-galgarri, etxekalte, "Person or thing which brings loss to a home") or derivative words (etxeratu, "To go home / To send home"; etxekoi, "fond of home"; etxegile, "housebuilder"). <ul><li>The definite singular is used to designate a person or thing known or to present: Zer da eraikin hori? Nire etxea da. ("What is that building? It is my home"). Etxea nirea da ("The house is mine").</li> <li>The definite plural designates people or things known or present: Zer dira eraikin horiek? Nire etxeak dira. ("What are those buildings? They are my houses"). Etxeak nireak dira ("The houses are mine").</li> <li>The definite close plural refers to people or things which are in the vicinity of the speakers: Zer dira eraikinok? Nire etxeak dira. ("What are those buildings? They are my houses"). Etxeok nireak dira ("These houses are mine").</li></ul> It is also used to include oneself in the group referred to: Nafarrak festazaleak dira ("The Navarrese like celebrations": the speaker is not a Navarrese). Nafarrok festazaleak gara ("We Navarrese like celebrations": the speaker is a Navarrese). Verbs have four singular persons and three plural ones, as follows: Singular: <ul><li>First person (the speaker): Euskalduna naiz ("I am Basque"). Testua idatzi dut ("I have written the text").</li> <li>Informal second person (the person the speaker is addressing to, i.e., an inferior, an animal, a child, a monologue with oneself): Euskalduna haiz ("Thou art Basque"). In some tenses, there are different verbs for a man or a woman: Testua idatzi duk ("Thou hast written the text [said to a man, a boy]", Testua idatzi dun ("Thou hast written the text [said to a woman, a girl]").</li> <li>Formal second person (the person the speaker is addressing to: a superior, somebody older, one's parents), the most frequent one: Euskalduna zara ("You [singular] are Basque"). Testua idatzi duzu ("You [sing.] have written the text").</li> <li>Third person (neither the speaker nor the listener): Handia da ("He / She / It is big"). Testua idatzi du ("He / She / It has written the text").</li></ul> Plural: <ul><li>First person (the speaker and somebody else at least): Euskaldunak gara ("We are Basque"). Testua idatzi dugu ("We have written the text").</li> <li>Second person (the addressees): Euskaldunak zarete ("You [plural] are Basque [said to a group, either informally or formally]"). Testua idatzi duzue ("You [pl.] have written the text").</li> <li>Third person (more than one person outside the conversation): Handiak dira ("They are big"). Testua idatzi dute ("They have written the text").</li></ul> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="English">English</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=31" title="Edit section: English">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/English_plural" class="mw-redirect" title="English plural">English plural</a></div> <a href="/wiki/English_language" title="English language">English</a> is typical of most world languages, in distinguishing only between singular and plural number. Singular corresponds to exactly one (or minus one), while plural applies to all other cases, including more and less than one or even 1.0.<a href="#cite_note-328">[316]</a> The plural form of a noun is usually created by adding the <a href="/wiki/Suffix" title="Suffix">suffix</a> -(e)s. The pronouns have irregular plurals, as in "I" versus "we", because they are ancient and frequently used words going back to when English had a well developed system of <a href="/wiki/Declension" title="Declension">declension</a>. English verbs distinguish singular from plural number in the third person present tense ("He goes" versus "They go"). <a href="/wiki/Old_English" title="Old English">Old English</a> also contained dual grammatical numbers; Modern English retains a few residual terms reflective of dual number (such as both and neither, as opposed to all and none respectively), but they are generally considered to no longer constitute a separate grammatical number. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Finnish">Finnish</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=32" title="Edit section: Finnish">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Further information: <a href="/wiki/Finnish_grammar#Plurals" title="Finnish grammar">Finnish grammar § Plurals</a></div> The <a href="/wiki/Finnish_language" title="Finnish language">Finnish language</a> has a plural form of almost every noun case (except the comitative, which is formally only plural). <ul><li>talo – house</li> <li>talot – houses</li> <li>taloissa – in the houses</li></ul> However, when a number is used, or a word signifying a number (monta- many), the singular version of the partitive case is used. <ul><li>kolme taloa – three houses</li></ul> and where no specific number is mentioned, the plural version of the partitive case is used <ul><li>taloja</li></ul> and in the possessive (genitive) <ul><li>talon ovi (the house's door)</li> <li>talojen ovet (the houses' doors)</li></ul> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="French">French</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=33" title="Edit section: French">edit</a>]</div> In modern Romance languages, nouns, adjectives and articles are declined according to number (singular or plural only). Verbs are conjugated for number as well as person. French treats zero as using the singular number, not the plural. In its written form, <a href="/wiki/French_language" title="French language">French</a> declines nouns for number (singular or plural). In speech, however, the majority of nouns (and adjectives) are not declined for number. The typical plural suffix, -s or -es, is <a href="/wiki/Silent_letter" title="Silent letter">silent</a>, no longer indicating a change in pronunciation. Spoken number marking on the noun appears when <a href="/wiki/Liaison_(French)" title="Liaison (French)">liaison</a> occurs. <ul><li>Some plurals do differ from the singular in pronunciation; for example, masculine singulars in -al [al] sometimes form masculine plurals in -aux [o].</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Proper_nouns" class="mw-redirect" title="Proper nouns">Proper nouns</a> are not pluralized, even in writing. (Les voitures, but Les <a href="/wiki/Peugeot_404" title="Peugeot 404">Peugeot 404</a>)</li></ul> Normally, the article or determiner is the primary spoken indicator of number. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Hebrew">Hebrew</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=34" title="Edit section: Hebrew">edit</a>]</div> In Modern <a href="/wiki/Hebrew_language" title="Hebrew language">Hebrew</a>, a <a href="/wiki/Semitic_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Semitic language">Semitic language</a>, most nouns have only singular and plural forms, such as ספר /ˈsefeʁ/ "book" and ספרים /sfaˈʁim/ "books", but some have distinct dual forms using a distinct dual suffix (largely nouns pertaining to numbers or time, such as אלפיים /alˈpajim/ "two thousand" and שבועיים /ʃvuˈajim/ "two weeks"), some use this dual suffix for their regular plurals (largely body parts that tend to come in pairs, such as עיניים /eiˈnajim/ "eyes", as well as some that do not, such as שיניים /ʃiˈnajim/ "teeth"), and some are inherently dual (such as מכנסיים /mixnaˈsajim/ "pants" and אופניים /ofaˈnajim/ "bicycle"). Adjectives, verbs, and pronouns agree with their subjects' or antecedents' numbers, but only have a two-way distinction between singular and plural; dual nouns entail plural adjectives, verbs, and pronouns. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Mortlockese">Mortlockese</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=35" title="Edit section: Mortlockese">edit</a>]</div> The <a href="/wiki/Mortlockese_language" title="Mortlockese language">Mortlockese language</a> of the <a href="/wiki/Nomoi_Islands" title="Nomoi Islands">Mortlock Islands</a> uses a base 10 counting system. Pronouns, nouns and demonstratives are used exclusively in the singular and plural forms through the use of classifiers, suffixes and prefixes.<a href="#cite_note-329">[317]</a> There are no other dual or trial grammatical forms in the Mortlockese language.<a href="#cite_note-330">[318]</a> Different forms that can be used in the language include first person singular and plural words, second person singular words like umwi, second person plural words like aumi used to refer to an outside group, and third person plural words.<a href="#cite_note-331">[319]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Russian">Russian</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=36" title="Edit section: Russian">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/Russian_declension#Numerals" title="Russian declension">Russian declension § Numerals</a></div> Modern <a href="/wiki/Russian_language" title="Russian language">Russian</a> has a singular vs plural number system, but the <a href="/wiki/Declension" title="Declension">declension</a> of noun phrases containing numeral expressions follows complex rules. For example, У меня (есть) одна книга/три книги/пять книг ("I have one book-nom. sing./three book-gen. sing./five book-gen. plur."). See <a href="/wiki/Dual_(grammatical_number)#Slavic_languages" title="Dual (grammatical number)">Dual number: Slavic languages</a> for a discussion of number phrases in Russian and other Slavic languages. The numeral "one" also has a plural form used with <a href="/wiki/Pluralia_tantum" class="mw-redirect" title="Pluralia tantum">pluralia tantum</a>, as in одни часы, "one clock".<a href="#cite_note-332">[320]</a> The same form is used with countable nouns in meaning "only": Кругом одни идиоты "There are only idiots around". <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Swedish">Swedish</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=37" title="Edit section: Swedish">edit</a>]</div> <a href="/wiki/Swedish_language" title="Swedish language">Swedish</a> inflects nouns in singular and plural. The plural of the noun is usually obtained by adding a suffix, according to the noun's declension. The suffixes are as follows: -or in the 1st declension (e.g. flicka – flickor), -ar in the 2nd (e.g. bil – bilar), -er in the 3rd (e.g. katt – katter), -n in the 4th (e.g. äpple – äpplen) and no inflectional suffix is added for the nouns in the 5th declension (e.g. bord – bord). Verbs in Swedish do not distinguish singular from plural number, but adjectives do. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Constructed_languages">Constructed languages</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=38" title="Edit section: Constructed languages">edit</a>]</div> <a href="/wiki/International_auxiliary_language" title="International auxiliary language">Auxiliary languages</a> often have fairly simple systems of grammatical number. In one of the most common schemes (found, for example, in <a href="/wiki/Interlingua" title="Interlingua">Interlingua</a> and <a href="/wiki/Ido" title="Ido">Ido</a>), nouns and pronouns distinguish between singular and plural, but not other numbers, and adjectives and verbs do not display any number agreement. In <a href="/wiki/Esperanto" title="Esperanto">Esperanto</a>, however, adjectives must agree in both number and case with the nouns that they qualify. <a href="/wiki/L%C3%A1adan" title="Láadan">Láadan</a> uses a singular-paucal-superplural breakdown, with paucal indicating between two and five items inclusive. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Formal_expression">Formal expression</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=39" title="Edit section: Formal expression">edit</a>]</div> <a href="/wiki/Synthetic_language" title="Synthetic language">Synthetic languages</a> typically distinguish grammatical number by <a href="/wiki/Inflection" title="Inflection">inflection</a>. (<a href="/wiki/Analytic_language" title="Analytic language">Analytic languages</a>, such as <a href="/wiki/Chinese_spoken_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Chinese spoken language">Chinese</a>, often do not mark grammatical number.) Some languages have no <a href="/wiki/Marker_(linguistics)" title="Marker (linguistics)">marker</a> for the plural in certain cases, e.g. <a href="/wiki/Swedish_language" title="Swedish language">Swedish</a> hus – "house, houses" (but huset – "the house", husen – "the houses"). In most languages, the singular is formally unmarked, whereas the plural is marked in some way. Other languages, most notably the <a href="/wiki/Bantu_languages" title="Bantu languages">Bantu languages</a>, mark both the singular and the plural, for instance <a href="/wiki/Swahili_language" title="Swahili language">Swahili</a> (see example below). The third logical possibility, found in only a few languages such as <a href="/wiki/Welsh_language" title="Welsh language">Welsh</a> and <a href="/wiki/Sinhala_language" title="Sinhala language">Sinhala</a>, is an unmarked plural contrasting with marked singular. Below are some examples of number <a href="/wiki/Affix" title="Affix">affixes</a> for nouns (where the inflecting <a href="/wiki/Morpheme" title="Morpheme">morphemes</a> are underlined): <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Affix" title="Affix">Affixation</a> (by adding or removing <a href="/wiki/Prefix" title="Prefix">prefixes</a>, <a href="/wiki/Suffix" title="Suffix">suffixes</a>, <a href="/wiki/Infix" title="Infix">infixes</a>, or <a href="/wiki/Circumfix" title="Circumfix">circumfixes</a>): <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Estonian_language" title="Estonian language">Estonian</a>: puu "tree, wood" (singular) – puud "the trees, woods" (nominative plural), or kolm puud "three trees" (<a href="/wiki/Partitive_case" title="Partitive case">partitive</a> singular)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Finnish_language" title="Finnish language">Finnish</a>: lehmä "cow, the cow" (singular) – lehmät "the cows" (<a href="/wiki/Nominative" class="mw-redirect" title="Nominative">nominative</a> plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Turkish_language" title="Turkish language">Turkish</a>: dağ "the mountain" (singular) – dağlar "mountains" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Slovene_language" title="Slovene language">Slovene</a>: lípa "linden" (singular) – lípi "linden" (dual) – lípe "linden" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Sanskrit" title="Sanskrit">Sanskrit</a>: पुरुषस् puruṣas "man" (singular) – पुरुषौ puruṣau "two men" (dual) – पुरुषास् puruṣās "men" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Sinhala_language" title="Sinhala language">Sinhala</a>: මලක් malak "flower" (singular) – මල් mal "flowers" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Swahili_language" title="Swahili language">Swahili</a>: mtoto "child" (singular) – watoto "children" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Luganda" title="Luganda">Ganda</a>: omusajja "man" (singular) – abasajja "men" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Georgian_language" title="Georgian language">Georgian</a>: კაცი k'aci "man" (singular) – კაცები k'acebi "men" (where -i is the nominative case marker)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Welsh_language" title="Welsh language">Welsh</a>: plant "children" (collective) – plentyn "child" (singulative) Care should be taken with Welsh not to confuse singulative/collective with singular/plural, see <a href="/w/index.php?title=Colloquial_Welsh_nouns&action=edit&redlink=1" class="new" title="Colloquial Welsh nouns (page does not exist)">Colloquial Welsh nouns</a>.</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Barngarla_language" title="Barngarla language">Barngarla</a>: wárraidya "emu" (singular) – wárraidyalbili "two emus" (dual) – wárraidyarri "emus" (plural) – wárraidyailyarranha "a lot of emus" (greater plural)<a href="#cite_note-Zuckermann2020-184">[175]</a></li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Simulfix" title="Simulfix">Simulfix</a> (through various kinds of internal <a href="/wiki/Apophony" title="Apophony">sound alternations</a>): <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Arabic_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Arabic language">Arabic</a>: كِتَاب kitāb "book" (singular) – كُتُب kutub "books" (plural)</li> <li>Welsh: adar "birds" (collective) - deryn "bird" (singulative). The -yn suffix which adds an extra syllable to the root word (adar) causes the initial (and semantically empty) syllable to be dropped. The suffix also causes the same vowel affection as seen in the affixation type above and the apophony type below, changing the root vowel a to e. The same process can be seen in the pair hosan "sock" and sanau "socks" where the plural suffix -au causes the initial syllable (ho-) to be dropped.</li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Apophony" title="Apophony">Apophony</a> (alternating between different vowels): <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Dinka_language" title="Dinka language">Dinka</a>: kat "frame" – kɛt "frames"</li> <li><a href="/wiki/English_language" title="English language">English</a>: foot – feet</li> <li><a href="/wiki/German_language" title="German language">German</a>: Mutter "mother" – Mütter "mothers"</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Welsh_language" title="Welsh language">Welsh</a>: bachgen "boy" – bechgyn "boys" (See <a href="/wiki/Affection_(linguistics)" title="Affection (linguistics)">affection</a>)</li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Reduplication" title="Reduplication">Reduplication</a> (through doubling): <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Indonesian_language" title="Indonesian language">Indonesian</a>: orang "person" (singular) – orang-orang "people" (plural); BUT dua orang "two people" and banyak orang "many people" (reduplication is not done when the context is clear and when the plurality is not emphasized)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Pipil_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Pipil language">Pipil</a>: kumit "pot" (singular) – kuj-kumit "pots" (plural); similar to Indonesian, reduplication is omitted when plurality is marked elsewhere or not emphasized.</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Somali_language" title="Somali language">Somali</a>: buug "book" (singular) – buug-ag "books" (plural)</li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Suppletion" title="Suppletion">Suppletion</a> (the use of the one word as the inflected form of another word): <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Serbo-Croatian" title="Serbo-Croatian">Serbo-Croatian</a>: čov(j)ek "man" (singular) – ljudi "men, folks" (plural)<a href="#cite_note-333">[321]</a></li> <li>English: person (singular) - people (plural) (used colloquially. In formal and careful speech persons is still used as the plural of person while people also has its own plural in peoples.)</li></ul></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Tone_(linguistics)" title="Tone (linguistics)">Tonality</a> (by changing a drag tone to a push tone) <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Limburgish" title="Limburgish">Limburgish</a>: daãg "day" (singular) – daàg "days" (plural)</li> <li><a href="/wiki/Ancient_Greek" title="Ancient Greek">Ancient Greek</a>: γλῶσσα glôssa "tongue" (singular) – γλώσσα glǒssa "two tongues" (dual)</li></ul></li></ul> Elements marking number may appear on nouns and <a href="/wiki/Pronoun" title="Pronoun">pronouns</a> in <a href="/wiki/Dependent-marking_language" title="Dependent-marking language">dependent-marking languages</a> or on <a href="/wiki/Verb" title="Verb">verbs</a> and <a href="/wiki/Adjectives" class="mw-redirect" title="Adjectives">adjectives</a> in <a href="/wiki/Head-marking_language" title="Head-marking language">head-marking languages</a>. <table class="wikitable"> <tbody><tr> <th>English (dependent-marking) </th> <th>Western Apache (head-marking) </th></tr> <tr> <td>Paul is teaching the cowboy. </td> <td>Paul idilohí yiłch'ígó'aah. </td></tr> <tr> <td>Paul is teaching the cowboys. </td> <td>Paul idilohí yiłch'ídagó'aah. </td></tr></tbody></table> In the English sentence above, the plural suffix -s is added to the noun cowboy. In the equivalent in <a href="/wiki/Western_Apache_language" title="Western Apache language">Western Apache</a>, a <a href="/wiki/Head-marking_language" title="Head-marking language">head-marking language</a>, a plural affix da- is added to the verb yiłch'ígó'aah "he is teaching him", resulting in yiłch'ídagó'aah "he is teaching them" while noun idilohí "cowboy" is unmarked for number. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Number_particles">Number particles</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=40" title="Edit section: Number particles">edit</a>]</div> Plurality is sometimes marked by a specialized number particle (or number word). This is frequent in Australian and Austronesian languages. An example from <a href="/wiki/Tagalog_language" title="Tagalog language">Tagalog</a> is the word mga [mɐˈŋa]: compare bahay "house" with mga bahay "houses". In <a href="/wiki/Kapampangan_language" title="Kapampangan language">Kapampangan</a>, certain nouns optionally denote plurality by secondary stress: ing laláki "man" and ing babái "woman" become ding láláki "men" and ding bábái "women". <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Classifiers_with_number_morphology">Classifiers with number morphology</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=41" title="Edit section: Classifiers with number morphology">edit</a>]</div> In <a href="/wiki/Sanskrit" title="Sanskrit">Sanskrit</a> and some other languages, number and case are fused categories and there is concord for number between a noun and its <a href="/wiki/Predicate_(grammar)" title="Predicate (grammar)">predicator</a>. Some languages however (for example, <a href="/wiki/Assamese_language" title="Assamese language">Assamese</a>) lack this feature. Languages that show number inflection for a large enough corpus of nouns or allow them to combine directly with singular and plural numerals can be described as non-classifier languages. On the other hand, there are languages that obligatorily require a counter word or the so-called <a href="/wiki/Classifier_(linguistics)" title="Classifier (linguistics)">classifier</a> for all nouns. For example, the category of number in Assamese is fused with the category of classifier, which always carries a definite/indefinite reading. The singularity or plurality of the noun is determined by the addition of the classifier <a href="/wiki/Suffix" title="Suffix">suffix</a> either to the noun or to the numeral. Number system in Assamese is either realized as numeral or as nominal inflection, but not both. Numerals [ek] 'one' and [dui] 'two', can be realized as both <a href="/wiki/Free_morpheme" class="mw-redirect" title="Free morpheme">free morpheme</a> and <a href="/wiki/Clitics" class="mw-redirect" title="Clitics">clitics</a>. When used with classifiers, these two numerals are cliticised to the classifiers. Pingelapese is a Micronesian language spoken on the Pingelap atoll and on two of the eastern Caroline Islands, called the high island of Pohnpei. In Pingelapese, the meaning, use, or shape of an object can be expressed through the use of numerical classifiers. These classifiers combine a noun and a number that together can give more details about the object. There are at least five sets of numerical classifiers in Pingelapese. Each classifier has a numeral part and a classifier part that corresponds to the noun it is describing. The classifier follows the noun in a phrase. There is a separate set of numerical classifiers that is used when the object is not specified. Examples of this is the names of the days of the week.<a href="#cite_note-334">[322]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Obligatoriness_of_number_marking">Obligatoriness of number marking</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=42" title="Edit section: Obligatoriness of number marking">edit</a>]</div> In many languages, such as English, number is obligatorily expressed in every grammatical context. Some limit number expression to certain classes of nouns, such as <a href="/wiki/Animacy" title="Animacy">animates</a> or referentially prominent nouns (as with proximate forms in most <a href="/wiki/Algonquian_languages" title="Algonquian languages">Algonquian languages</a>, opposed to referentially less prominent obviative forms). In others, such as Chinese and Japanese, number marking is not consistently applied to most nouns unless a distinction is needed or already present. A very common situation is for plural number to not be marked if there is any other overt indication of number, as for example in <a href="/wiki/Hungarian_language" title="Hungarian language">Hungarian</a>: virág "flower"; virágok "flowers"; hat virág "six flowers". <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Transnumeral">Transnumeral</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=43" title="Edit section: Transnumeral">edit</a>]</div> Many languages, such as <a href="/wiki/Chinese_language" title="Chinese language">Chinese</a>, <a href="/wiki/Korean_language" title="Korean language">Korean</a>, <a href="/wiki/Japanese_language" title="Japanese language">Japanese</a> and <a href="/wiki/Malay_language" title="Malay language">Malay</a> (including <a href="/wiki/Indonesian_language" title="Indonesian language">Indonesian</a>), particularly spoken in Southeast and East Asia, have optional number marking. In such cases, an unmarked noun is neither singular nor plural, but rather ambiguous as to number. This is called transnumeral or sometimes general number, abbreviated TRN. In many such languages, number tends to be marked for definite and highly <a href="/wiki/Animacy_hierarchy" class="mw-redirect" title="Animacy hierarchy">animate</a> referents, most notably first-person pronouns. <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Number_agreement">Number agreement</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=44" title="Edit section: Number agreement">edit</a>]</div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Verbs">Verbs</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=45" title="Edit section: Verbs">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/Grammatical_conjugation" title="Grammatical conjugation">Grammatical conjugation</a></div> In many languages, verbs are conjugated according to number. Using French as an example, one says je vois (I see), but nous voyons (we see). The verb voir (to see) changes from vois in the first person singular to voyons in the plural. In everyday English, this often happens in the third person (she sees, they see), but not in other grammatical persons, except with the verb to be. In English, and in Indo-European languages in general, the verb is singular or plural to match whether the subject of the sentence is singular or plural. Oppositely, in <a href="/wiki/Xavante_language" title="Xavante language">Xavante</a>, transitive verbs match the number of the object.<a href="#cite_note-335">[323]</a> In <a href="/wiki/Greenlandic_language" title="Greenlandic language">West Greenlandic</a>, the verb is marked for the number of both the subject and the object.<a href="#cite_note-336">[324]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Adjectives_and_determiners">Adjectives and determiners</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=46" title="Edit section: Adjectives and determiners">edit</a>]</div> <a href="/wiki/Adjective" title="Adjective">Adjectives</a> often agree with the number of the noun they modify. For example, in <a href="/wiki/French_language" title="French language">French</a>, one says un grand arbre [œ̃ ɡʁɑ̃t aʁbʁ] "a tall tree", but deux grands arbres [dø ɡʁɑ̃ zaʁbʁ] "two tall trees". The singular adjective grand becomes grands in the plural, unlike English "tall", which remains unchanged. <a href="/wiki/Determiner_(linguistics)" class="mw-redirect" title="Determiner (linguistics)">Determiners</a> may agree with number. In English, the <a href="/wiki/Demonstrative" title="Demonstrative">demonstratives</a> "this", "that" change to "these", "those" in the plural, and the <a href="/wiki/Indefinite_article" class="mw-redirect" title="Indefinite article">indefinite article</a> "a", "an" is either omitted or changes to "some". In French and German, the <a href="/wiki/Definite_article" class="mw-redirect" title="Definite article">definite articles</a> have <a href="/wiki/Grammatical_gender" title="Grammatical gender">gender distinctions</a> in the singular but not the plural. In Italian, Spanish and Portuguese, both definite and indefinite articles are inflected for gender and number, e.g. Portuguese o, a "the" (singular, masc./fem.), os, as "the" (plural, masc./fem.); um, uma "a(n)" (singular, masc./fem.), uns, umas "some" (plural, masc./fem.), dois, duas "two" (plural, masc./fem.). In the <a href="/wiki/Finnish_language" title="Finnish language">Finnish</a> sentence Yöt ovat pimeitä "Nights are dark", each word referring to the plural noun yöt "nights" ("night" = yö) is pluralized (night-PL is-PL dark-PL-<a href="/wiki/Partitive" title="Partitive">partitive</a>). <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Exceptions">Exceptions</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=47" title="Edit section: Exceptions">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">See also: <a href="/wiki/Synesis" title="Synesis">Synesis</a> and <a href="/wiki/Plurale_tantum" title="Plurale tantum">Plurale tantum</a></div> Sometimes, grammatical number will not represent the actual quantity, a <a href="/wiki/Form-meaning_mismatch" title="Form-meaning mismatch">form-meaning mismatch</a>. For example, in Ancient Greek <a href="/wiki/Neuter_gender" class="mw-redirect" title="Neuter gender">neuter</a> plurals took a singular verb.<a href="#cite_note-337">[325]</a> The plural form of a pronoun may also be applied to a single individual as a sign of importance, respect or generality, as in the <a href="/wiki/Pluralis_majestatis" class="mw-redirect" title="Pluralis majestatis">pluralis majestatis</a>, the <a href="/wiki/T%E2%80%93V_distinction" title="T–V distinction">T–V distinction</a>, and the <a href="/wiki/Generic_you" title="Generic you">generic "you"</a>, found in many languages, or, in English, when using the <a href="/wiki/Singular_they" title="Singular they">singular "they"</a> for <a href="/wiki/Gender-neutrality" class="mw-redirect" title="Gender-neutrality">gender-neutrality</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Arabic_grammar" title="Arabic grammar">Arabic</a>, the plural of a non-human noun (one that refers to an animal or to an <a href="/wiki/Animacy" title="Animacy">inanimate</a> entity regardless of whether the noun is grammatically masculine or feminine in the singular) is treated as feminine singular—this is called the inanimate plural. For example: <dl><dd>رجل جميل (rajul jamīl) 'beautiful/handsome man': rajul (man) is masculine singular, so it takes the masculine singular adjective jamīl.</dd> <dd>بيت جميل (bayt jamīl) 'beautiful house': bayt (house) is masculine singular, so it takes the masculine singular jamīl.</dd> <dd>كلب جميل (kalb jamīl) 'beautiful dog': kalb (dog) is masculine singular, so it takes the masculine singular jamīl.</dd> <dd>بنت جميلة (bint jamīlah) 'beautiful girl': bint is feminine singular, so it takes the feminine singular jamīlah.</dd> <dd>سيارة جميلة (sayyārah jamīlah) 'beautiful car': sayyārah is feminine singular, so it takes the feminine singular jamīlah.</dd> <dd>رجال جميلون (rijāl jamīlūn) 'beautiful/handsome men': rijāl (men) is masculine plural, so it takes the masculine plural jamīlūn.</dd> <dd>بنات جميلات (banāt jamīlāt) 'beautiful girls': banāt is feminine plural, so it takes the feminine plural jamīlāt.</dd></dl> but <dl><dd>بيوت جميلة (buyūt jamīlah) 'beautiful houses': buyūt (houses) is non-human plural, and so takes the inanimate plural (feminine singular) jamīlah.</dd> <dd>سيارات جميلة (sayyārāt jamīlah) 'beautiful cars': sayyārāt is non-human plural, and so takes the inanimate plural jamīlah.</dd> <dd>كلاب جميلة (kilāb jamīlah) 'beautiful dogs': kilāb is non-human plural, and so takes the inanimate plural jamīlah.</dd></dl> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Collective_nouns">Collective nouns</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=48" title="Edit section: Collective nouns">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1236090951"><div role="note" class="hatnote navigation-not-searchable">Main article: <a href="/wiki/Collective_noun" title="Collective noun">Collective noun</a></div> A collective noun is a word that designates a group of objects or beings regarded as a whole, such as "flock", "team", or "corporation". Although many languages treat collective nouns as singular, in others they may be interpreted as plural. In <a href="/wiki/British_English" title="British English">British English</a>, phrases such as the committee are meeting are common (the so-called agreement in sensu "in meaning"; with the meaning of a noun, rather than with its form, see <a href="/wiki/Synesis" title="Synesis">constructio ad sensum</a>). The use of this type of construction varies with dialect and level of formality. In some cases, the number marking on a verb with a collective subject may express the degree of collectivity of action: <ul><li>The committee are discussing the matter (the individual members are discussing the matter), but the committee has decided on the matter (the committee has acted as an indivisible body).</li> <li>The crowd is tearing down the fences (a crowd is doing something as a unit), but the crowd are cheering wildly (many individual members of the crowd are doing the same thing independently of each other).</li></ul> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Semantic_versus_grammatical_number">Semantic versus grammatical number</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=49" title="Edit section: Semantic versus grammatical number">edit</a>]</div> All languages are able to specify the quantity of referents. They may do so by <a href="/wiki/Lexicon" title="Lexicon">lexical</a> means with words such as English a few, some, one, two, five hundred. However, not every language has a grammatical category of number. Grammatical number is expressed by <a href="/wiki/Morphology_(linguistics)" title="Morphology (linguistics)">morphological</a> or <a href="/wiki/Syntactic" class="mw-redirect" title="Syntactic">syntactic</a> means. That is, it is indicated by certain grammatical elements, such as through <a href="/wiki/Affix" title="Affix">affixes</a> or number words. Grammatical number may be thought of as the indication of <a href="/wiki/Semantic" class="mw-redirect" title="Semantic">semantic</a> number through <a href="/wiki/Grammar" title="Grammar">grammar</a>. Languages that express quantity only by lexical means lack a grammatical category of number. For instance, in <a href="/wiki/Khmer_language" title="Khmer language">Khmer</a>, neither nouns nor verbs carry any grammatical information concerning number: such information can only be conveyed by lexical items such as khlah 'some', pii-bey 'a few', and so on.<a href="#cite_note-338">[326]</a> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="See_also">See also</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=50" title="Edit section: See also">edit</a>]</div> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Count_noun" title="Count noun">Count noun</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Elohim" title="Elohim">Elohim</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Generic_antecedent" title="Generic antecedent">Generic antecedent</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Agreement_(linguistics)" title="Agreement (linguistics)">Grammatical agreement</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_conjugation" title="Grammatical conjugation">Grammatical conjugation</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Grammatical_person" title="Grammatical person">Grammatical person</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Inflection" title="Inflection">Inflection</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Measure_word" title="Measure word">Measure word</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/English_numerals" title="English numerals">Names of numbers in English</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Noun_class" title="Noun class">Noun class</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Plurale_tantum" title="Plurale tantum">Plurale tantum</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Romance_plurals" title="Romance plurals">Romance plurals</a></li></ul> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="Notes">Notes</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=51" title="Edit section: Notes">edit</a>]</div> <style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1239543626">.mw-parser-output .reflist{margin-bottom:0.5em;list-style-type:decimal}@media screen{.mw-parser-output .reflist{font-size:90%}}.mw-parser-output .reflist .references{font-size:100%;margin-bottom:0;list-style-type:inherit}.mw-parser-output .reflist-columns-2{column-width:30em}.mw-parser-output .reflist-columns-3{column-width:25em}.mw-parser-output .reflist-columns{margin-top:0.3em}.mw-parser-output .reflist-columns ol{margin-top:0}.mw-parser-output .reflist-columns li{page-break-inside:avoid;break-inside:avoid-column}.mw-parser-output .reflist-upper-alpha{list-style-type:upper-alpha}.mw-parser-output .reflist-upper-roman{list-style-type:upper-roman}.mw-parser-output .reflist-lower-alpha{list-style-type:lower-alpha}.mw-parser-output .reflist-lower-greek{list-style-type:lower-greek}.mw-parser-output .reflist-lower-roman{list-style-type:lower-roman}</style><div class="reflist reflist-lower-alpha"> <div class="mw-references-wrap mw-references-columns"><ol class="references"> <li id="cite_note-29"><a href="#cite_ref-29">^</a> As a small possible exception, the Tuvaluan verb for 'to go' has a special form in the first person dual inclusive future imperative.<a href="#cite_note-28">[28]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-70"><a href="#cite_ref-70">^</a> This includes: <style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1184024115">.mw-parser-output .div-col{margin-top:0.3em;column-width:30em}.mw-parser-output .div-col-small{font-size:90%}.mw-parser-output .div-col-rules{column-rule:1px solid #aaa}.mw-parser-output .div-col dl,.mw-parser-output .div-col ol,.mw-parser-output .div-col ul{margin-top:0}.mw-parser-output .div-col li,.mw-parser-output .div-col dd{page-break-inside:avoid;break-inside:avoid-column}</style><div class="div-col" style="column-width: 30em;column-gap: 0em;"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Pama%E2%80%93Nyungan_languages" title="Pama–Nyungan languages">Pama–Nyungan</a> - <a href="/wiki/Arabana_language" title="Arabana language">Arabana</a><a href="#cite_note-61">[60]</a><a href="#cite_note-Hercus1966-46">[45]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Macro-Gunwinyguan_languages" title="Macro-Gunwinyguan languages">Macro-Gunwinyguan</a> - <a href="/wiki/Anindilyakwa_language" title="Anindilyakwa language">Anindilyakwa</a><a href="#cite_note-62">[61]</a><a href="#cite_note-Corbett2000p22-63">[62]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Iwaidjan_languages" title="Iwaidjan languages">Iwaidjan</a> - <a href="/wiki/Amurdak_language" title="Amurdak language">Amurdak</a><a href="#cite_note-64">[63]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Western_Daly_languages" title="Western Daly languages">Western Daly</a> - <a href="/wiki/Marrithiyel_language" title="Marrithiyel language">Marrithiyel</a><a href="#cite_note-65">[64]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Southern_Daly_languages" title="Southern Daly languages">Southern Daly</a> - <a href="/wiki/Ngan%27gi_language" title="Ngan'gi language">Ngan'gi</a><a href="#cite_note-66">[65]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Wagaydyic_languages" title="Wagaydyic languages">Wagaydyic</a> - <a href="/wiki/Wadjiginy_language" title="Wadjiginy language">Wadjiginy</a><a href="#cite_note-67">[66]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Worrorran_languages" title="Worrorran languages">Worrorran</a> - <a href="/wiki/Worrorra_language" title="Worrorra language">Worrorra</a><a href="#cite_note-68">[67]</a></li> <li>Possible <a href="/wiki/Language_isolate" title="Language isolate">language isolate</a> - <a href="/wiki/Giimbiyu_language" title="Giimbiyu language">Giimbiyu</a><a href="#cite_note-Bach2023-69">[68]</a></li></ul></div></li> <li id="cite_note-100"><a href="#cite_ref-100">^</a> Sometimes this takes the form of neglecting to analyze the possible uses of the trial/paucal, but other times it takes the form of a published grammar describing a language as having a trial but then describing that "trial" as functioning like a paucal.<a href="#cite_note-97">[95]</a> Examples of the latter include works on <a href="/wiki/Ambai_language" title="Ambai language">Ambai</a><a href="#cite_note-Silzer1983-98">[96]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Sakao_language" title="Sakao language">Sakao</a>.<a href="#cite_note-99">[97]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-107"><a href="#cite_ref-107">^</a> While the closely related Kiwaian languages of <a href="/wiki/Kiwai_language" title="Kiwai language">Kope</a><a href="#cite_note-103">[100]</a> and Urama<a href="#cite_note-104">[101]</a> still reportedly have a trial, <a href="/wiki/Bamu_language" title="Bamu language">Bamu</a>, <a href="/wiki/Waboda_language" title="Waboda language">Waboda</a>,<a href="#cite_note-105">[102]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Kerewo_language" title="Kerewo language">Kerewo</a><a href="#cite_note-106">[103]</a> all have a paucal. </li> <li id="cite_note-114"><a href="#cite_ref-114">^</a> The term "count form" has also been used to describe similar constructions in <a href="/wiki/Mongondow_language" title="Mongondow language">Mongondow</a>, <a href="/wiki/Lolak_language" title="Lolak language">Lolak</a>, and <a href="/wiki/Ponosakan_language" title="Ponosakan language">Ponosakan</a>. In these languages, pronouns take on a unique form when following a numeral. Mongondow and Lolak also have singular, dual, trial, and plural pronoun forms, while Ponosakan lacks a trial. This means in Mongondow and Lolak, the count form is for a specific given number larger than three, and in Ponosakan it is for a number larger than two. Unlike Russian nouns, the use of these forms does not end above a certain number.<a href="#cite_note-113">[109]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-119"><a href="#cite_ref-119">^</a> This also occurs to nouns in the accusative case, but only if they are inanimate, and it furthermore also occurs with the numerals half, one-and-a-half, sometimes a quarter, and any higher compound numerals ending in 2, 3, or 4.<a href="#cite_note-117">[112]</a> A very small number of nouns may take on a slightly different form where stress is changed to a different syllable; these nouns include час (hour), шар (ball), and след (footprint).<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2012-115">[110]</a> Linguists have debated whether the form is actually genitive, or whether it is simply identical in form to the genitive in almost all cases but actually constituting a separate noun case or paucal conjugation.<a href="#cite_note-Corbett2012-115">[110]</a><a href="#cite_note-118">[113]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-149"><a href="#cite_ref-149">^</a> This includes: <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1184024115"><div class="div-col" style="column-width: 20em;column-gap: 0em;"> <ul><li><a href="/wiki/American_Sign_Language" title="American Sign Language">American Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Baker1980-134">[128]</a><a href="#cite_note-Neidle2015-135">[129]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Argentine_Sign_Language" title="Argentine Sign Language">Argentine Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Caceres2017-136">[130]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Brazilian_Sign_Language" title="Brazilian Sign Language">Brazilian Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-137">[131]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/British_Sign_Language" title="British Sign Language">British Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Sutton1999-138">[132]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Czech_Sign_Language" title="Czech Sign Language">Czech Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-139">[133]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/German_Sign_Language" title="German Sign Language">German Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Illmer2019a-140">[134]</a><a href="#cite_note-Illmer2019b-141">[135]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Hong_Kong_Sign_Language" title="Hong Kong Sign Language">Hong Kong Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-142">[136]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Jamaican_Sign_Language" class="mw-redirect" title="Jamaican Sign Language">Jamaican Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Cumberbatch2015-143">[137]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Jamaican_Country_Sign_Language" title="Jamaican Country Sign Language">Konchri Sain</a><a href="#cite_note-144">[138]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Levantine_Arabic_Sign_Language" title="Levantine Arabic Sign Language">Levantine Arabic Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Versteegh2009-145">[139]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/New_Zealand_Sign_Language" title="New Zealand Sign Language">New Zealand Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-146">[140]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Russian_Sign_Language" title="Russian Sign Language">Russian Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Kimmelman2022-147">[141]</a></li> <li><a href="/wiki/Ugandan_Sign_Language" title="Ugandan Sign Language">Ugandan Sign Language</a><a href="#cite_note-Lutalo2014-148">[142]</a></li></ul></div></li> <li id="cite_note-152"><a href="#cite_ref-152">^</a> Other sign languages have been described as having pronouns for exactly four referents without being explicitly described as having a quadral. This includes <a href="/wiki/Auslan" title="Auslan">Auslan</a>, <a href="/wiki/Danish_Sign_Language" title="Danish Sign Language">Danish Sign Language</a>,<a href="#cite_note-150">[143]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Icelandic_Sign_Language" title="Icelandic Sign Language">Icelandic Sign Language</a>.<a href="#cite_note-151">[144]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-174"><a href="#cite_ref-174">^</a> This has been claimed for Tolai,<a href="#cite_note-166">[158]</a> <a href="/wiki/Konomala_language" title="Konomala language">Konomala</a>, <a href="/wiki/Patpatar_language" title="Patpatar language">Patpatar</a>, <a href="/wiki/Kandas_language" title="Kandas language">Kandas</a>, <a href="/wiki/Siar-Lak_language" title="Siar-Lak language">Siar</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Ross1988-167">[159]</a> <a href="/wiki/Mandara_language" title="Mandara language">Tabar</a>, <a href="/wiki/Label_language" title="Label language">Label</a>, <a href="/wiki/Gao_language" title="Gao language">Gao</a>, <a href="/wiki/Kwamera_language" title="Kwamera language">Kwamera</a>,<a href="#cite_note-168">[160]</a> <a href="/wiki/Ma%27ya_language" class="mw-redirect" title="Ma'ya language">Ma'ya</a>, <a href="/wiki/Matbat_language" title="Matbat language">Matbat</a>,<a href="#cite_note-169">[161]</a> Larike,<a href="#cite_note-170">[162]</a> Wamesa,<a href="#cite_note-171">[163]</a> Ambai,<a href="#cite_note-Silzer1983-98">[96]</a> <a href="/wiki/Loniu_language" title="Loniu language">Loniu</a>,<a href="#cite_note-172">[164]</a> <a href="/wiki/Kenyah_languages" title="Kenyah languages">Badeng</a>,<a href="#cite_note-Smith2017-161">[153]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Baluan-Pam_language" title="Baluan-Pam language">Paluai</a>.<a href="#cite_note-173">[165]</a> Some of these languages may be more accurately described as having a singular/dual/paucal/plural system, where the paucal markers are etymologically related to the word for three and the plural markers are related to the word for four. </li> <li id="cite_note-246"><a href="#cite_ref-246">^</a> Besides Bininj Kunwok, this includes <a href="/wiki/Rembarrnga_language" title="Rembarrnga language">Rembarrnga</a>, <a href="/wiki/Ndj%C3%A9bbana_language" title="Ndjébbana language">Ndjébbana</a>,<a href="#cite_note-234">[225]</a> <a href="/wiki/Guniyandi_language" title="Guniyandi language">Guniyandi</a>, <a href="/wiki/Nyigina_language" title="Nyigina language">Nyigina</a>,<a href="#cite_note-235">[226]</a> <a href="/wiki/Mangarrayi_language" title="Mangarrayi language">Mangarrayi</a>,<a href="#cite_note-236">[227]</a> <a href="/wiki/Nunggubuyu_language" title="Nunggubuyu language">Nunggubuyu</a>,<a href="#cite_note-237">[228]</a><a href="#cite_note-238">[229]</a> <a href="/wiki/Warrwa_language" title="Warrwa language">Warrwa</a>,<a href="#cite_note-239">[230]</a> <a href="/wiki/Burarra_language" title="Burarra language">Burarra</a>,<a href="#cite_note-240">[231]</a> <a href="/wiki/Gaagudju_language" title="Gaagudju language">Gaagudju</a>,<a href="#cite_note-241">[232]</a> <a href="/wiki/Malak-Malak_language" title="Malak-Malak language">Malak-Malak</a>,<a href="#cite_note-242">[233]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Dalabon_language" title="Dalabon language">Dalabon</a>.<a href="#cite_note-243">[234]</a> It is also found in the Pama-Nyungan languages of <a href="/wiki/Gurindji_language" title="Gurindji language">Gurindji</a><a href="#cite_note-244">[235]</a> and <a href="/wiki/Bilinarra_language" title="Bilinarra language">Bilinarra</a>.<a href="#cite_note-245">[236]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-267"><a href="#cite_ref-267">^</a> Since the dual was a regular feature of Classical Arabic, a dual also exists for all of these examples: kalbāni for two dogs,<a href="#cite_note-263">[253]</a> firqatāni for two sects,<a href="#cite_note-264">[254]</a> and jamalāni for two camels.<a href="#cite_note-265">[255]</a> A more modern source lists jimālun as the regular plural of jamalun (instead of the quadruple plural), from which is formed an additional dual of the plural, jimālāni, meaning two herds of male camels.<a href="#cite_note-266">[256]</a> </li> <li id="cite_note-287"><a href="#cite_ref-287">^</a> Variously spelled as either nondual<a href="#cite_note-285">[274]</a> or non-dual.<a href="#cite_note-286">[275]</a> </li> </ol></div></div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="References">References</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=52" title="Edit section: References">edit</a>]</div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="Citations">Citations</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=53" title="Edit section: Citations">edit</a>]</div> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1239543626"><div class="reflist reflist-columns references-column-width" style="column-width: 30em;"> <ol class="references"> <li id="cite_note-1"><a href="#cite_ref-1">^</a> <style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1238218222">.mw-parser-output cite.citation{font-style:inherit;word-wrap:break-word}.mw-parser-output .citation q{quotes:"\"""\"""'""'"}.mw-parser-output .citation:target{background-color:rgba(0,127,255,0.133)}.mw-parser-output .id-lock-free.id-lock-free a{background:url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg")right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat}.mw-parser-output .id-lock-limited.id-lock-limited a,.mw-parser-output .id-lock-registration.id-lock-registration a{background:url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg")right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat}.mw-parser-output .id-lock-subscription.id-lock-subscription a{background:url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg")right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat}.mw-parser-output .cs1-ws-icon a{background:url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg")right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat}body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .mw-parser-output .id-lock-free a,body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .mw-parser-output .id-lock-limited a,body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .mw-parser-output .id-lock-registration a,body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .mw-parser-output .id-lock-subscription a,body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .mw-parser-output .cs1-ws-icon a{background-size:contain;padding:0 1em 0 0}.mw-parser-output .cs1-code{color:inherit;background:inherit;border:none;padding:inherit}.mw-parser-output .cs1-hidden-error{display:none;color:var(--color-error,#d33)}.mw-parser-output .cs1-visible-error{color:var(--color-error,#d33)}.mw-parser-output .cs1-maint{display:none;color:#085;margin-left:0.3em}.mw-parser-output .cs1-kern-left{padding-left:0.2em}.mw-parser-output .cs1-kern-right{padding-right:0.2em}.mw-parser-output .citation .mw-selflink{font-weight:inherit}@media screen{.mw-parser-output .cs1-format{font-size:95%}html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .mw-parser-output .cs1-maint{color:#18911f}}@media screen and (prefers-color-scheme:dark){html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .mw-parser-output .cs1-maint{color:#18911f}}</style><cite class="citation cs2">"What is Number?", <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsNumber.htm">Dictionary of Linguistic Terms</a>, SIL</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=What+is+Number%3F&rft.btitle=Dictionary+of+Linguistic+Terms&rft.pub=SIL&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Flinguistics%2FGlossaryOfLinguisticTerms%2FWhatIsNumber.htm&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988">. </li> <li id="cite_note-2"><a href="#cite_ref-2">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNicolas2008" class="citation journal cs1">Nicolas, David (2008). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://d.a.nicolas.free.fr/pdf/Nicolas-Mass-nouns-and-plural-logic.pdf">"Mass Nouns and Plural Logic"</a> (PDF). Linguistics and Philosophy. 31 (2): 211–244 [213]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1007%2Fs10988-008-9033-2">10.1007/s10988-008-9033-2</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:13755223">13755223</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220419230012/http://d.a.nicolas.free.fr/pdf/Nicolas-Mass-nouns-and-plural-logic.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-04-19. Retrieved 2024-01-23.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistics+and+Philosophy&rft.atitle=Mass+Nouns+and+Plural+Logic&rft.volume=31&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=211-244+213&rft.date=2008&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1007%2Fs10988-008-9033-2&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A13755223%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Nicolas&rft.aufirst=David&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fd.a.nicolas.free.fr%2Fpdf%2FNicolas-Mass-nouns-and-plural-logic.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-3"><a href="#cite_ref-3">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGreenberg1966" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Joseph_Greenberg" title="Joseph Greenberg">Greenberg, Joseph H.</a> (1966) [1963]. "Some Universals of Grammar with Particular Reference to the Order of Meaningful Elements". In <a href="/wiki/Joseph_Greenberg" title="Joseph Greenberg">Greenberg, Joseph H.</a> (ed.). Universals of Language (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA: M.I.T Press. pp. 73–113 [94].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Some+Universals+of+Grammar+with+Particular+Reference+to+the+Order+of+Meaningful+Elements&rft.btitle=Universals+of+Language&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.pages=73-113+94&rft.edition=2nd&rft.pub=M.I.T+Press&rft.date=1966&rft.aulast=Greenberg&rft.aufirst=Joseph+H.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-4"><a href="#cite_ref-4">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 39. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=39&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-5"><a href="#cite_ref-5">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGood" class="citation cs2">Good, JC, <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://www.acsu.buffalo.edu/~jcgood/jcgood-KwaNoun.pdf">Kwa noun</a> (PDF), Buffalo</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Kwa+noun&rft.pub=Buffalo&rft.aulast=Good&rft.aufirst=JC&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.acsu.buffalo.edu%2F~jcgood%2Fjcgood-KwaNoun.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-6"><a href="#cite_ref-6">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite class="citation cs2"><a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://wals.info/chapter/34">"34"</a>, Occurrence of Nominal Plurality, Wals</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=34&rft.btitle=Occurrence+of+Nominal+Plurality&rft.pub=Wals&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fwals.info%2Fchapter%2F34&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p5-7">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p5_7-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p5_7-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p5_7-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 5–6. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=5-6&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-8"><a href="#cite_ref-8">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNordlinger1998" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Rachel_Nordlinger" title="Rachel Nordlinger">Nordlinger, Rachel</a> (1998). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281594172">A Grammar of Wambaya, Northern Territory (Australia)</a>. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 140. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 72–78, 157–158. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-481-2" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-481-2"><bdi>0-85883-481-2</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240310162854/https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Rachel-Nordlinger/publication/281594172_A_Grammar_of_Wambaya/links/55ef7b5b08aedecb68fdb346/A-Grammar-of-Wambaya.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-10. Retrieved 2024-03-10.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Wambaya%2C+Northern+Territory+%28Australia%29&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+140&rft.pages=72-78%2C+157-158&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1998&rft.isbn=0-85883-481-2&rft.aulast=Nordlinger&rft.aufirst=Rachel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.researchgate.net%2Fpublication%2F281594172&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-9"><a href="#cite_ref-9">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFChafe1970" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Wallace_Chafe" title="Wallace Chafe">Chafe, Wallace L.</a> (1970). A Semantically Based Sketch of Onondaga. Indiana University Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Memoir 25 of the International Journal of American Linguistics (Supplement to Vol. 36, No. 2). Baltimore: Waverly Press. p. 31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Semantically+Based+Sketch+of+Onondaga&rft.place=Baltimore&rft.series=Indiana+University+Publications+in+Anthropology+and+Linguistics%2C+Memoir+25+of+the+International+Journal+of+American+Linguistics+%28Supplement+to+Vol.+36%2C+No.+2%29&rft.pages=31&rft.pub=Waverly+Press&rft.date=1970&rft.aulast=Chafe&rft.aufirst=Wallace+L.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-10"><a href="#cite_ref-10">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWheelock2011" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Frederic_M._Wheelock" title="Frederic M. Wheelock">Wheelock, Frederic M.</a> (2011). Wheelock's Latin. Revised by Richard A. LaFleur (7th ed.). New York: Collins Reference. pp. 2–4, 14–15. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-06-199722-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-06-199722-8"><bdi>978-0-06-199722-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Wheelock%27s+Latin&rft.place=New+York&rft.pages=2-4%2C+14-15&rft.edition=7th&rft.pub=Collins+Reference&rft.date=2011&rft.isbn=978-0-06-199722-8&rft.aulast=Wheelock&rft.aufirst=Frederic+M.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-11"><a href="#cite_ref-11">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNikolaeva2014" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Irina_Nikolaeva_(linguist)" title="Irina Nikolaeva (linguist)">Nikolaeva, Irina</a> (2014). A Grammar of Tundra Nenets. Mouton Grammar Library, vol. 65. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 9–10, 50, 57–59, 78–80, 151–154, 178–180, 188. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-032064-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-032064-0"><bdi>978-3-11-032064-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Tundra+Nenets&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Mouton+Grammar+Library%2C+vol.+65&rft.pages=9-10%2C+50%2C+57-59%2C+78-80%2C+151-154%2C+178-180%2C+188&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2014&rft.isbn=978-3-11-032064-0&rft.aulast=Nikolaeva&rft.aufirst=Irina&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-12"><a href="#cite_ref-12">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFForchheimer1953" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Forchheimer, Paul (1953). The Category of Person in Language (in English and German). Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. pp. 12–13.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Category+of+Person+in+Language&rft.place=Berlin&rft.pages=12-13&rft.pub=Walter+de+Gruyter&rft.date=1953&rft.aulast=Forchheimer&rft.aufirst=Paul&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-13"><a href="#cite_ref-13">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDaniel2005" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (2005). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240121142453/https://wals.info/chapter/35">"Plurality in Independent Personal Pronouns"</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Martin_Haspelmath" title="Martin Haspelmath">Haspelmath, Martin</a>; <a href="/wiki/Matthew_Dryer" title="Matthew Dryer">Dryer, Matthew S.</a>; <a href="/wiki/David_Gil_(linguist)" title="David Gil (linguist)">Gil, David</a>; <a href="/wiki/Bernard_Comrie" title="Bernard Comrie">Comrie, Bernard</a> (eds.). The World Atlas of Language Structures. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 146–149 [146]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.5281%2Fzenodo.3606197">10.5281/zenodo.3606197</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925591-7" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925591-7"><bdi>978-0-19-925591-7</bdi></a>. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://wals.info/chapter/35">the original</a> on 2024-01-21. Retrieved 2024-03-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Plurality+in+Independent+Personal+Pronouns&rft.btitle=The+World+Atlas+of+Language+Structures&rft.place=Oxford&rft.pages=146-149+146&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2005&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.5281%2Fzenodo.3606197&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925591-7&rft.aulast=Daniel&rft.aufirst=Michael&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwals.info%2Fchapter%2F35&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-14"><a href="#cite_ref-14">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFde_Souza_Nogueira2019" class="citation thesis cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">de Souza Nogueira, Antônia Fernanda (2019). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.teses.usp.br/teses/disponiveis/8/8139/tde-14082019-101006/publico/2019_AntoniaFernandaDeSouzaNogueira_VCorr.pdf">Predicação na Língua Wayoro (Tupi): Propriedades de Finitude</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis) (in Portuguese). University of São Paulo. p. 15. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200619105256/https://www.teses.usp.br/teses/disponiveis/8/8139/tde-14082019-101006/publico/2019_AntoniaFernandaDeSouzaNogueira_VCorr.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-06-19. Retrieved 2024-02-22.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Portuguese-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22pt%22%3EPredica%C3%A7%C3%A3o+na+L%C3%ADngua+Wayoro+%28Tupi%29%3A+Propriedades+de+Finitude%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+S%C3%A3o+Paulo&rft.date=2019&rft.aulast=de+Souza+Nogueira&rft.aufirst=Ant%C3%B4nia+Fernanda&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.teses.usp.br%2Fteses%2Fdisponiveis%2F8%2F8139%2Ftde-14082019-101006%2Fpublico%2F2019_AntoniaFernandaDeSouzaNogueira_VCorr.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-15"><a href="#cite_ref-15">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFO’Brien2018" class="citation thesis cs1">O’Brien, Colleen Alena (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/0beccac0-d860-408b-8f8c-b2fff182e7ab/content">A Grammatical Description of Kamsá, a Language Isolate of Colombia</a> (PhD thesis). University of Hawaiʻi at Mānoa. p. 67. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20221206064627/https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/0beccac0-d860-408b-8f8c-b2fff182e7ab/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2022-12-06. Retrieved 2023-03-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammatical+Description+of+Kams%C3%A1%2C+a+Language+Isolate+of+Colombia&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Hawai%CA%BBi+at+M%C4%81noa&rft.date=2018&rft.aulast=O%E2%80%99Brien&rft.aufirst=Colleen+Alena&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F0beccac0-d860-408b-8f8c-b2fff182e7ab%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-16"><a href="#cite_ref-16">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 42–44. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=42-44&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p43-17">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p43_17-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p43_17-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 43. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=43&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-18"><a href="#cite_ref-18">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBakró-NagySipőczSkribnik2022" class="citation book cs1">Bakró-Nagy, Marianne; Sipőcz, Katalin; Skribnik, Elena (2022). "North Mansi". In Bakró-Nagy, Marianne; <a href="/wiki/Johanna_Laakso" title="Johanna Laakso">Laakso, Johanna</a>; Skribnik, Elena (eds.). The Oxford Guide to the Uralic Languages. Oxford Guides to the World's Languages. London: Oxford University Press. pp. 537–564 [541–542]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198767664.003.0029">10.1093/oso/9780198767664.003.0029</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-876766-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-876766-4"><bdi>978-0-19-876766-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=North+Mansi&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Guide+to+the+Uralic+Languages&rft.place=London&rft.series=Oxford+Guides+to+the+World%27s+Languages&rft.pages=537-564+541-542&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2022&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198767664.003.0029&rft.isbn=978-0-19-876766-4&rft.aulast=Bakr%C3%B3-Nagy&rft.aufirst=Marianne&rft.au=Sip%C5%91cz%2C+Katalin&rft.au=Skribnik%2C+Elena&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-19"><a href="#cite_ref-19">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCouncellerChya2023" class="citation book cs1">Counceller, April Isiik G. L.; Chya, Dehrich Isuwiq (2023). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://alutiiqmuseum.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/KodiakAlutiiqLanguageTextbook_FINAL.pdf">Kodiak Alutiiq Language Textbook</a> (PDF) (1st ed.). Kodiak, AK: Alutiiq Museum and Archaeological Repository. pp. 31–33, 35, 54, 67, 116–117, 153–157, 168–169, 193, 201. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-929650-25-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-929650-25-5"><bdi>978-1-929650-25-5</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240215163545/https://alutiiqmuseum.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/KodiakAlutiiqLanguageTextbook_FINAL.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-15. Retrieved 2024-03-10.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Kodiak+Alutiiq+Language+Textbook&rft.place=Kodiak%2C+AK&rft.pages=31-33%2C+35%2C+54%2C+67%2C+116-117%2C+153-157%2C+168-169%2C+193%2C+201&rft.edition=1st&rft.pub=Alutiiq+Museum+and+Archaeological+Repository&rft.date=2023&rft.isbn=978-1-929650-25-5&rft.aulast=Counceller&rft.aufirst=April+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Alutiiq-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22ems%22%3EIsiik%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E+G.+L.&rft.au=Chya%2C+Dehrich+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Alutiiq-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22ems%22%3EIsuwiq%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Falutiiqmuseum.org%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2024%2F01%2FKodiakAlutiiqLanguageTextbook_FINAL.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-20"><a href="#cite_ref-20">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 44, 207. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=44%2C+207&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-21"><a href="#cite_ref-21">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAlorutJohns2016" class="citation journal cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Alorut, Raigelee; Johns, Alana (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://ajohns.artsci.utoronto.ca/AlorutJohnsDualApril.pdf">"The Use of the Dual in Some Inuit Dialects: The Importance of Tirliaq"</a> (PDF). Amerindia. 38, Questions de Sémantique Inuit / Topics in Inuit Semantics: 111–128. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240121063037/https://ajohns.artsci.utoronto.ca/AlorutJohnsDualApril.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-01-21. Retrieved 2024-01-21.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Amerindia&rft.atitle=The+Use+of+the+Dual+in+Some+Inuit+Dialects%3A+The+Importance+of+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Khoekhoe-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22naq%22%3ETirliaq%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.volume=38%2C+Questions+de+S%C3%A9mantique+Inuit+%2F+Topics+in+Inuit+Semantics&rft.pages=111-128&rft.date=2016&rft.aulast=Alorut&rft.aufirst=Raigelee&rft.au=Johns%2C+Alana&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fajohns.artsci.utoronto.ca%2FAlorutJohnsDualApril.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-22"><a href="#cite_ref-22">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBreen2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Gavan_Breen" title="Gavan Breen">Breen, Gavan</a> (2004). Innamincka Talk: A Grammar of the Innamincka Dialect of Yandruwandha with Notes on Other Dialects. Pacific Linguistics 558. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 87, 113. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-547-9" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-547-9"><bdi>0-85883-547-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Innamincka+Talk%3A+A+Grammar+of+the+Innamincka+Dialect+of+Yandruwandha+with+Notes+on+Other+Dialects&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics+558&rft.pages=87%2C+113&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-85883-547-9&rft.aulast=Breen&rft.aufirst=Gavan&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-23"><a href="#cite_ref-23">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 93–94. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=93-94&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-24"><a href="#cite_ref-24">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCharney1993" class="citation book cs1">Charney, Jean Ormsbee (1993). A Grammar of Comanche. Studies in the Anthropology of North American Indians. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. pp. 49–50. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-8032-1461-8" title="Special:BookSources/0-8032-1461-8"><bdi>0-8032-1461-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Comanche&rft.place=Lincoln&rft.series=Studies+in+the+Anthropology+of+North+American+Indians&rft.pages=49-50&rft.pub=University+of+Nebraska+Press&rft.date=1993&rft.isbn=0-8032-1461-8&rft.aulast=Charney&rft.aufirst=Jean+Ormsbee&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-25"><a href="#cite_ref-25">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKahnValijärvi2017" class="citation book cs1">Kahn, Lily; Valijärvi, Riitta-Liisa (2017). North Sámi: An Essential Grammar. Routledge Essential Grammars. London: Routledge. pp. 71–94. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.4324%2F9781315733487">10.4324/9781315733487</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-315-73348-7" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-315-73348-7"><bdi>978-1-315-73348-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=North+S%C3%A1mi%3A+An+Essential+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Essential+Grammars&rft.pages=71-94&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2017&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.4324%2F9781315733487&rft.isbn=978-1-315-73348-7&rft.aulast=Kahn&rft.aufirst=Lily&rft.au=Valij%C3%A4rvi%2C+Riitta-Liisa&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-26"><a href="#cite_ref-26">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMoselSo'o1997" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Ulrike_Mosel" title="Ulrike Mosel">Mosel, La'i Ulrike</a>; So'o, Ainslie (1997). Say it in Samoan. Pacific Linguistics, Series D-88. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 8, 28–32, 40, 69–71. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-459-6" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-459-6"><bdi>0-85883-459-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Say+it+in+Samoan&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+D-88&rft.pages=8%2C+28-32%2C+40%2C+69-71&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1997&rft.isbn=0-85883-459-6&rft.aulast=Mosel&rft.aufirst=La%27i+Ulrike&rft.au=So%27o%2C+Ainslie&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-27"><a href="#cite_ref-27">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBesnier2000" class="citation book cs1">Besnier, Niko (2000). Tuvaluan: A Polynesian Language of the Central Pacific. Descriptive Grammars. London: Routledge. pp. xxiv, 359, 382. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-203-02712-4" title="Special:BookSources/0-203-02712-4"><bdi>0-203-02712-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Tuvaluan%3A+A+Polynesian+Language+of+the+Central+Pacific&rft.place=London&rft.series=Descriptive+Grammars&rft.pages=xxiv%2C+359%2C+382&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2000&rft.isbn=0-203-02712-4&rft.aulast=Besnier&rft.aufirst=Niko&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-28"><a href="#cite_ref-28">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBesnier2000" class="citation book cs1">Besnier, Niko (2000). Tuvaluan: A Polynesian Language of the Central Pacific. Descriptive Grammars. London: Routledge. p. 39. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-203-02712-4" title="Special:BookSources/0-203-02712-4"><bdi>0-203-02712-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Tuvaluan%3A+A+Polynesian+Language+of+the+Central+Pacific&rft.place=London&rft.series=Descriptive+Grammars&rft.pages=39&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2000&rft.isbn=0-203-02712-4&rft.aulast=Besnier&rft.aufirst=Niko&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-30"><a href="#cite_ref-30">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBauer1993" class="citation book cs1">Bauer, Winifred (1993). Maori. Descriptive Grammars. London: Routledge. pp. 250, 252, 348–349, 362, 365. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-203-40372-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-203-40372-X"><bdi>0-203-40372-X</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Maori&rft.place=London&rft.series=Descriptive+Grammars&rft.pages=250%2C+252%2C+348-349%2C+362%2C+365&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=1993&rft.isbn=0-203-40372-X&rft.aulast=Bauer&rft.aufirst=Winifred&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-31"><a href="#cite_ref-31">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFFenech1996" class="citation journal cs1">Fenech, Edward (1996). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://linguistica.sns.it/RdL/8.1/Fenech.pdf">"Functions of the Dual Suffix in Maltese"</a> (PDF). Rivista di Linguistica. 8 (1): 89–99 [94–95]. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200715211206/https://linguistica.sns.it/RdL/8.1/Fenech.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-07-15. Retrieved 2024-01-21.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Rivista+di+Linguistica&rft.atitle=Functions+of+the+Dual+Suffix+in+Maltese&rft.volume=8&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=89-99+94-95&rft.date=1996&rft.aulast=Fenech&rft.aufirst=Edward&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Flinguistica.sns.it%2FRdL%2F8.1%2FFenech.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-32"><a href="#cite_ref-32">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPalancar2013" class="citation journal cs1">Palancar, Enrique L. (2013). "The Evolution of Number in Otomi". Studies in Language. 37 (1): 94–143 [124]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1075%2Fsl.37.1.03pal">10.1075/sl.37.1.03pal</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:55795751">55795751</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Studies+in+Language&rft.atitle=The+Evolution+of+Number+in+Otomi&rft.volume=37&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=94-143+124&rft.date=2013&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1075%2Fsl.37.1.03pal&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A55795751%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Palancar&rft.aufirst=Enrique+L.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-33"><a href="#cite_ref-33">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBauer1993" class="citation book cs1">Bauer, Winifred (1993). Maori. Descriptive Grammars. London: Routledge. p. 365. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-203-40372-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-203-40372-X"><bdi>0-203-40372-X</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Maori&rft.place=London&rft.series=Descriptive+Grammars&rft.pages=365&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=1993&rft.isbn=0-203-40372-X&rft.aulast=Bauer&rft.aufirst=Winifred&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-34"><a href="#cite_ref-34">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFRinge2006" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Donald_Ringe" title="Donald Ringe">Ringe, Don</a> (2006). From Proto-Indo-European to Proto-Germanic. A Linguistic History of English, vol. 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 4, 22, 31, 33, 35–42, 47–58, 233. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-928413-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-928413-9"><bdi>978-0-19-928413-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=From+Proto-Indo-European+to+Proto-Germanic&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=A+Linguistic+History+of+English%2C+vol.+1&rft.pages=4%2C+22%2C+31%2C+33%2C+35-42%2C+47-58%2C+233&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-0-19-928413-9&rft.aulast=Ringe&rft.aufirst=Don&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-35"><a href="#cite_ref-35">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHowe1996" class="citation book cs1">Howe, Stephen (1996). The Personal Pronouns in the Germanic Languages: A Study of Personal Pronoun Morphology and Change in the Germanic Languages from the First Records to the Present Day. Studia Linguistica Germanica 43. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. pp. 127, 131–133, 135, 193–195, 242, 244–245, 256–258, 292–293, 315, 320–321, 341–342, 348–350. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/3-11-014636-3" title="Special:BookSources/3-11-014636-3"><bdi>3-11-014636-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Personal+Pronouns+in+the+Germanic+Languages%3A+A+Study+of+Personal+Pronoun+Morphology+and+Change+in+the+Germanic+Languages+from+the+First+Records+to+the+Present+Day&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Studia+Linguistica+Germanica+43&rft.pages=127%2C+131-133%2C+135%2C+193-195%2C+242%2C+244-245%2C+256-258%2C+292-293%2C+315%2C+320-321%2C+341-342%2C+348-350&rft.pub=Walter+de+Gruyter&rft.date=1996&rft.isbn=3-11-014636-3&rft.aulast=Howe&rft.aufirst=Stephen&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-36"><a href="#cite_ref-36">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFFilos2014" class="citation encyclopaedia cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Filos, Panagiotis (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.academia.edu/371919">"Proto-Greek and Common Greek"</a>. In Giannakis, G. K. (ed.). Brill Encyclopedia of Ancient Greek Language and Linguistics. Vol. 3, P–Z, Index. Leiden: Brill. pp. 180–181. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-90-04-26111-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-90-04-26111-2"><bdi>978-90-04-26111-2</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220408064850/https://www.academia.edu/37191974">Archived</a> from the original on 2022-04-08. Retrieved 2023-12-11.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Proto-Greek+and+Common+Greek&rft.btitle=Brill+Encyclopedia+of+Ancient+Greek+Language+and+Linguistics&rft.place=Leiden&rft.pages=180-181&rft.pub=Brill&rft.date=2014&rft.isbn=978-90-04-26111-2&rft.aulast=Filos&rft.aufirst=Panagiotis&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.academia.edu%2F371919&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-37"><a href="#cite_ref-37">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFViti2014" class="citation encyclopaedia cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Viti, Carlotta (2014). "Dual". In Giannakis, G. K. (ed.). Brill Encyclopedia of Ancient Greek Language and Linguistics. Vol. 1, A–F. Leiden: Brill. pp. 533–534. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-90-04-26109-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-90-04-26109-9"><bdi>978-90-04-26109-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Dual&rft.btitle=Brill+Encyclopedia+of+Ancient+Greek+Language+and+Linguistics&rft.place=Leiden&rft.pages=533-534&rft.pub=Brill&rft.date=2014&rft.isbn=978-90-04-26109-9&rft.aulast=Viti&rft.aufirst=Carlotta&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-38"><a href="#cite_ref-38">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKümmel2022" class="citation book cs1">Kümmel, Martin Joachim (2022). "Indo-Iranian". In Olander, Thomas (ed.). The Indo-European Language Family: A Phylogenetic Perspective. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 253, 259–261. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-108-49979-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-108-49979-8"><bdi>978-1-108-49979-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Indo-Iranian&rft.btitle=The+Indo-European+Language+Family%3A+A+Phylogenetic+Perspective&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.pages=253%2C+259-261&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-1-108-49979-8&rft.aulast=K%C3%BCmmel&rft.aufirst=Martin+Joachim&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-39"><a href="#cite_ref-39">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSlobodchikoff2019" class="citation book cs1">Slobodchikoff, Tatyana G. (2019). The Evolution of the Slavic Dual: A Biolinguistic Perspective. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books. pp. 5–6. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-4985-7925-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-4985-7925-4"><bdi>978-1-4985-7925-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Evolution+of+the+Slavic+Dual%3A+A+Biolinguistic+Perspective&rft.place=Lanham%2C+MD&rft.pages=5-6&rft.pub=Lexington+Books&rft.date=2019&rft.isbn=978-1-4985-7925-4&rft.aulast=Slobodchikoff&rft.aufirst=Tatyana+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-40"><a href="#cite_ref-40">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFStrandskogenStrandskogen1995" class="citation book cs1">Strandskogen, Åse-Berit; Strandskogen, Rolf (1995) [1986]. Norwegian: An Essential Grammar. Routledge Essential Grammars. Translated by White, Barbara. London: Routledge. p. 117. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-415-10979-5" title="Special:BookSources/0-415-10979-5"><bdi>0-415-10979-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Norwegian%3A+An+Essential+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Essential+Grammars&rft.pages=117&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=1995&rft.isbn=0-415-10979-5&rft.aulast=Strandskogen&rft.aufirst=%C3%85se-Berit&rft.au=Strandskogen%2C+Rolf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-41"><a href="#cite_ref-41">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLovingLoving1973" class="citation book cs1">Loving, Richard; Loving, Aretta (1973). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/rosettaproject_awb_morsyn-2/page/n1/mode/2up">"A Preliminary Survey of Awa Noun Suffixes"</a>. In McKaughan, Howard (ed.). The Languages of the Eastern Family of the East New Guinea Highland Stock. Anthropological Studies in the Eastern Highlands of New Guinea, vol. 1. Seattle: University of Washington Press. pp. 19–30 [20]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-295-95132-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-295-95132-X"><bdi>0-295-95132-X</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=A+Preliminary+Survey+of+Awa+Noun+Suffixes&rft.btitle=The+Languages+of+the+Eastern+Family+of+the+East+New+Guinea+Highland+Stock&rft.place=Seattle&rft.series=Anthropological+Studies+in+the+Eastern+Highlands+of+New+Guinea%2C+vol.+1&rft.pages=19-30+20&rft.pub=University+of+Washington+Press&rft.date=1973&rft.isbn=0-295-95132-X&rft.aulast=Loving&rft.aufirst=Richard&rft.au=Loving%2C+Aretta&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2Frosettaproject_awb_morsyn-2%2Fpage%2Fn1%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-42"><a href="#cite_ref-42">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSkirgård2023" class="citation web cs1">Skirgård, Hedvig (2023-04-19). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://grambank.clld.org/parameters/GB165#2/21.0/151.9">"Feature GB165: Is there productive morphological trial marking on nouns?"</a>. Grambank. 1.0.3. The Grambank Consortium. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.5281%2Fzenodo.7844558">10.5281/zenodo.7844558</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240316083655/https://grambank.clld.org/parameters/GB165#2/21.0/151.9">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-16. Retrieved 2024-03-16. <q>Trial marking is not common...absent[:] 2125...present[:] 8</q></cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=unknown&rft.jtitle=Grambank&rft.atitle=Feature+GB165%3A+Is+there+productive+morphological+trial+marking+on+nouns%3F&rft.date=2023-04-19&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.5281%2Fzenodo.7844558&rft.aulast=Skirg%C3%A5rd&rft.aufirst=Hedvig&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fgrambank.clld.org%2Fparameters%2FGB165%232%2F21.0%2F151.9&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Acquaviva2022-43">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Acquaviva2022_43-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Acquaviva2022_43-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAcquavivaDaniel2022" class="citation book cs1">Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (2022). "Number in Grammar: Results and Perspectives". In Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (eds.). Number in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Comparative Handbooks of Linguistics, vol. 5. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 833–910 [868]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5"><bdi>978-3-11-056069-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+in+Grammar%3A+Results+and+Perspectives&rft.btitle=Number+in+the+World%27s+Languages%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Comparative+Handbooks+of+Linguistics%2C+vol.+5&rft.pages=833-910+868&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-056069-5&rft.aulast=Acquaviva&rft.aufirst=Paolo&rft.au=Daniel%2C+Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Velupillai2012-44">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Velupillai2012_44-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Velupillai2012_44-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFVelupillai2012" class="citation book cs1">Velupillai, Viveka (2012). An Introduction to Linguistic Typology. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. p. 161. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-90-272-7350-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-90-272-7350-5"><bdi>978-90-272-7350-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=An+Introduction+to+Linguistic+Typology&rft.place=Amsterdam&rft.pages=161&rft.pub=John+Benjamins+Publishing+Company&rft.date=2012&rft.isbn=978-90-272-7350-5&rft.aulast=Velupillai&rft.aufirst=Viveka&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-45"><a href="#cite_ref-45">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHercus1994" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Luise_Hercus" title="Luise Hercus">Hercus, Luise A.</a> (1994). A Grammar of the Arabana-Wangkangurru Language, Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 128. Canberra: Australian National University. p. 64. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1"><bdi>0-85883-425-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+the+Arabana-Wangkangurru+Language%2C+Lake+Eyre+Basin%2C+South+Australia&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+128&rft.pages=64&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.isbn=0-85883-425-1&rft.aulast=Hercus&rft.aufirst=Luise+A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Hercus1966-46">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Hercus1966_46-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Hercus1966_46-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHercus1966" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Luise_Hercus" title="Luise Hercus">Hercus, L. A.</a> (1966). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/j.1835-9310.1966.tb00370.x">"Some Aspects of the Form and Use of the Trial Number in Victorian Languages and in Arabana"</a>. Mankind. 6 (8): 335–337. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1111%2Fj.1835-9310.1966.tb00370.x">10.1111/j.1835-9310.1966.tb00370.x</a>. Retrieved 2023-12-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Mankind&rft.atitle=Some+Aspects+of+the+Form+and+Use+of+the+Trial+Number+in+Victorian+Languages+and+in+Arabana&rft.volume=6&rft.issue=8&rft.pages=335-337&rft.date=1966&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1111%2Fj.1835-9310.1966.tb00370.x&rft.aulast=Hercus&rft.aufirst=L.+A.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fonlinelibrary.wiley.com%2Fdoi%2Fabs%2F10.1111%2Fj.1835-9310.1966.tb00370.x&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-47"><a href="#cite_ref-47">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBrownMuirCraigAnea2016" class="citation book cs1">Brown, Jason; Muir, Alex; Craig, Kimberley; Anea, Karika (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240107232500/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/111328/3/BrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf">A Short Grammar of Urama</a> (PDF). Asia-Pacific Linguistics 32. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 25–27. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-922185-22-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-922185-22-8"><bdi>978-1-922185-22-8</bdi></a>. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/111328/3/BrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf">the original</a> (PDF) on 2024-01-07. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Short+Grammar+of+Urama&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Asia-Pacific+Linguistics+32&rft.pages=25-27&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2016&rft.isbn=978-1-922185-22-8&rft.aulast=Brown&rft.aufirst=Jason&rft.au=Muir%2C+Alex&rft.au=Craig%2C+Kimberley&rft.au=Anea%2C+Karika&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F111328%2F3%2FBrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-48"><a href="#cite_ref-48">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFEkoGraham2014" class="citation report cs1">Eko, Robert; Graham, Mack (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/68/79/30/68793084489869111853398100027121511296/Angaataha_Tentative_Grammar_Description_final.pdf">Tentative Grammar Description for the Angaataha Language Spoken in Morobe Province</a> (PDF) (Report). SIL International. p. 9. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231208134706/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/68/79/30/68793084489869111853398100027121511296/Angaataha_Tentative_Grammar_Description_final.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-08. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=report&rft.btitle=Tentative+Grammar+Description+for+the+Angaataha+Language+Spoken+in+Morobe+Province&rft.pages=9&rft.pub=SIL+International&rft.date=2014&rft.aulast=Eko&rft.aufirst=Robert&rft.au=Graham%2C+Mack&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F68%2F79%2F30%2F68793084489869111853398100027121511296%2FAngaataha_Tentative_Grammar_Description_final.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-49"><a href="#cite_ref-49">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLaidigLaidig1990" class="citation journal cs1">Laidig, Wyn D.; Laidig, Carol J. (1990). "Larike Pronouns: Duals and Trials in a Central Moluccan Language". Oceanic Linguistics. A Special Issue on Western Austronesian Languages. 29 (2): 87–109 [90]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.2307%2F3623187">10.2307/3623187</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/3623187">3623187</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Larike+Pronouns%3A+Duals+and+Trials+in+a+Central+Moluccan+Language&rft.volume=29&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=87-109+90&rft.date=1990&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.2307%2F3623187&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F3623187%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Laidig&rft.aufirst=Wyn+D.&rft.au=Laidig%2C+Carol+J.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-50"><a href="#cite_ref-50">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 21. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=21&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-51"><a href="#cite_ref-51">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMosel1984" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Ulrike_Mosel" title="Ulrike Mosel">Mosel, Ulrike</a> (1984). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/160608413.pdf">Tolai Syntax and its Historical Development</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - no. 92. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 41, 93–94, 108. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-309-3" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-309-3"><bdi>0-85883-309-3</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240126061458/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/160608413.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-01-26. Retrieved 2024-01-26.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Tolai+Syntax+and+its+Historical+Development&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+no.+92&rft.pages=41%2C+93-94%2C+108&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1984&rft.isbn=0-85883-309-3&rft.aulast=Mosel&rft.aufirst=Ulrike&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F160608413.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-52"><a href="#cite_ref-52">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCrowley2011" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Terry_Crowley_(linguist)" title="Terry Crowley (linguist)">Crowley, Terry</a> (2011) [2002]. "Raga". In <a href="/wiki/John_Lynch_(linguist)" title="John Lynch (linguist)">Lynch, John</a>; <a href="/wiki/Malcolm_Ross_(linguist)" title="Malcolm Ross (linguist)">Ross, Malcolm</a>; <a href="/wiki/Terry_Crowley_(linguist)" title="Terry Crowley (linguist)">Crowley, Terry</a> (eds.). The Oceanic Languages. Routledge Language Family Series. London: Routledge. pp. 626–637 [633]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-203-82038-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-203-82038-4"><bdi>978-0-203-82038-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Raga&rft.btitle=The+Oceanic+Languages&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Language+Family+Series&rft.pages=626-637+633&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2011&rft.isbn=978-0-203-82038-4&rft.aulast=Crowley&rft.aufirst=Terry&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-53"><a href="#cite_ref-53">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGasser2014" class="citation thesis cs1">Gasser, Emily Anne (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://elischolar.library.yale.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=ling_graduate">Windesi Wamesa Morphophonology</a> (PhD thesis). Yale University. pp. 192–193, 194n21, 249–250. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230108075941/https://elischolar.library.yale.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=ling_graduate">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-01-08. Retrieved 2024-01-26.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Windesi+Wamesa+Morphophonology&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Yale+University&rft.date=2014&rft.aulast=Gasser&rft.aufirst=Emily+Anne&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Felischolar.library.yale.edu%2Fcgi%2Fviewcontent.cgi%3Farticle%3D1000%26context%3Dling_graduate&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-54"><a href="#cite_ref-54">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFTaylor2015" class="citation book cs1">Taylor, Matthew A. (2015). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/15/08/75/150875318491925844995926613370844010827/Nukna_Grammar_Sketch_A5.pdf">Nukna Grammar Sketch</a> (PDF). Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages, vol. 61. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications. pp. 38–39. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-3990-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-3990-3"><bdi>978-9980-0-3990-3</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231208154404/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/15/08/75/150875318491925844995926613370844010827/Nukna_Grammar_Sketch_A5.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-08. Retrieved 2024-01-22.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Nukna+Grammar+Sketch&rft.place=Ukarumpa%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.series=Data+Papers+on+Papua+New+Guinea+Languages%2C+vol.+61&rft.pages=38-39&rft.pub=SIL-PNG+Academic+Publications&rft.date=2015&rft.isbn=978-9980-0-3990-3&rft.aulast=Taylor&rft.aufirst=Matthew+A.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F15%2F08%2F75%2F150875318491925844995926613370844010827%2FNukna_Grammar_Sketch_A5.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-55"><a href="#cite_ref-55">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLynch1978" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/John_Lynch_(linguist)" title="John Lynch (linguist)">Lynch, John</a> (1978). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/146494/1/PL-B55.pdf">A Grammar of Lenakel</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - No. 55. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 55–58. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-166-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-166-X"><bdi>0-85883-166-X</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20221013104723/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/146494/1/PL-B55.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-10-13. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Lenakel&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+No.+55&rft.pages=55-58&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1978&rft.isbn=0-85883-166-X&rft.aulast=Lynch&rft.aufirst=John&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F146494%2F1%2FPL-B55.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-56"><a href="#cite_ref-56">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 22n15, 43–45. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=22n15%2C+43-45&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-57"><a href="#cite_ref-57">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 197. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=197&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Verhaar1995-58">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Verhaar1995_58-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Verhaar1995_58-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Verhaar1995_58-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFVerhaar1995" class="citation book cs1">Verhaar, John W. M. (1995). Toward a Reference Grammar of Tok Pisin: An Experiment in Corpus Linguistics. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication no. 26. Honolulu: University of Hawaiʻi Press. pp. 19–20. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-1672-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-1672-8"><bdi>978-0-8248-1672-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Toward+a+Reference+Grammar+of+Tok+Pisin%3A+An+Experiment+in+Corpus+Linguistics&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Oceanic+Linguistics+Special+Publication+no.+26&rft.pages=19-20&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%CA%BBi+Press&rft.date=1995&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-1672-8&rft.aulast=Verhaar&rft.aufirst=John+W.+M.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-59"><a href="#cite_ref-59">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCrowley2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Terry_Crowley_(linguist)" title="Terry Crowley (linguist)">Crowley, Terry</a> (2004). Bislama Reference Grammar. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications. Vol. 31. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press. pp. 26, 46–47. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-2880-6" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-2880-6"><bdi>978-0-8248-2880-6</bdi></a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/20006778">20006778</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Bislama+Reference+Grammar&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Oceanic+Linguistics+Special+Publications&rft.pages=26%2C+46-47&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%27i+Press&rft.date=2004&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F20006778%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-2880-6&rft.aulast=Crowley&rft.aufirst=Terry&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-60"><a href="#cite_ref-60">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBeimers2008" class="citation thesis cs1">Beimers, Gerry David (2008). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://rune.une.edu.au/1959.11/2367">Pijin: A Grammar of Solomon Islands Pidgin</a> (PhD thesis). University of New England. pp. 92, 236–237. Retrieved 2023-12-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Pijin%3A+A+Grammar+of+Solomon+Islands+Pidgin&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+New+England&rft.date=2008&rft.aulast=Beimers&rft.aufirst=Gerry+David&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Frune.une.edu.au%2F1959.11%2F2367&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-61"><a href="#cite_ref-61">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHercus1994" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Luise_Hercus" title="Luise Hercus">Hercus, Luise A.</a> (1994). A Grammar of the Arabana-Wangkangurru Language, Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 128. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 64–66, 91–92, 105, 109, 121–122, 124, 127. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1"><bdi>0-85883-425-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+the+Arabana-Wangkangurru+Language%2C+Lake+Eyre+Basin%2C+South+Australia&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+128&rft.pages=64-66%2C+91-92%2C+105%2C+109%2C+121-122%2C+124%2C+127&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.isbn=0-85883-425-1&rft.aulast=Hercus&rft.aufirst=Luise+A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-62"><a href="#cite_ref-62">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFvan_Egmond2012" class="citation thesis cs1">van Egmond, Marie-Elaine (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://ses.library.usyd.edu.au/handle/2123/8747">Enindhilyakwa Phonology, Morphosyntax and Genetic Position</a> (PhD thesis). University of Sydney. p. 85-86, 107-108, 138, 388. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Enindhilyakwa+Phonology%2C+Morphosyntax+and+Genetic+Position&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Sydney&rft.date=2012&rft.aulast=van+Egmond&rft.aufirst=Marie-Elaine&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fses.library.usyd.edu.au%2Fhandle%2F2123%2F8747&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p22-63">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p22_63-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p22_63-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p22_63-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 22. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=22&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-64"><a href="#cite_ref-64">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMailhammer2022" class="citation book cs1">Mailhammer, Robert (2022). "Amurdak Intersyllabic Phonotactics and Morphophonemic Alternations as Motivated by the Contact Law". In Hanna, Patrizia Noel Aziz; Smith, Laura Catharine (eds.). Linguistic Preferences. Trends in Linguistics Studies and Monographs, vol. 358. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. pp. 49–70 [58]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-072146-1" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-072146-1"><bdi>978-3-11-072146-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Amurdak+Intersyllabic+Phonotactics+and+Morphophonemic+Alternations+as+Motivated+by+the+Contact+Law&rft.btitle=Linguistic+Preferences&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Trends+in+Linguistics+Studies+and+Monographs%2C+vol.+358&rft.pages=49-70+58&rft.pub=Mouton+de+Gruyter&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-072146-1&rft.aulast=Mailhammer&rft.aufirst=Robert&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-65"><a href="#cite_ref-65">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGreen1989" class="citation thesis cs1">Green, Ian (1989). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/10926">Marrithiyel, A Language of the Daly River Region of the Northern Territory</a> (PhD thesis). Australian National University. pp. 1, 74–75, 138–139. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20221224075849/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/10926/6/Green%20I%20Thesis%201989.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-12-24. Retrieved 2023-11-24.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Marrithiyel%2C+A+Language+of+the+Daly+River+Region+of+the+Northern+Territory&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1989&rft.aulast=Green&rft.aufirst=Ian&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fhandle%2F1885%2F10926&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-66"><a href="#cite_ref-66">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBlythe2013" class="citation journal cs1">Blythe, Joe (2013). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/Lg_89_4_Blythe.pdf">"Preference Organization Driving Structuration: Evidence from Australian Aboriginal Interaction for Pragmatically Motivated Grammaticalization"</a> (PDF). Language. 89 (4): 883-919 [889-890, 895]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2013.0057">10.1353/lan.2013.0057</a>. <a href="/wiki/Hdl_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Hdl (identifier)">hdl</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://hdl.handle.net/11343%2F43148">11343/43148</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:1574534">1574534</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231204172821/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/Lg_89_4_Blythe.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-04. Retrieved 2023-12-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language&rft.atitle=Preference+Organization+Driving+Structuration%3A+Evidence+from+Australian+Aboriginal+Interaction+for+Pragmatically+Motivated+Grammaticalization&rft.volume=89&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=883-919+889-890%2C+895&rft.date=2013&rft_id=info%3Ahdl%2F11343%2F43148&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A1574534%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2013.0057&rft.aulast=Blythe&rft.aufirst=Joe&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2FLg_89_4_Blythe.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-67"><a href="#cite_ref-67">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFFord1990" class="citation thesis cs1">Ford, Lysbeth Julie (1990). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/10815/8/Ford_L_Master_1990.pdf">The Phonology and Morphology of Bachamal (Wogait)</a> (PDF) (MA thesis). Australian National University. p. 95-98. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200303061205/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/10815/8/Ford_L_Master_1990.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-03-03. Retrieved 2023-11-29.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=The+Phonology+and+Morphology+of+Bachamal+%28Wogait%29&rft.degree=MA&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1990&rft.aulast=Ford&rft.aufirst=Lysbeth+Julie&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F10815%2F8%2FFord_L_Master_1990.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-68"><a href="#cite_ref-68">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFClendon2014" class="citation book cs1">Clendon, Mark (2014). Worrorra: A Language of the North-West Kimberley Coast. Adelaide: University of Adelaide Press. pp. 155–156, 210–214, 224–225, 235. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-922064-59-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-922064-59-2"><bdi>978-1-922064-59-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Worrorra%3A+A+Language+of+the+North-West+Kimberley+Coast&rft.place=Adelaide&rft.pages=155-156%2C+210-214%2C+224-225%2C+235&rft.pub=University+of+Adelaide+Press&rft.date=2014&rft.isbn=978-1-922064-59-2&rft.aulast=Clendon&rft.aufirst=Mark&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Bach2023-69">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Bach2023_69-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Bach2023_69-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBachRound2023" class="citation book cs1">Bach, Xavier; Round, Erich R. (2023). "Suppletion". In <a href="/wiki/Claire_Bowern" title="Claire Bowern">Bowern, Claire</a> (ed.). The Oxford Guide to Australian Languages. Oxford Guides to the World's Languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 328-343 [331]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198824978.003.0029">10.1093/oso/9780198824978.003.0029</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-882497-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-882497-8"><bdi>978-0-19-882497-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Suppletion&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Guide+to+Australian+Languages&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Guides+to+the+World%27s+Languages&rft.pages=328-343+331&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2023&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198824978.003.0029&rft.isbn=978-0-19-882497-8&rft.aulast=Bach&rft.aufirst=Xavier&rft.au=Round%2C+Erich+R.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Berry1999-71">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Berry1999_71-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Berry1999_71-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBerryBerry1999" class="citation book cs1">Berry, Keith; Berry, Christine (1999). A Description of Abun: A West Papuan Language of Irian Jaya. Pacific Linguistics: Series B - no. 115. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 44–45. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-482-0" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-482-0"><bdi>0-85883-482-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Description+of+Abun%3A+A+West+Papuan+Language+of+Irian+Jaya&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+B+-+no.+115&rft.pages=44-45&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1999&rft.isbn=0-85883-482-0&rft.aulast=Berry&rft.aufirst=Keith&rft.au=Berry%2C+Christine&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-72"><a href="#cite_ref-72">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBeimers2008" class="citation thesis cs1">Beimers, Gerry David (2008). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://rune.une.edu.au/1959.11/2367">Pijin: A Grammar of Solomon Islands Pidgin</a> (PhD thesis). University of New England. p. 31. Retrieved 2023-12-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Pijin%3A+A+Grammar+of+Solomon+Islands+Pidgin&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+New+England&rft.date=2008&rft.aulast=Beimers&rft.aufirst=Gerry+David&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Frune.une.edu.au%2F1959.11%2F2367&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-73"><a href="#cite_ref-73">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMulder2020" class="citation thesis cs1">Mulder, Mijke (2020). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://opal.latrobe.edu.au/ndownloader/files/24866600">A Descriptive Grammar of Muklom Tangsa</a> (PhD thesis). La Trobe University. pp. 156–158, 173–174, 262–265, 279, 282–284. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240122174953/https://s3-ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com/figshare-production-eu-latrobe-storage9079-ap-southeast-2/24866600/Thesis.pdf?X-Amz-Algorithm=AWS4-HMAC-SHA256&X-Amz-Credential=AKIARRFKZQ25KW2DIYRU/20240122/ap-southeast-2/s3/aws4_request&X-Amz-Date=20240122T174952Z&X-Amz-Expires=10&X-Amz-SignedHeaders=host&X-Amz-Signature=41cf952ea3f02f46ec2794d850ac63428b4ffbd04c8b0b3a9c043d276fb72c70">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-01-22. Retrieved 2024-01-22.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Descriptive+Grammar+of+Muklom+Tangsa&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=La+Trobe+University&rft.date=2020&rft.aulast=Mulder&rft.aufirst=Mijke&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopal.latrobe.edu.au%2Fndownloader%2Ffiles%2F24866600&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-74"><a href="#cite_ref-74">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOnishi1994" class="citation thesis cs1">Onishi, Masayuki (1994). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/12476">A Grammar of Motuna (Bougainville, Papua New Guinea)</a> (PhD thesis). Australian National University. pp. 11, 72–73. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231211105936/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/12476/1/Onishi%20M%20Thesis%201994.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-11. Retrieved 2024-01-27.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Motuna+%28Bougainville%2C+Papua+New+Guinea%29&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.aulast=Onishi&rft.aufirst=Masayuki&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fhandle%2F1885%2F12476&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2017-75">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2017_75-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2017_75-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2017_75-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbettFeddenFinkel2017" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a>; Fedden, Sebastian; <a href="/wiki/Raphael_Finkel" title="Raphael Finkel">Finkel, Raphael</a> (2017). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://uknowledge.uky.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1013&context=cs_facpub">"Single Versus Concurrent Systems: Nominal Classification in Mian"</a>. Linguistic Typology. 21 (2): 209–260 [246]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1515%2Flingty-2017-0006">10.1515/lingty-2017-0006</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20190427075820/https://uknowledge.uky.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1013&context=cs_facpub">Archived</a> from the original on 2019-04-27. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Typology&rft.atitle=Single+Versus+Concurrent+Systems%3A+Nominal+Classification+in+Mian&rft.volume=21&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=209-260+246&rft.date=2017&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1515%2Flingty-2017-0006&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rft.au=Fedden%2C+Sebastian&rft.au=Finkel%2C+Raphael&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fuknowledge.uky.edu%2Fcgi%2Fviewcontent.cgi%3Farticle%3D1013%26context%3Dcs_facpub&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-76"><a href="#cite_ref-76">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 23. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=23&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Grondona1998-77">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Grondona1998_77-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Grondona1998_77-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGrondona1998" class="citation thesis cs1">Grondona, Verónica María (1998). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://etnolinguistica.wdfiles.com/local--files/tese%3Agrondona-1998/grondona_1998_mocovi.pdf">A Grammar of Mocoví</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Pittsburgh. pp. 11, 51–62. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231014014503/https://etnolinguistica.wdfiles.com/local--files/tese%3Agrondona-1998/grondona_1998_mocovi.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-10-14. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Mocov%C3%AD&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Pittsburgh&rft.date=1998&rft.aulast=Grondona&rft.aufirst=Ver%C3%B3nica+Mar%C3%ADa&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fetnolinguistica.wdfiles.com%2Flocal--files%2Ftese%253Agrondona-1998%2Fgrondona_1998_mocovi.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Ross2011-78">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Ross2011_78-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ross2011_78-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFRoss2011" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Malcolm_Ross_(linguist)" title="Malcolm Ross (linguist)">Ross, Malcolm</a> (2011) [2002]. "Mussau". In <a href="/wiki/John_Lynch_(linguist)" title="John Lynch (linguist)">Lynch, John</a>; <a href="/wiki/Malcolm_Ross_(linguist)" title="Malcolm Ross (linguist)">Ross, Malcolm</a>; <a href="/wiki/Terry_Crowley_(linguist)" title="Terry Crowley (linguist)">Crowley, Terry</a> (eds.). The Oceanic Languages. Routledge Language Family Series. London: Routledge. pp. 148–166 [152]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-203-82038-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-203-82038-4"><bdi>978-0-203-82038-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Mussau&rft.btitle=The+Oceanic+Languages&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Language+Family+Series&rft.pages=148-166+152&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2011&rft.isbn=978-0-203-82038-4&rft.aulast=Ross&rft.aufirst=Malcolm&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Brownie2007-79">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Brownie2007_79-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Brownie2007_79-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBrownieBrownie2007" class="citation book cs1">Brownie, John; Brownie, Marjo (2007). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/13/30/81/13308188451694821564901351327647219855/MussauGrammarEssentials.pdf">Mussau Grammar Essentials</a> (PDF). Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages, vol. 52. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications. pp. 30–35. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-3223-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-3223-2"><bdi>978-9980-0-3223-2</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220611092229/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/13/30/81/13308188451694821564901351327647219855/MussauGrammarEssentials.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-06-11. Retrieved 2024-02-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Mussau+Grammar+Essentials&rft.place=Ukarumpa%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.series=Data+Papers+on+Papua+New+Guinea+Languages%2C+vol.+52&rft.pages=30-35&rft.pub=SIL-PNG+Academic+Publications&rft.date=2007&rft.isbn=978-9980-0-3223-2&rft.aulast=Brownie&rft.aufirst=John&rft.au=Brownie%2C+Marjo&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F13%2F30%2F81%2F13308188451694821564901351327647219855%2FMussauGrammarEssentials.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p25-80">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p25_80-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p25_80-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 25. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=25&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-81"><a href="#cite_ref-81">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 22–23. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=22-23&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-82"><a href="#cite_ref-82">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHeath1980" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Jeffrey_Heath" title="Jeffrey Heath">Heath, Jeffrey</a> (1980). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/159464817.pdf">Basic Materials in Warndarang: Grammar, Texts and Dictionary</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - No. 72. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 22–23. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-219-4" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-219-4"><bdi>0-85883-219-4</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240130223011/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/159464817.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-01-30. Retrieved 2024-01-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Basic+Materials+in+Warndarang%3A+Grammar%2C+Texts+and+Dictionary&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+No.+72&rft.pages=22-23&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1980&rft.isbn=0-85883-219-4&rft.aulast=Heath&rft.aufirst=Jeffrey&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F159464817.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-83"><a href="#cite_ref-83">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOjeda1992" class="citation book cs1">Ojeda, Almerindo E. (1992). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED352828/page/n315/mode/2up">"The Semantics of Number in Arabic"</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Chris_Barker_(linguist)" title="Chris Barker (linguist)">Barker, Chris</a>; <a href="/wiki/David_Dowty" title="David Dowty">Dowty, David</a> (eds.). SALT II: Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory; Held at the Ohio State University, May 1-3, 1992. Working Papers in Linguistics No. 40. Columbus: The Ohio State University Department of Linguistics. pp. 303–326 [317].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Semantics+of+Number+in+Arabic&rft.btitle=SALT+II%3A+Proceedings+from+the+Second+Conference+on+Semantics+and+Linguistic+Theory%3B+Held+at+the+Ohio+State+University%2C+May+1-3%2C+1992&rft.place=Columbus&rft.series=Working+Papers+in+Linguistics+No.+40&rft.pages=303-326+317&rft.pub=The+Ohio+State+University+Department+of+Linguistics&rft.date=1992&rft.aulast=Ojeda&rft.aufirst=Almerindo+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2FERIC_ED352828%2Fpage%2Fn315%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-84"><a href="#cite_ref-84">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFJaradat2023" class="citation journal cs1">Jaradat, Abdulazeez (2023). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.3390%2Flanguages8030183">"When a Dual Marker Acts as a Paucal Marker: The Case of the Dual -e:n in Northern Rural Jordanian Arabic"</a>. Languages. 8 (3) 183: 3, 12. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.3390%2Flanguages8030183">10.3390/languages8030183</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Languages&rft.atitle=When+a+Dual+Marker+Acts+as+a+Paucal+Marker%3A+The+Case+of+the+Dual+-e%3An+in+Northern+Rural+Jordanian+Arabic&rft.volume=8&rft.issue=3&rft.artnum=183&rft.pages=3%2C+12&rft.date=2023&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.3390%2Flanguages8030183&rft.aulast=Jaradat&rft.aufirst=Abdulazeez&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fdoi.org%2F10.3390%252Flanguages8030183&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-85"><a href="#cite_ref-85">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLichtenberk1983" class="citation book cs1">Lichtenberk, Frantisek (1983). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/b58a6fb6-1de4-44aa-9d9b-dd873b736f16/content">A Grammar of Manam</a>. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication No. 18. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. p. 109. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-8248-0764-2" title="Special:BookSources/0-8248-0764-2"><bdi>0-8248-0764-2</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240131055218/https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/b58a6fb6-1de4-44aa-9d9b-dd873b736f16/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-01-31. Retrieved 2024-01-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Manam&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Oceanic+Linguistics+Special+Publication+No.+18&rft.pages=109&rft.pub=University+of+Hawaii+Press&rft.date=1983&rft.isbn=0-8248-0764-2&rft.aulast=Lichtenberk&rft.aufirst=Frantisek&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2Fb58a6fb6-1de4-44aa-9d9b-dd873b736f16%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-86"><a href="#cite_ref-86">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCrowley1982" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Terry_Crowley_(linguist)" title="Terry Crowley (linguist)">Crowley, Terry</a> (1982). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/160608403.pdf">The Paamese language of Vanuatu</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - No. 87. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 1, 81. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.15144%2FPL-B87">10.15144/PL-B87</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-279-8" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-279-8"><bdi>0-85883-279-8</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20210721133749/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/160608403.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2021-07-21. Retrieved 2024-01-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paamese+language+of+Vanuatu&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+No.+87&rft.pages=1%2C+81&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1982&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.15144%2FPL-B87&rft.isbn=0-85883-279-8&rft.aulast=Crowley&rft.aufirst=Terry&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F160608403.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p92-87">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p92_87-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p92_87-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 92. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=92&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-88"><a href="#cite_ref-88">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPiper1989" class="citation thesis cs1">Piper, Nick (1989). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/110341/2/b17380704-Piper_N.pdf">A Sketch Grammar of Meryam Mir</a> (PDF) (MA thesis). Australian National University. pp. 2, 81–83, 88, 99, 104–105, 123, 125–128, 136, 138–139. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230214182625/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/110341/2/b17380704-Piper_N.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-02-14. Retrieved 2024-02-01.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Sketch+Grammar+of+Meryam+Mir&rft.degree=MA&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1989&rft.aulast=Piper&rft.aufirst=Nick&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F110341%2F2%2Fb17380704-Piper_N.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-89"><a href="#cite_ref-89">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFJones2015" class="citation conference cs1">Jones, Stephen (2015). <a href="/wiki/Miriam_Butt" title="Miriam Butt">Butt, Miriam</a>; King, Tracy Holloway (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20210726195029/https://web.stanford.edu/group/cslipublications/cslipublications/LFG/20/papers/lfg15jones.pdf">Number in Meryam Mir</a> (PDF). Lexical Functional Grammar (LGF) '15 Conference. CSLI Publications. Tokyo, Japan. pp. 103–123. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.stanford.edu/group/cslipublications/cslipublications/LFG/20/papers/lfg15jones.pdf">the original</a> (PDF) on 2021-07-26. Retrieved 2024-02-01.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=conference&rft.btitle=Number+in+Meryam+Mir&rft.place=Tokyo%2C+Japan&rft.series=CSLI+Publications&rft.pages=103-123&rft.date=2015&rft.aulast=Jones&rft.aufirst=Stephen&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fweb.stanford.edu%2Fgroup%2Fcslipublications%2Fcslipublications%2FLFG%2F20%2Fpapers%2Flfg15jones.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-90"><a href="#cite_ref-90">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 96–98. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=96-98&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-91"><a href="#cite_ref-91">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDe_Busser2009" class="citation thesis cs1">De Busser, Rik L.J. (2009). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://hcommons.org/deposits/objects/hc:11378/datastreams/CONTENT/content">Towards a Grammar of Takivatan Bunun: Selected Topics</a> (PhD thesis). La Trobe University. pp. 454, 458–459. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240201064520/https://hcommons.org/deposits/objects/hc:11378/datastreams/CONTENT/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-02-01. Retrieved 2024-02-01.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Towards+a+Grammar+of+Takivatan+Bunun%3A+Selected+Topics&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=La+Trobe+University&rft.date=2009&rft.aulast=De+Busser&rft.aufirst=Rik+L.J.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fhcommons.org%2Fdeposits%2Fobjects%2Fhc%3A11378%2Fdatastreams%2FCONTENT%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-92"><a href="#cite_ref-92">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 21, 25, 267–268. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=21%2C+25%2C+267-268&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Cysouw2003p199-93">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p199_93-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p199_93-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 199–203, 297. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=199-203%2C+297&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-94"><a href="#cite_ref-94">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 25n20. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=25n20&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-95"><a href="#cite_ref-95">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBrustad2000" class="citation book cs1">Brustad, Kristen E. (2000). The Syntax of Spoken Arabic: A Comparative Study of Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian, and Kuwaiti Dialects. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press. pp. 45–46. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-87840-789-8" title="Special:BookSources/0-87840-789-8"><bdi>0-87840-789-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Syntax+of+Spoken+Arabic%3A+A+Comparative+Study+of+Moroccan%2C+Egyptian%2C+Syrian%2C+and+Kuwaiti+Dialects&rft.place=Washington%2C+D.C.&rft.pages=45-46&rft.pub=Georgetown+University+Press&rft.date=2000&rft.isbn=0-87840-789-8&rft.aulast=Brustad&rft.aufirst=Kristen+E.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-96"><a href="#cite_ref-96">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFJaradat2023" class="citation journal cs1">Jaradat, Abdulazeez (2023). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.3390%2Flanguages8030183">"When a Dual Marker Acts as a Paucal Marker: The Case of the Dual -e:n in Northern Rural Jordanian Arabic"</a>. Languages. 8 (3) 183. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.3390%2Flanguages8030183">10.3390/languages8030183</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Languages&rft.atitle=When+a+Dual+Marker+Acts+as+a+Paucal+Marker%3A+The+Case+of+the+Dual+-e%3An+in+Northern+Rural+Jordanian+Arabic&rft.volume=8&rft.issue=3&rft.artnum=183&rft.date=2023&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.3390%2Flanguages8030183&rft.aulast=Jaradat&rft.aufirst=Abdulazeez&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fdoi.org%2F10.3390%252Flanguages8030183&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-97"><a href="#cite_ref-97">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 199–200. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=199-200&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Silzer1983-98">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Silzer1983_98-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Silzer1983_98-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSilzer1983" class="citation thesis cs1">Silzer, Peter James (1983). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/110277/2/b11579870-SILZER,%20P.J..pdf">Ambai: An Austronesian Language of Irian Jaya, Indonesia</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). Australian National University. p. 120. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230518162617/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/110277/2/b11579870-SILZER,%20P.J..pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-05-18. Retrieved 2023-08-06.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Ambai%3A+An+Austronesian+Language+of+Irian+Jaya%2C+Indonesia&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1983&rft.aulast=Silzer&rft.aufirst=Peter+James&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F110277%2F2%2Fb11579870-SILZER%2C%2520P.J..pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-99"><a href="#cite_ref-99">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGuy1974" class="citation book cs1">Guy, J.B.M. (1974). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/160608384.pdf">A Grammar of the Northern Dialect of Sakao</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - no. 33. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 8, 28–29, 42. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.15144%2FPL-B33">10.15144/PL-B33</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-858-83-104-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-858-83-104-X"><bdi>0-858-83-104-X</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240202060608/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/160608384.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-02. Retrieved 2024-02-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+the+Northern+Dialect+of+Sakao&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+no.+33&rft.pages=8%2C+28-29%2C+42&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1974&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.15144%2FPL-B33&rft.isbn=0-858-83-104-X&rft.aulast=Guy&rft.aufirst=J.B.M.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F160608384.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-101"><a href="#cite_ref-101">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCapell1962" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Arthur_Capell" title="Arthur Capell">Capell, Arthur</a> (1962). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/2739878">"Oceanic Linguistics Today"</a>. Current Anthropology. 3 (4): 371–428 [374]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F200305">10.1086/200305</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/2739878">2739878</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:144609787">144609787</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Current+Anthropology&rft.atitle=Oceanic+Linguistics+Today&rft.volume=3&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=371-428+374&rft.date=1962&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A144609787%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F2739878%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F200305&rft.aulast=Capell&rft.aufirst=Arthur&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F2739878&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-102"><a href="#cite_ref-102">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWurm1973" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Stephen_Wurm" title="Stephen Wurm">Wurm, S. A.</a> (1973). "The Kiwaian Language Family". In Franklin, Karl (ed.). The Linguistic Situation in the Gulf District and Adjacent Areas, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 26. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 217–260 [227]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-100-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-100-7"><bdi>0-85883-100-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Kiwaian+Language+Family&rft.btitle=The+Linguistic+Situation+in+the+Gulf+District+and+Adjacent+Areas%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+26&rft.pages=217-260+227&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1973&rft.isbn=0-85883-100-7&rft.aulast=Wurm&rft.aufirst=S.+A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-103"><a href="#cite_ref-103">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSchulzPetterson2022" class="citation book cs1">Schulz, Hanna; Petterson, Robert (2022). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/65/71/62/6571622541641722806568811060516711094/Kope_DP_64___final.pdf">Studies in Kope</a> (PDF). Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages, vol. 64. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications. pp. 20–21, 23, 30, 50, 56–57, 59–63, 66, 69. <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/9980-4639-2" title="Special:BookSources/9980-4639-2">9980-4639-2</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240202011714/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/65/71/62/6571622541641722806568811060516711094/Kope_DP_64___final.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-02. Retrieved 2024-02-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Studies+in+Kope&rft.place=Ukarumpa%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.series=Data+Papers+on+Papua+New+Guinea+Languages%2C+vol.+64&rft.pages=20-21%2C+23%2C+30%2C+50%2C+56-57%2C+59-63%2C+66%2C+69&rft.pub=SIL-PNG+Academic+Publications&rft.date=2022&rft.aulast=Schulz&rft.aufirst=Hanna&rft.au=Petterson%2C+Robert&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F65%2F71%2F62%2F6571622541641722806568811060516711094%2FKope_DP_64___final.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-104"><a href="#cite_ref-104">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBrownMuirCraigAnea2016" class="citation book cs1">Brown, Jason; Muir, Alex; Craig, Kimberley; Anea, Karika (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240107232500/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/111328/3/BrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf">A Short Grammar of Urama</a> (PDF). Asia-Pacific Linguistics 32. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 20, 25–27. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-922185-22-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-922185-22-8"><bdi>978-1-922185-22-8</bdi></a>. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/111328/3/BrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf">the original</a> (PDF) on 2024-01-07. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Short+Grammar+of+Urama&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Asia-Pacific+Linguistics+32&rft.pages=20%2C+25-27&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2016&rft.isbn=978-1-922185-22-8&rft.aulast=Brown&rft.aufirst=Jason&rft.au=Muir%2C+Alex&rft.au=Craig%2C+Kimberley&rft.au=Anea%2C+Karika&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F111328%2F3%2FBrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-105"><a href="#cite_ref-105">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSchulzPetterson2022" class="citation book cs1">Schulz, Hanna; Petterson, Robert (2022). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/65/71/62/6571622541641722806568811060516711094/Kope_DP_64___final.pdf">Studies in Kope</a> (PDF). Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages, vol. 64. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications. p. 60. <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/9980-4639-2" title="Special:BookSources/9980-4639-2">9980-4639-2</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240202011714/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/65/71/62/6571622541641722806568811060516711094/Kope_DP_64___final.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-02. Retrieved 2024-02-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Studies+in+Kope&rft.place=Ukarumpa%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.series=Data+Papers+on+Papua+New+Guinea+Languages%2C+vol.+64&rft.pages=60&rft.pub=SIL-PNG+Academic+Publications&rft.date=2022&rft.aulast=Schulz&rft.aufirst=Hanna&rft.au=Petterson%2C+Robert&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F65%2F71%2F62%2F6571622541641722806568811060516711094%2FKope_DP_64___final.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-106"><a href="#cite_ref-106">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDi_Rosa2018" class="citation thesis cs1">Di Rosa, Dario (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/162631283.pdf">Frustrated Modernity: Kerewo Histories and Historical Consciousness, Gulf Province, Papua New Guinea</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). Australian National University. p. viii. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240202035337/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/162631283.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-02. Retrieved 2024-02-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Frustrated+Modernity%3A+Kerewo+Histories+and+Historical+Consciousness%2C+Gulf+Province%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2018&rft.aulast=Di+Rosa&rft.aufirst=Dario&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F162631283.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-108"><a href="#cite_ref-108">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHercus1994" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Luise_Hercus" title="Luise Hercus">Hercus, Luise A.</a> (1994). A Grammar of the Arabana-Wangkangurru Language, Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 128. Canberra: Australian National University. p. 64. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1"><bdi>0-85883-425-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+the+Arabana-Wangkangurru+Language%2C+Lake+Eyre+Basin%2C+South+Australia&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+128&rft.pages=64&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.isbn=0-85883-425-1&rft.aulast=Hercus&rft.aufirst=Luise+A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-109"><a href="#cite_ref-109">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLaidigLaidig1990" class="citation journal cs1">Laidig, Wyn D.; Laidig, Carol J. (1990). "Larike Pronouns: Duals and Trials in a Central Moluccan Language". Oceanic Linguistics. A Special Issue on Western Austronesian Languages. 29 (2): 87–109 [92]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.2307%2F3623187">10.2307/3623187</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/3623187">3623187</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Larike+Pronouns%3A+Duals+and+Trials+in+a+Central+Moluccan+Language&rft.volume=29&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=87-109+92&rft.date=1990&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.2307%2F3623187&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F3623187%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Laidig&rft.aufirst=Wyn+D.&rft.au=Laidig%2C+Carol+J.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-110"><a href="#cite_ref-110">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLynch2000" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/John_Lynch_(linguist)" title="John Lynch (linguist)">Lynch, John</a> (2000). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/146679/1/PL-507.pdf">A Grammar of Anejom̃</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics 507. Canberra: Australian National University. p. 36n1. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.15144%2FPL-507">10.15144/PL-507</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-484-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-484-7"><bdi>0-85883-484-7</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240202063457/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/146679/1/PL-507.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-02. Retrieved 2024-02-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Anejom%CC%83&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics+507&rft.pages=36n1&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2000&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.15144%2FPL-507&rft.isbn=0-85883-484-7&rft.aulast=Lynch&rft.aufirst=John&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F146679%2F1%2FPL-507.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-111"><a href="#cite_ref-111">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPesetsky2013" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/David_Pesetsky" title="David Pesetsky">Pesetsky, David</a> (2013). Russian Case Morphology and the Syntactic Categories. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs 66. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. p. 1. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01972-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01972-9"><bdi>978-0-262-01972-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Russian+Case+Morphology+and+the+Syntactic+Categories&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.series=Linguistic+Inquiry+Monographs+66&rft.pages=1&rft.pub=The+MIT+Press&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-262-01972-9&rft.aulast=Pesetsky&rft.aufirst=David&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-112"><a href="#cite_ref-112">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 270. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=270&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-113"><a href="#cite_ref-113">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLobel2011" class="citation journal cs1">Lobel, Jason William (2011). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Fol.2011.0029">"Pronominal Number in Mongondow-Gorontalo"</a>. Oceanic Linguistics. 50 (2): 543–550. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Fol.2011.0029">10.1353/ol.2011.0029</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Pronominal+Number+in+Mongondow-Gorontalo&rft.volume=50&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=543-550&rft.date=2011&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Fol.2011.0029&rft.aulast=Lobel&rft.aufirst=Jason+William&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fdoi.org%2F10.1353%252Fol.2011.0029&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2012-115">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2012_115-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2012_115-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2012_115-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2012" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2012). Features. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 209–210. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-107-02623-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-107-02623-0"><bdi>978-1-107-02623-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Features&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=209-210&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2012&rft.isbn=978-1-107-02623-0&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-116"><a href="#cite_ref-116">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFFranks1994" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Steven_Franks" title="Steven Franks">Franks, Steven</a> (1994). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/BF00992929">"Parametric Properties of Numeral Phrases in Slavic"</a>. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory. 12 (4): 597–674. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1007%2FBF00992929">10.1007/BF00992929</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:170548920">170548920</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Natural+Language+%26+Linguistic+Theory&rft.atitle=Parametric+Properties+of+Numeral+Phrases+in+Slavic&rft.volume=12&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=597-674&rft.date=1994&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1007%2FBF00992929&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A170548920%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Franks&rft.aufirst=Steven&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Flink.springer.com%2Farticle%2F10.1007%2FBF00992929&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-117"><a href="#cite_ref-117">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPesetsky2013" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/David_Pesetsky" title="David Pesetsky">Pesetsky, David</a> (2013). Russian Case Morphology and the Syntactic Categories. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs 66. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. pp. 1, 133n2, 136n1. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01972-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01972-9"><bdi>978-0-262-01972-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Russian+Case+Morphology+and+the+Syntactic+Categories&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.series=Linguistic+Inquiry+Monographs+66&rft.pages=1%2C+133n2%2C+136n1&rft.pub=The+MIT+Press&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-262-01972-9&rft.aulast=Pesetsky&rft.aufirst=David&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-118"><a href="#cite_ref-118">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFStepanovStateva2018" class="citation journal cs1">Stepanov, Arthur; Stateva, Penka (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/services/aop-cambridge-core/content/view/97F287A2BFF4BE053B448CE637238CCD/S0022226718000130a.pdf/countability_agreement_and_the_loss_of_the_dual_in_russian.pdf">"Countability, Agreement and the Loss of the Dual in Russian"</a> (PDF). Journal of Linguistics. 54 (4): 779–821 [781–782]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1017%2FS0022226718000130">10.1017/S0022226718000130</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220503151036/https://www.cambridge.org/core/services/aop-cambridge-core/content/view/97F287A2BFF4BE053B448CE637238CCD/S0022226718000130a.pdf/countability_agreement_and_the_loss_of_the_dual_in_russian.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-05-03. Retrieved 2024-02-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Journal+of+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Countability%2C+Agreement+and+the+Loss+of+the+Dual+in+Russian&rft.volume=54&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=779-821+781-782&rft.date=2018&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1017%2FS0022226718000130&rft.aulast=Stepanov&rft.aufirst=Arthur&rft.au=Stateva%2C+Penka&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.cambridge.org%2Fcore%2Fservices%2Faop-cambridge-core%2Fcontent%2Fview%2F97F287A2BFF4BE053B448CE637238CCD%2FS0022226718000130a.pdf%2Fcountability_agreement_and_the_loss_of_the_dual_in_russian.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-120"><a href="#cite_ref-120">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBailynNevins2008" class="citation book cs1">Bailyn, John F.; Nevins, Andrew (2008). "Russian Genitive Plurals are Impostors". In Bachrach, Asaf; Nevins, Andrew (eds.). Inflectional Identity. Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 237–270 [263–268]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-921925-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-921925-4"><bdi>978-0-19-921925-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Russian+Genitive+Plurals+are+Impostors&rft.btitle=Inflectional+Identity&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Theoretical+Linguistics&rft.pages=237-270+263-268&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2008&rft.isbn=978-0-19-921925-4&rft.aulast=Bailyn&rft.aufirst=John+F.&rft.au=Nevins%2C+Andrew&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFFranks1994" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Steven_Franks" title="Steven Franks">Franks, Steven</a> (1994). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/BF00992929">"Parametric Properties of Numeral Phrases in Slavic"</a>. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory. 12 (4): 597–674. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1007%2FBF00992929">10.1007/BF00992929</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:170548920">170548920</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Natural+Language+%26+Linguistic+Theory&rft.atitle=Parametric+Properties+of+Numeral+Phrases+in+Slavic&rft.volume=12&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=597-674&rft.date=1994&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1007%2FBF00992929&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A170548920%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Franks&rft.aufirst=Steven&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Flink.springer.com%2Farticle%2F10.1007%2FBF00992929&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMadariagaIgartua2017" class="citation journal cs1">Madariaga, Nerea; Igartua, Iván (2017). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/00806765.2017.1390922">"Idiosyncratic (Dis)agreement Patterns: The Structure and Diachrony of Russian Paucal Subjects"</a>. Scando-Slavica. 63 (2): 99–132. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1080%2F00806765.2017.1390922">10.1080/00806765.2017.1390922</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:149279486">149279486</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Scando-Slavica&rft.atitle=Idiosyncratic+%28Dis%29agreement+Patterns%3A+The+Structure+and+Diachrony+of+Russian+Paucal+Subjects&rft.volume=63&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=99-132&rft.date=2017&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1080%2F00806765.2017.1390922&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A149279486%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Madariaga&rft.aufirst=Nerea&rft.au=Igartua%2C+Iv%C3%A1n&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tandfonline.com%2Fdoi%2Ffull%2F10.1080%2F00806765.2017.1390922&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPesetsky2013" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/David_Pesetsky" title="David Pesetsky">Pesetsky, David</a> (2013). Russian Case Morphology and the Syntactic Categories. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs 66. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01972-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01972-9"><bdi>978-0-262-01972-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Russian+Case+Morphology+and+the+Syntactic+Categories&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.series=Linguistic+Inquiry+Monographs+66&rft.pub=The+MIT+Press&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-262-01972-9&rft.aulast=Pesetsky&rft.aufirst=David&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-121"><a href="#cite_ref-121">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 22n18. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=22n18&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFStepanovStateva2018" class="citation journal cs1">Stepanov, Arthur; Stateva, Penka (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/services/aop-cambridge-core/content/view/97F287A2BFF4BE053B448CE637238CCD/S0022226718000130a.pdf/countability_agreement_and_the_loss_of_the_dual_in_russian.pdf">"Countability, Agreement and the Loss of the Dual in Russian"</a> (PDF). Journal of Linguistics. 54 (4): 779–821 [781–782]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1017%2FS0022226718000130">10.1017/S0022226718000130</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220503151036/https://www.cambridge.org/core/services/aop-cambridge-core/content/view/97F287A2BFF4BE053B448CE637238CCD/S0022226718000130a.pdf/countability_agreement_and_the_loss_of_the_dual_in_russian.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-05-03. Retrieved 2024-02-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Journal+of+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Countability%2C+Agreement+and+the+Loss+of+the+Dual+in+Russian&rft.volume=54&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=779-821+781-782&rft.date=2018&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1017%2FS0022226718000130&rft.aulast=Stepanov&rft.aufirst=Arthur&rft.au=Stateva%2C+Penka&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.cambridge.org%2Fcore%2Fservices%2Faop-cambridge-core%2Fcontent%2Fview%2F97F287A2BFF4BE053B448CE637238CCD%2FS0022226718000130a.pdf%2Fcountability_agreement_and_the_loss_of_the_dual_in_russian.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-122"><a href="#cite_ref-122">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLyskawa2020" class="citation journal cs1">Lyskawa, Paulina (2020). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.glossa-journal.org/article/id/5279/">"The Structure of Polish Numerically-Quantified Expressions"</a>. Glossa: A Journal of General Linguistics. 5 (1): art. 31, 1–37. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.5334%2Fgjgl.880">10.5334/gjgl.880</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230925025543/https://www.glossa-journal.org/article/id/5279/">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-09-25. Retrieved 2024-02-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Glossa%3A+A+Journal+of+General+Linguistics&rft.atitle=The+Structure+of+Polish+Numerically-Quantified+Expressions&rft.volume=5&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=art.+31%2C+1-37&rft.date=2020&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.5334%2Fgjgl.880&rft.aulast=Lyskawa&rft.aufirst=Paulina&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.glossa-journal.org%2Farticle%2Fid%2F5279%2F&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-123"><a href="#cite_ref-123">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDespić2013" class="citation book cs1">Despić, Miloje (2013). "A Note on Paucal, Agreement and Case". In Podobryaev, Alexander (ed.). Annual Workshop on Formal Approaches to Slavic Linguistics: The Second MIT Meeting 2011. Michigan Slavic Materials, 58. Ann Arbor: Michigan Slavic Publications. pp. 57–71. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-936534-09-1" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-936534-09-1"><bdi>978-0-936534-09-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=A+Note+on+Paucal%2C+Agreement+and+Case&rft.btitle=Annual+Workshop+on+Formal+Approaches+to+Slavic+Linguistics%3A+The+Second+MIT+Meeting+2011&rft.place=Ann+Arbor&rft.series=Michigan+Slavic+Materials%2C+58&rft.pages=57-71&rft.pub=Michigan+Slavic+Publications&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-936534-09-1&rft.aulast=Despi%C4%87&rft.aufirst=Miloje&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-124"><a href="#cite_ref-124">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDerbyshire1993" class="citation book cs1">Derbyshire, William W. (1993). A Basic Reference Grammar of Slovene. Columbus, OH: Slavica Publishers. p. 57. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-89357-236-5" title="Special:BookSources/0-89357-236-5"><bdi>0-89357-236-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Basic+Reference+Grammar+of+Slovene&rft.place=Columbus%2C+OH&rft.pages=57&rft.pub=Slavica+Publishers&rft.date=1993&rft.isbn=0-89357-236-5&rft.aulast=Derbyshire&rft.aufirst=William+W.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p26-125">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p26_125-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p26_125-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p26_125-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p26_125-3">d</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 26–29. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=26-29&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-126"><a href="#cite_ref-126">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHutchisson2018" class="citation book cs1">Hutchisson, Don (compiler) (2018). Benroi, Samson; Hutchisson, Sharon (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/15/88/19/158819228519561049250925126870358697031/Full_Sursurunga_Dictionary.pdf">Sálán má Worwor Talas uri tan Kuir Wor Sursurunga (The Meanings and Explanations of Sursurunga Words)</a> (PDF). Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics. pp. 19–20, 23. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-4287-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-4287-3"><bdi>978-9980-0-4287-3</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200406093035/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/15/88/19/158819228519561049250925126870358697031/Full_Sursurunga_Dictionary.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-04-06. Retrieved 2024-02-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Sursurunga-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22sgz%22%3ES%C3%A1l%C3%A1n+m%C3%A1+Worwor+Talas+uri+tan+Kuir+Wor+Sursurunga%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E+%28The+Meanings+and+Explanations+of+Sursurunga+Words%29&rft.place=Ukarumpa%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.pages=19-20%2C+23&rft.pub=Summer+Institute+of+Linguistics&rft.date=2018&rft.isbn=978-9980-0-4287-3&rft.aulast=Hutchisson&rft.aufirst=Don+%28compiler%29&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F15%2F88%2F19%2F158819228519561049250925126870358697031%2FFull_Sursurunga_Dictionary.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-127"><a href="#cite_ref-127">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHutchisson2018" class="citation book cs1">Hutchisson, Don (compiler) (2018). Benroi, Samson; Hutchisson, Sharon (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/15/88/19/158819228519561049250925126870358697031/Full_Sursurunga_Dictionary.pdf">Sálán má Worwor Talas uri tan Kuir Wor Sursurunga (The Meanings and Explanations of Sursurunga Words)</a> (PDF). Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics. p. 20. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-4287-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-9980-0-4287-3"><bdi>978-9980-0-4287-3</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200406093035/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/15/88/19/158819228519561049250925126870358697031/Full_Sursurunga_Dictionary.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-04-06. Retrieved 2024-02-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Sursurunga-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22sgz%22%3ES%C3%A1l%C3%A1n+m%C3%A1+Worwor+Talas+uri+tan+Kuir+Wor+Sursurunga%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E+%28The+Meanings+and+Explanations+of+Sursurunga+Words%29&rft.place=Ukarumpa%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.pages=20&rft.pub=Summer+Institute+of+Linguistics&rft.date=2018&rft.isbn=978-9980-0-4287-3&rft.aulast=Hutchisson&rft.aufirst=Don+%28compiler%29&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F15%2F88%2F19%2F158819228519561049250925126870358697031%2FFull_Sursurunga_Dictionary.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-128"><a href="#cite_ref-128">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 26–30. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=26-30&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 200–203. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=200-203&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185-229 [187, 191, 205, 223n38]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+187%2C+191%2C+205%2C+223n38&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLynchRossCrowley2011" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/John_Lynch_(linguist)" title="John Lynch (linguist)">Lynch, John</a>; <a href="/wiki/Malcolm_Ross_(linguist)" title="Malcolm Ross (linguist)">Ross, Malcolm</a>; <a href="/wiki/Terry_Crowley_(linguist)" title="Terry Crowley (linguist)">Crowley, Terry</a>, eds. (2011) [2002]. The Oceanic Languages. Routledge Language Family Series. London: Routledge. p. 35. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-203-82038-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-203-82038-4"><bdi>978-0-203-82038-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Oceanic+Languages&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Language+Family+Series&rft.pages=35&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2011&rft.isbn=978-0-203-82038-4&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-129"><a href="#cite_ref-129">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBenderCapellePagotto2016" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Byron_W._Bender" title="Byron W. Bender">Bender, Byron W.</a>; Capelle, Alfred; Pagotto, Louise (2016). Marshallese Reference Grammar. PALI Language Texts: Micronesia. Honolulu: University of Hawaiʻi Press. pp. 172–174. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-5993-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-5993-0"><bdi>978-0-8248-5993-0</bdi></a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctvsrh2m">j.ctvsrh2m</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Marshallese+Reference+Grammar&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=PALI+Language+Texts%3A+Micronesia&rft.pages=172-174&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%CA%BBi+Press&rft.date=2016&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2Fj.ctvsrh2m%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-5993-0&rft.aulast=Bender&rft.aufirst=Byron+W.&rft.au=Capelle%2C+Alfred&rft.au=Pagotto%2C+Louise&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBlust2013" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Robert_Blust" title="Robert Blust">Blust, Robert</a> (2013) [2009]. The Austronesian Languages. Pacific Linguistics 602 (2nd ed.). Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 67, 318–319, 332. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-85883-602-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-85883-602-0"><bdi>978-0-85883-602-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Austronesian+Languages&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics+602&rft.pages=67%2C+318-319%2C+332&rft.edition=2nd&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-85883-602-0&rft.aulast=Blust&rft.aufirst=Robert&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKimmelmanBurkovaFilimonova2022" class="citation book cs1">Kimmelman, Vadim; Burkova, Svetlana; Filimonova, Elizaveta (2022). "Number in Russian Sign Language". In Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (eds.). Number in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Comparative Handbooks of Linguistics, vol. 5. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 805–832 [809–811]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5"><bdi>978-3-11-056069-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+in+Russian+Sign+Language&rft.btitle=Number+in+the+World%27s+Languages%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Comparative+Handbooks+of+Linguistics%2C+vol.+5&rft.pages=805-832+809-811&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-056069-5&rft.aulast=Kimmelman&rft.aufirst=Vadim&rft.au=Burkova%2C+Svetlana&rft.au=Filimonova%2C+Elizaveta&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFVerhaar1995" class="citation book cs1">Verhaar, John W. M. (1995). Toward a Reference Grammar of Tok Pisin: An Experiment in Corpus Linguistics. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication no. 26. Honolulu: University of Hawaiʻi Press. pp. 19–20. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-1672-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-1672-8"><bdi>978-0-8248-1672-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Toward+a+Reference+Grammar+of+Tok+Pisin%3A+An+Experiment+in+Corpus+Linguistics&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Oceanic+Linguistics+Special+Publication+no.+26&rft.pages=19-20&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%CA%BBi+Press&rft.date=1995&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-1672-8&rft.aulast=Verhaar&rft.aufirst=John+W.+M.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-130"><a href="#cite_ref-130">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHutchisson1986" class="citation book cs1">Hutchisson, Don (1986). "Sursurunga Pronouns and the Special Uses of Quadral Number". In Wiesemann, Ursula (ed.). Pronominal Systems. Continuum: Schriftenreihe zur Linguistik, bd. 5. Tübingen, Germany: Gunter Narr. pp. 1–20. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/3-87808-335-1" title="Special:BookSources/3-87808-335-1"><bdi>3-87808-335-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Sursurunga+Pronouns+and+the+Special+Uses+of+Quadral+Number&rft.btitle=Pronominal+Systems&rft.place=T%C3%BCbingen%2C+Germany&rft.series=Continuum%3A+Schriftenreihe+zur+Linguistik%2C+bd.+5&rft.pages=1-20&rft.pub=Gunter+Narr&rft.date=1986&rft.isbn=3-87808-335-1&rft.aulast=Hutchisson&rft.aufirst=Don&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-131"><a href="#cite_ref-131">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCrystal2000" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/David_Crystal" title="David Crystal">Crystal, David</a> (2000). Language Death. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 58. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-521-01271-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-521-01271-3"><bdi>978-0-521-01271-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Language+Death&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.pages=58&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2000&rft.isbn=978-0-521-01271-3&rft.aulast=Crystal&rft.aufirst=David&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Tryon1987-132">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Tryon1987_132-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Tryon1987_132-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Tryon1987_132-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFTryon1987" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Darrell_Tryon" title="Darrell Tryon">Tryon, Darrell T.</a> (1987). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/263015/1/PL-D72.pdf">Bislama: An Introduction to the National Language of Vanuatu</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics: Series D - no. 72. Canberra: Australian National University. p. 19. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-361-1" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-361-1"><bdi>0-85883-361-1</bdi></a>. Retrieved 29 April 2024.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Bislama%3A+An+Introduction+to+the+National+Language+of+Vanuatu&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+D+-+no.+72&rft.pages=19&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1987&rft.isbn=0-85883-361-1&rft.aulast=Tryon&rft.aufirst=Darrell+T.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F263015%2F1%2FPL-D72.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-133"><a href="#cite_ref-133">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFJourdan2008" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Jourdan, Christine (2008). "Solomon Islands Pijin: Morphology and Syntax". In <a href="/wiki/Kate_Burridge" title="Kate Burridge">Burridge, Kate</a>; Kortmann, Bernd (eds.). Varieties of English. Vol. 3, The Pacific and Australasia. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 467–487 [474]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-019637-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-019637-5"><bdi>978-3-11-019637-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Solomon+Islands+Pijin%3A+Morphology+and+Syntax&rft.btitle=Varieties+of+English&rft.place=Berlin&rft.pages=467-487+474&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2008&rft.isbn=978-3-11-019637-5&rft.aulast=Jourdan&rft.aufirst=Christine&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Baker1980-134">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Baker1980_134-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Baker1980_134-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBaker-ShenkCokely1991" class="citation book cs1">Baker-Shenk, Charlotte; Cokely, Dennis (1991) [1980]. American Sign Language: A Teacher's Resource Text on Grammar and Culture. Washington, D.C.: Gallaudet University Press. pp. 213–214, 370. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-930323-84-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-930323-84-X"><bdi>0-930323-84-X</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=American+Sign+Language%3A+A+Teacher%27s+Resource+Text+on+Grammar+and+Culture&rft.place=Washington%2C+D.C.&rft.pages=213-214%2C+370&rft.pub=Gallaudet+University+Press&rft.date=1991&rft.isbn=0-930323-84-X&rft.aulast=Baker-Shenk&rft.aufirst=Charlotte&rft.au=Cokely%2C+Dennis&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Neidle2015-135">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Neidle2015_135-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Neidle2015_135-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNeidleNash2015" class="citation book cs1">Neidle, Carol; Nash, Joan Cottle Poole (2015). "American Sign Language". In Jepsen, Julie Bakken; De Clerck, Goedele; Lutalo-Kiingi, Sam; <a href="/wiki/William_B._McGregor" title="William B. McGregor">McGregor, William B.</a> (eds.). Sign Languages of the World: A Comparative Handbook. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 31–70 [46]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-796-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-796-2"><bdi>978-1-61451-796-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=American+Sign+Language&rft.btitle=Sign+Languages+of+the+World%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.pages=31-70+46&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2015&rft.isbn=978-1-61451-796-2&rft.aulast=Neidle&rft.aufirst=Carol&rft.au=Nash%2C+Joan+Cottle+Poole&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Caceres2017-136">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Caceres2017_136-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Caceres2017_136-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCaceres2017" class="citation thesis cs1">Caceres, Roman (2017). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://commons.und.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3104">Lexical Categories in Lengua de Señas Argentina</a> (MA thesis). University of North Dakota. pp. 123–124, 212. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230424124627/https://commons.und.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3104&context=theses">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-04-24. Retrieved 2024-01-24.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Lexical+Categories+in+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Spanish-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22es%22%3ELengua+de+Se%C3%B1as+Argentina%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.degree=MA&rft.inst=University+of+North+Dakota&rft.date=2017&rft.aulast=Caceres&rft.aufirst=Roman&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcommons.und.edu%2Fcgi%2Fviewcontent.cgi%3Farticle%3D3104&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-137"><a href="#cite_ref-137">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAlmeida-SilvaTaveira_da_CruzMartins-Paraguassu2020" class="citation book cs1">Almeida-Silva, Anderson; Taveira da Cruz, Ronald; Martins-Paraguassu, Nize (2020). "Evidence for Determiners (Articles) in Brazilian Sign Language: An Analysis of the Syntactic-Semantic Evidence Found in Nominals". In Quadros, Ronice Müller de (ed.). Brazilian Sign Language Studies. Sign Languages and Deaf Communities, vol. 11. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 155–175 [162]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-5015-1640-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-5015-1640-5"><bdi>978-1-5015-1640-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Evidence+for+Determiners+%28Articles%29+in+Brazilian+Sign+Language%3A+An+Analysis+of+the+Syntactic-Semantic+Evidence+Found+in+Nominals&rft.btitle=Brazilian+Sign+Language+Studies&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Sign+Languages+and+Deaf+Communities%2C+vol.+11&rft.pages=155-175+162&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2020&rft.isbn=978-1-5015-1640-5&rft.aulast=Almeida-Silva&rft.aufirst=Anderson&rft.au=Taveira+da+Cruz%2C+Ronald&rft.au=Martins-Paraguassu%2C+Nize&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Sutton1999-138">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Sutton1999_138-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Sutton1999_138-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSutton-SpenceWoll1999" class="citation book cs1">Sutton-Spence, Rachel; <a href="/wiki/Bencie_Woll" title="Bencie Woll">Woll, Bencie</a> (1999). The Linguistics of British Sign Language: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 42–43. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-521-63142-6" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-521-63142-6"><bdi>978-0-521-63142-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Linguistics+of+British+Sign+Language%3A+An+Introduction&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.pages=42-43&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=1999&rft.isbn=978-0-521-63142-6&rft.aulast=Sutton-Spence&rft.aufirst=Rachel&rft.au=Woll%2C+Bencie&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-139"><a href="#cite_ref-139">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMacurováBímová2001" class="citation journal cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Macurová, Alena; Bímová, Petra (2001). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220120091219/http://dspace.specpeda.cz/bitstream/handle/0/670/285-304.pdf">"Poznáváme Český Znakový Jazyk II. (Slovesa a Jejich Typy)"</a> (PDF). Speciální Pedagogika (in Czech). 11 (5): 285–296 [286]. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://dspace.specpeda.cz/bitstream/handle/0/670/285-304.pdf">the original</a> (PDF) on 2022-01-20. Retrieved 2023-11-29.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Speci%C3%A1ln%C3%AD+Pedagogika&rft.atitle=Pozn%C3%A1v%C3%A1me+%C4%8Cesk%C3%BD+Znakov%C3%BD+Jazyk+II.+%28Slovesa+a+Jejich+Typy%29&rft.volume=11&rft.issue=5&rft.pages=285-296+286&rft.date=2001&rft.aulast=Macurov%C3%A1&rft.aufirst=Alena&rft.au=B%C3%ADmov%C3%A1%2C+Petra&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fdspace.specpeda.cz%2Fbitstream%2Fhandle%2F0%2F670%2F285-304.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Illmer2019a-140">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Illmer2019a_140-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Illmer2019a_140-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFIllmer2019" class="citation conference cs1">Illmer, Britta (2019). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240125202213/https://fiona.uni-hamburg.de/82b0d2a4/conferencehandbook.pdf#page=253">The Trial Caught in the Middle. An Analysis of the Trial in DGS as a Phenomenon Between Dual and Paucal</a> (PDF). 13th Conference of Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research (TISLR13). Hamburg, Germany. pp. 251–252. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://fiona.uni-hamburg.de/82b0d2a4/conferencehandbook.pdf#page=253">the original</a> (PDF) on 2024-01-25. Retrieved 2024-01-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=conference&rft.btitle=The+Trial+Caught+in+the+Middle.+An+Analysis+of+the+Trial+in+DGS+as+a+Phenomenon+Between+Dual+and+Paucal&rft.place=Hamburg%2C+Germany&rft.pages=251-252&rft.date=2019&rft.aulast=Illmer&rft.aufirst=Britta&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Ffiona.uni-hamburg.de%2F82b0d2a4%2Fconferencehandbook.pdf%23page%3D253&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Illmer2019b-141">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Illmer2019b_141-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Illmer2019b_141-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFIllmer2019" class="citation audio-visual cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source-2">Illmer, Britta (September 27, 2019). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240125173747/https://fiona.uni-hamburg.de/82b0d2a4/tislr13signopsisbrittaillmer.mp4">The Trial Caught in the Middle. An Analysis of the Trial in DGS as a Phenomenon Between Dual and Paucal</a> (Video presentation) (in German Sign Language and English). Hamburg, Germany: 13th Conference of Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research (TISLR13), University of Hamburg. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://fiona.uni-hamburg.de/82b0d2a4/tislr13signopsisbrittaillmer.mp4">the original</a> (MP4) on 2024-01-25. Retrieved 2024-01-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=unknown&rft.btitle=The+Trial+Caught+in+the+Middle.+An+Analysis+of+the+Trial+in+DGS+as+a+Phenomenon+Between+Dual+and+Paucal&rft.place=Hamburg%2C+Germany&rft.pub=13th+Conference+of+Theoretical+Issues+in+Sign+Language+Research+%28TISLR13%29%2C+University+of+Hamburg&rft.date=2019-09-27&rft.aulast=Illmer&rft.aufirst=Britta&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Ffiona.uni-hamburg.de%2F82b0d2a4%2Ftislr13signopsisbrittaillmer.mp4&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-142"><a href="#cite_ref-142">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLam2003" class="citation thesis cs1">Lam, Wai-sze (2003). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/48540099.pdf">Verb Agreement in Hong Kong Sign Language</a> (PDF) (MPhil thesis). Chinese University of Hong Kong. p. 208. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20190320015142/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/48540099.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2019-03-20. Retrieved 2023-08-01.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Verb+Agreement+in+Hong+Kong+Sign+Language&rft.degree=MPhil&rft.inst=Chinese+University+of+Hong+Kong&rft.date=2003&rft.aulast=Lam&rft.aufirst=Wai-sze&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F48540099.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Cumberbatch2015-143">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Cumberbatch2015_143-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Cumberbatch2015_143-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCumberbatch2015" class="citation book cs1">Cumberbatch, Keren (2015). "Jamaican Sign Language". In Jepsen, Julie Bakken; De Clerck, Goedele; Lutalo-Kiingi, Sam; <a href="/wiki/William_B._McGregor" title="William B. McGregor">McGregor, William B.</a> (eds.). Sign Languages of the World: A Comparative Handbook. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 511–527 [517]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-796-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-796-2"><bdi>978-1-61451-796-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Jamaican+Sign+Language&rft.btitle=Sign+Languages+of+the+World%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.pages=511-527+517&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2015&rft.isbn=978-1-61451-796-2&rft.aulast=Cumberbatch&rft.aufirst=Keren&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-144"><a href="#cite_ref-144">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCumberbatch2015" class="citation book cs1">Cumberbatch, Keren (2015). "Konchri Sain". In Jepsen, Julie Bakken; De Clerck, Goedele; Lutalo-Kiingi, Sam; <a href="/wiki/William_B._McGregor" title="William B. McGregor">McGregor, William B.</a> (eds.). Sign Languages of the World: A Comparative Handbook. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 553–565 [559]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-796-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-796-2"><bdi>978-1-61451-796-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Konchri+Sain&rft.btitle=Sign+Languages+of+the+World%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.pages=553-565+559&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2015&rft.isbn=978-1-61451-796-2&rft.aulast=Cumberbatch&rft.aufirst=Keren&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Versteegh2009-145">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Versteegh2009_145-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Versteegh2009_145-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Versteegh2009_145-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHendriksZeshan2009" class="citation encyclopaedia cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Hendriks, Bernadet; <a href="/wiki/Ulrike_Zeshan" title="Ulrike Zeshan">Zeshan, Ulrike</a> (2009). "Sign Languages". In <a href="/wiki/Kees_Versteegh" title="Kees Versteegh">Versteegh, Kees</a>; Eid, Mushira; Elgibali, Alaa; Woidich, Manfred; Zaborski, Andrzej (eds.). Encyclopedia of Arabic Language And Linguistics. Vol. 4, Q–Z. Leiden, Netherlands: Brill. pp. 222–235 [228]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-90-04-14476-7" title="Special:BookSources/978-90-04-14476-7"><bdi>978-90-04-14476-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Sign+Languages&rft.btitle=Encyclopedia+of+Arabic+Language+And+Linguistics&rft.place=Leiden%2C+Netherlands&rft.pages=222-235+228&rft.pub=Brill&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-90-04-14476-7&rft.aulast=Hendriks&rft.aufirst=Bernadet&rft.au=Zeshan%2C+Ulrike&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-146"><a href="#cite_ref-146">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcKee2015" class="citation book cs1">McKee, Rachel (2015). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://books.google.com/books?id=fbexCQAAQBAJ&pg=PP48">New Zealand Sign Language: A Reference Grammar</a>. Wellington, New Zealand: Bridget Williams Books. p. [13] of Chapter 2 (no page numbers). <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-927277-30-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-927277-30-0"><bdi>978-1-927277-30-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=New+Zealand+Sign+Language%3A+A+Reference+Grammar&rft.place=Wellington%2C+New+Zealand&rft.pages=p.+13+of+Chapter+2+%28no+page+numbers%29&rft.pub=Bridget+Williams+Books&rft.date=2015&rft.isbn=978-1-927277-30-0&rft.aulast=McKee&rft.aufirst=Rachel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fbooks.google.com%2Fbooks%3Fid%3DfbexCQAAQBAJ%26pg%3DPP48&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Kimmelman2022-147">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Kimmelman2022_147-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Kimmelman2022_147-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKimmelmanBurkovaFilimonova2022" class="citation book cs1">Kimmelman, Vadim; Burkova, Svetlana; Filimonova, Elizaveta (2022). "Number in Russian Sign Language". In Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (eds.). Number in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Comparative Handbooks of Linguistics, vol. 5. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 805–832 [809–811]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5"><bdi>978-3-11-056069-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+in+Russian+Sign+Language&rft.btitle=Number+in+the+World%27s+Languages%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Comparative+Handbooks+of+Linguistics%2C+vol.+5&rft.pages=805-832+809-811&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-056069-5&rft.aulast=Kimmelman&rft.aufirst=Vadim&rft.au=Burkova%2C+Svetlana&rft.au=Filimonova%2C+Elizaveta&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Lutalo2014-148">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Lutalo2014_148-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Lutalo2014_148-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Lutalo2014_148-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Lutalo2014_148-3">d</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Lutalo2014_148-4">e</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLutalo-Kiingi2014" class="citation thesis cs1">Lutalo-Kiingi, Sam (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/20544623.pdf">A Descriptive Grammar of Morphosyntactic Constructions in Ugandan Sign Language (UgSL)</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Central Lancashire. pp. 197–199. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230731103151/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/20544623.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-07-31. Retrieved 2023-07-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Descriptive+Grammar+of+Morphosyntactic+Constructions+in+Ugandan+Sign+Language+%28UgSL%29&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Central+Lancashire&rft.date=2014&rft.aulast=Lutalo-Kiingi&rft.aufirst=Sam&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F20544623.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-150"><a href="#cite_ref-150">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcBurney2002" class="citation book cs1">McBurney, Susan Lloyd (2002). "Pronominal Reference in Signed and Spoken Language: Are Grammatical Categories Modality-Dependent?". In Meier, Richard P.; Cormier, Kearsy; Quinto-Pozos, David (eds.). Modality and Structure in Signed and Spoken Languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 329–369 [340]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-521-80385-3" title="Special:BookSources/0-521-80385-3"><bdi>0-521-80385-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Pronominal+Reference+in+Signed+and+Spoken+Language%3A+Are+Grammatical+Categories+Modality-Dependent%3F&rft.btitle=Modality+and+Structure+in+Signed+and+Spoken+Languages&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.pages=329-369+340&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2002&rft.isbn=0-521-80385-3&rft.aulast=McBurney&rft.aufirst=Susan+Lloyd&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-151"><a href="#cite_ref-151">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFÞorvaldsdóttir2011" class="citation thesis cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Þorvaldsdóttir, Kristín Lena (2011). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://skemman.is/bitstream/1946/9997/4/Sagnir%20i%20%20%20%20%20%20taknm%c3%a1lum_MA%20ritgerd_KL%c3%9e%202011.pdf">Sagnir í Íslenska Táknmálinu: Formleg Einkenni og Málfræðilegar Formdeildir</a> (PDF) (MA thesis) (in Icelandic). University of Iceland. p. 13. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230103052532/https://skemman.is/bitstream/1946/9997/4/Sagnir%20i%20%20%20%20%20%20taknm%C3%A1lum_MA%20ritgerd_KL%C3%9E%202011.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-01-03. Retrieved 2024-01-25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Icelandic-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22is%22%3ESagnir+%C3%AD+%C3%8Dslenska+T%C3%A1knm%C3%A1linu%3A+Formleg+Einkenni+og+M%C3%A1lfr%C3%A6%C3%B0ilegar+Formdeildir%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.degree=MA&rft.inst=University+of+Iceland&rft.date=2011&rft.aulast=%C3%9Eorvaldsd%C3%B3ttir&rft.aufirst=Krist%C3%ADn+Lena&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fskemman.is%2Fbitstream%2F1946%2F9997%2F4%2FSagnir%2520i%2520%2520%2520%2520%2520%2520taknm%25c3%25a1lum_MA%2520ritgerd_KL%25c3%259e%25202011.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-153"><a href="#cite_ref-153">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMiljan2003" class="citation journal cs1">Miljan, Merilin (2003). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://kirj.ee/wp-content/plugins/kirj/pub/Trames-3-2003-203-223_20230313133502.pdf">"Number in Estonian Sign Language"</a> (PDF). TRAMES. 7 (3): 203–223 [206–209]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.3176%2Ftr.2003.3.04">10.3176/tr.2003.3.04</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:146721613">146721613</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230731084205/https://kirj.ee/wp-content/plugins/kirj/pub/Trames-3-2003-203-223_20230313133502.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-07-31. Retrieved 2023-07-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=TRAMES&rft.atitle=Number+in+Estonian+Sign+Language&rft.volume=7&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=203-223+206-209&rft.date=2003&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.3176%2Ftr.2003.3.04&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A146721613%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Miljan&rft.aufirst=Merilin&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fkirj.ee%2Fwp-content%2Fplugins%2Fkirj%2Fpub%2FTrames-3-2003-203-223_20230313133502.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-154"><a href="#cite_ref-154">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBender1969" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Byron_W._Bender" title="Byron W. Bender">Bender, Byron W.</a> (1969). Spoken Marshallese: An Intensive Language Course with Grammatical Notes and Glossary. PALI Language Texts: Micronesia. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. pp. 5, 8–9. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-87022-070-5" title="Special:BookSources/0-87022-070-5"><bdi>0-87022-070-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Spoken+Marshallese%3A+An+Intensive+Language+Course+with+Grammatical+Notes+and+Glossary&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=PALI+Language+Texts%3A+Micronesia&rft.pages=5%2C+8-9&rft.pub=University+of+Hawaii+Press&rft.date=1969&rft.isbn=0-87022-070-5&rft.aulast=Bender&rft.aufirst=Byron+W.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Bender2016-155">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Bender2016_155-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Bender2016_155-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Bender2016_155-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Bender2016_155-3">d</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBenderCapellePagotto2016" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Byron_W._Bender" title="Byron W. Bender">Bender, Byron W.</a>; Capelle, Alfred; Pagotto, Louise (2016). Marshallese Reference Grammar. PALI Language Texts: Micronesia. Honolulu: University of Hawaiʻi Press. pp. 172–174. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-5993-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-5993-0"><bdi>978-0-8248-5993-0</bdi></a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctvsrh2m">j.ctvsrh2m</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Marshallese+Reference+Grammar&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=PALI+Language+Texts%3A+Micronesia&rft.pages=172-174&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%CA%BBi+Press&rft.date=2016&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2Fj.ctvsrh2m%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-5993-0&rft.aulast=Bender&rft.aufirst=Byron+W.&rft.au=Capelle%2C+Alfred&rft.au=Pagotto%2C+Louise&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-156"><a href="#cite_ref-156">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 26–30. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=26-30&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Cowper2022-157">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Cowper2022_157-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Cowper2022_157-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCowperHall2022" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Elizabeth_Cowper" title="Elizabeth Cowper">Cowper, Elizabeth</a>; Hall, Daniel Currie (2022). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://muse.jhu.edu/pub/122/article/864682/pdf">"Morphosemantic Features in Universal Grammar: What We Can Learn from Marshallese Pronouns and Demonstratives"</a>. The Canadian Journal of Linguistics. 67 (3): 242–266 [245–246]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1017%2Fcnj.2022.25">10.1017/cnj.2022.25</a>. Retrieved 2024-01-26.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=The+Canadian+Journal+of+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Morphosemantic+Features+in+Universal+Grammar%3A+What+We+Can+Learn+from+Marshallese+Pronouns+and+Demonstratives&rft.volume=67&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=242-266+245-246&rft.date=2022&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1017%2Fcnj.2022.25&rft.aulast=Cowper&rft.aufirst=Elizabeth&rft.au=Hall%2C+Daniel+Currie&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fmuse.jhu.edu%2Fpub%2F122%2Farticle%2F864682%2Fpdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-158"><a href="#cite_ref-158">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCapell1962" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Arthur_Capell" title="Arthur Capell">Capell, Arthur</a> (1962). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/2739878">"Oceanic Linguistics Today"</a>. Current Anthropology. 3 (4): 371–428 [385]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F200305">10.1086/200305</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/2739878">2739878</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:144609787">144609787</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Current+Anthropology&rft.atitle=Oceanic+Linguistics+Today&rft.volume=3&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=371-428+385&rft.date=1962&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A144609787%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F2739878%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F200305&rft.aulast=Capell&rft.aufirst=Arthur&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F2739878&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-159"><a href="#cite_ref-159">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSato2013" class="citation thesis cs1">Sato, Hiroko (2013). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/45198c76-a0aa-4b9c-ae00-6656ea75bfed/content">Grammar of Kove: An Austronesian Language of the West New Britain Province, Papua New Guinea</a> (PhD thesis). University of Hawaiʻi at Mānoa. pp. 113–115. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240319191554/https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/45198c76-a0aa-4b9c-ae00-6656ea75bfed/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-19. Retrieved 2024-03-19.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Grammar+of+Kove%3A+An+Austronesian+Language+of+the+West+New+Britain+Province%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Hawai%CA%BBi+at+M%C4%81noa&rft.date=2013&rft.aulast=Sato&rft.aufirst=Hiroko&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F45198c76-a0aa-4b9c-ae00-6656ea75bfed%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-160"><a href="#cite_ref-160">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBlust2013" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Robert_Blust" title="Robert Blust">Blust, Robert</a> (2013) [2009]. The Austronesian Languages. Pacific Linguistics 602 (2nd ed.). Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 67, 318–319. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-85883-602-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-85883-602-0"><bdi>978-0-85883-602-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Austronesian+Languages&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics+602&rft.pages=67%2C+318-319&rft.edition=2nd&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-85883-602-0&rft.aulast=Blust&rft.aufirst=Robert&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Smith2017-161">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Smith2017_161-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Smith2017_161-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Smith2017_161-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSmith2017" class="citation journal cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Smith, Alexander D. (2017). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://evols.library.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/1880536c-4922-4669-a999-62f363b6b56d/content#page=57">"Reconstructing Proto Kenyah Pronouns and the Development of a True Five Number System"</a>. Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society. JSEALS Special Publication No. 1, Issues in Austronesian Historical Linguistics. University of Hawai‘i Press: 48–66. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230805125809/https://evols.library.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/1880536c-4922-4669-a999-62f363b6b56d/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-08-05. Retrieved 2023-08-05.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Journal+of+the+Southeast+Asian+Linguistics+Society&rft.atitle=Reconstructing+Proto+Kenyah+Pronouns+and+the+Development+of+a+True+Five+Number+System&rft.volume=JSEALS+Special+Publication+No.+1%2C+%27%27Issues+in+Austronesian+Historical+Linguistics%27%27&rft.pages=48-66&rft.date=2017&rft.aulast=Smith&rft.aufirst=Alexander+D.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fevols.library.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F1880536c-4922-4669-a999-62f363b6b56d%2Fcontent%23page%3D57&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-162"><a href="#cite_ref-162">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSoriente2018" class="citation journal cs1">Soriente, Antonia (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.ethnorema.it/wp-content/uploads/14-03-Soriente.pdf">"Deixis in Borneo: Kenyah and Punan"</a> (PDF). Ethnorêma. 14: 1–34 [25]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.23814%2Fethn.14.18.sor">10.23814/ethn.14.18.sor</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230311024950/https://www.ethnorema.it/wp-content/uploads/14-03-Soriente.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-03-11. Retrieved 2024-01-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Ethnor%C3%AAma&rft.atitle=Deixis+in+Borneo%3A+Kenyah+and+Punan&rft.volume=14&rft.pages=1-34+25&rft.date=2018&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.23814%2Fethn.14.18.sor&rft.aulast=Soriente&rft.aufirst=Antonia&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.ethnorema.it%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F14-03-Soriente.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-163"><a href="#cite_ref-163">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHughes2020" class="citation thesis cs1">Hughes, Kevin (2020). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://academicworks.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4653&context=gc_etds">The Synchronic and Diachronic Phonology of Nauruan: Towards a Definitive Classification of an Understudied Micronesian Language</a> (PhD thesis). City University of New York. p. 261. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230502140936/https://academicworks.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4653&context=gc_etds">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-05-02. Retrieved 2024-01-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=The+Synchronic+and+Diachronic+Phonology+of+Nauruan%3A+Towards+a+Definitive+Classification+of+an+Understudied+Micronesian+Language&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=City+University+of+New+York&rft.date=2020&rft.aulast=Hughes&rft.aufirst=Kevin&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Facademicworks.cuny.edu%2Fcgi%2Fviewcontent.cgi%3Farticle%3D4653%26context%3Dgc_etds&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-164"><a href="#cite_ref-164">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCallow1962" class="citation thesis cs1">Callow, John Campbell (1962). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/29420/1/10731576.pdf">The Apinayé Language: Phonology and Grammar</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of London. p. 115n3. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200615133017/https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/29420/1/10731576.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-06-15. Retrieved 2023-11-24.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=The+Apinay%C3%A9+Language%3A+Phonology+and+Grammar&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+London&rft.date=1962&rft.aulast=Callow&rft.aufirst=John+Campbell&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Feprints.soas.ac.uk%2F29420%2F1%2F10731576.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-165"><a href="#cite_ref-165">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 197n5. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=197n5&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-166"><a href="#cite_ref-166">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKrifka2006" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Manfred_Krifka" title="Manfred Krifka">Krifka, Manfred</a> (2006). "A Note on the Pronoun System and the Predicate Marker in Tok Pisin". In Brandt, Patrick; Fuss, Eric (eds.). Form, Structure, and Grammar: A Festschrift Presented to Günther Grewendorf on Occasion of His 60th Birthday. Studia Grammatica 63. Berlin: Akademie Verlag. pp. 79–91 [80]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-05-004224-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-05-004224-4"><bdi>978-3-05-004224-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=A+Note+on+the+Pronoun+System+and+the+Predicate+Marker+in+Tok+Pisin&rft.btitle=Form%2C+Structure%2C+and+Grammar%3A+A+Festschrift+Presented+to+G%C3%BCnther+Grewendorf+on+Occasion+of+His+60th+Birthday&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Studia+Grammatica+63&rft.pages=79-91+80&rft.pub=Akademie+Verlag&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-3-05-004224-4&rft.aulast=Krifka&rft.aufirst=Manfred&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Ross1988-167">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Ross1988_167-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ross1988_167-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFRoss1988" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Malcolm_Ross_(linguist)" title="Malcolm Ross (linguist)">Ross, M. D.</a> (1988). Proto Oceanic and the Austronesian Languages of Western Melanesia. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 98. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 101, 334, 344. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-367-0" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-367-0"><bdi>0-85883-367-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Proto+Oceanic+and+the+Austronesian+Languages+of+Western+Melanesia&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+98&rft.pages=101%2C+334%2C+344&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1988&rft.isbn=0-85883-367-0&rft.aulast=Ross&rft.aufirst=M.+D.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-168"><a href="#cite_ref-168">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCapell1971" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol"><a href="/wiki/Arthur_Capell" title="Arthur Capell">Capell, A.</a> (1971). "The Austronesian Languages of Australian New Guinea". In <a href="/wiki/Thomas_Sebeok" title="Thomas Sebeok">Sebeok, Thomas A.</a> (ed.). Current Trends in Linguistics. Vol. 8, Linguistics in Oceania. Bk. 1, Indigenous Languages. The Hague: Mouton. pp. 240–340 [260–262]. <a href="/wiki/LCCN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="LCCN (identifier)">LCCN</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://lccn.loc.gov/64-3663">64-3663</a>. <a href="/wiki/OCLC_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="OCLC (identifier)">OCLC</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://search.worldcat.org/oclc/8682227">8682227</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Austronesian+Languages+of+Australian+New+Guinea&rft.btitle=Current+Trends+in+Linguistics&rft.place=The+Hague&rft.pages=240-340+260-262&rft.pub=Mouton&rft.date=1971&rft_id=info%3Aoclcnum%2F8682227&rft_id=info%3Alccn%2F64-3663&rft.aulast=Capell&rft.aufirst=A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-169"><a href="#cite_ref-169">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKamholz2014" class="citation thesis cs1">Kamholz, David Christopher (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://escholarship.org/content/qt6nj8g0b3/qt6nj8g0b3.pdf">Austronesians in Papua: Diversification and Change in South Halmahera–West New Guinea</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of California, Berkeley. p. 120. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220426161839/https://escholarship.org/content/qt6nj8g0b3/qt6nj8g0b3.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-04-26. Retrieved 2023-08-05.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Austronesians+in+Papua%3A+Diversification+and+Change+in+South+Halmahera%E2%80%93West+New+Guinea&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+California%2C+Berkeley&rft.date=2014&rft.aulast=Kamholz&rft.aufirst=David+Christopher&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fescholarship.org%2Fcontent%2Fqt6nj8g0b3%2Fqt6nj8g0b3.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-170"><a href="#cite_ref-170">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLaidigLaidig1990" class="citation journal cs1">Laidig, Wyn D.; Laidig, Carol J. (1990). "Larike Pronouns: Duals and Trials in a Central Moluccan Language". Oceanic Linguistics. A Special Issue on Western Austronesian Languages. 29 (2): 87–109 [99]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.2307%2F3623187">10.2307/3623187</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/3623187">3623187</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Larike+Pronouns%3A+Duals+and+Trials+in+a+Central+Moluccan+Language&rft.volume=29&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=87-109+99&rft.date=1990&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.2307%2F3623187&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F3623187%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Laidig&rft.aufirst=Wyn+D.&rft.au=Laidig%2C+Carol+J.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-171"><a href="#cite_ref-171">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCapell1976" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol"><a href="/wiki/Arthur_Capell" title="Arthur Capell">Capell, A.</a> (1976). "General Picture of Austronesian Languages, New Guinea Area". In <a href="/wiki/Stephen_Wurm" title="Stephen Wurm">Wurm, S. A.</a> (ed.). New Guinea Area Languages and Language Study. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 39. Vol. 2, Austronesian Languages. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 5–52 [44]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-155-4" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-155-4"><bdi>0-85883-155-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=General+Picture+of+Austronesian+Languages%2C+New+Guinea+Area&rft.btitle=New+Guinea+Area+Languages+and+Language+Study&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+39&rft.pages=5-52+44&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1976&rft.isbn=0-85883-155-4&rft.aulast=Capell&rft.aufirst=A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-172"><a href="#cite_ref-172">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHamel1994" class="citation book cs1">Hamel, Patricia J. (1994). A Grammar and Lexicon of Loniu, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 103. Canberra: Australian National University. p. 52. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-410-3" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-410-3"><bdi>0-85883-410-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+and+Lexicon+of+Loniu%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+103&rft.pages=52&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.isbn=0-85883-410-3&rft.aulast=Hamel&rft.aufirst=Patricia+J.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-173"><a href="#cite_ref-173">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSchokkin2020" class="citation book cs1">Schokkin, Dineke (2020). A Grammar of Paluai: The Language of Baluan Island, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics vol. 663. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. p. 120. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-067513-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-067513-9"><bdi>978-3-11-067513-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Paluai%3A+The+Language+of+Baluan+Island%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics+vol.+663&rft.pages=120&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2020&rft.isbn=978-3-11-067513-9&rft.aulast=Schokkin&rft.aufirst=Dineke&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-175"><a href="#cite_ref-175">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKikusawa2006" class="citation conference cs1">Kikusawa, Marco (2006). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231124080210/https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/32987772/Kikusawa__R._2007._On_the_development_of_number_systems_in_Oceanic_pronouns-libre.pdf?1393928927=&response-content-disposition=attachment%3B+filename%3DOn_the_Development_of_Number_Systems_in.pdf&Expires=1700813402&Signature=SD6lXl9OtiD-pe4KeooMEaSQrI6XRIyGdcMAKOv0xjGkwd0iKWDUcDwaHbla61LjhTcVwmXMSLXIa-hj1QwXcE79AIq7LihxpBS4Y~piYWiqHVxD4gWjaHgykr47kr4O7LfcTVFVcqzOtDshklAuPBxyR~6wirFWn3R6H-eYv-xAbyc7ZDULYhRa2esk~6rnnKPS-2cIXufD1KabW-uemp72oy3ce2QV5u6wNPRPTjSNi86PuFUCnFiLoa2B1wIkTjtHdEIqQ3F1LN83y~YMG2CgwJKhx~mRoujcyTBJcp314WQLcgHKpNP6HfgkyLKST0u1zD~uTv9bUO06nnJt~A__&Key-Pair-Id=APKAJLOHF5GGSLRBV4ZA">On the Development of Number Systems in Oceanic Pronouns</a> (PDF). 6th International Conference on Oceanic Linguistics (COOL6). Port Vila, Vanuatu. pp. 1–38. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.academia.edu/6062716">the original</a> on 24 November 2023. Retrieved 24 November 2023.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=conference&rft.btitle=On+the+Development+of+Number+Systems+in+Oceanic+Pronouns&rft.place=Port+Vila%2C+Vanuatu&rft.pages=1-38&rft.date=2006&rft.aulast=Kikusawa&rft.aufirst=Marco&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.academia.edu%2F6062716&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-176"><a href="#cite_ref-176">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFTryon1987" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Darrell_Tryon" title="Darrell Tryon">Tryon, Darrell T.</a> (1987). Bislama: An Introduction to the National Language of Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics: Series D - no. 72. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 18–19, 50, 75. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-361-1" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-361-1"><bdi>0-85883-361-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Bislama%3A+An+Introduction+to+the+National+Language+of+Vanuatu&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+D+-+no.+72&rft.pages=18-19%2C+50%2C+75&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1987&rft.isbn=0-85883-361-1&rft.aulast=Tryon&rft.aufirst=Darrell+T.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-177"><a href="#cite_ref-177">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcBurney2002" class="citation book cs1">McBurney, Susan Lloyd (2002). "Pronominal Reference in Signed and Spoken Language: Are Grammatical Categories Modality-Dependent?". In Meier, Richard P.; Cormier, Kearsy; Quinto-Pozos, David (eds.). Modality and Structure in Signed and Spoken Languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 329-369 [335-338, 339n15, 354]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-521-80385-3" title="Special:BookSources/0-521-80385-3"><bdi>0-521-80385-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Pronominal+Reference+in+Signed+and+Spoken+Language%3A+Are+Grammatical+Categories+Modality-Dependent%3F&rft.btitle=Modality+and+Structure+in+Signed+and+Spoken+Languages&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.pages=329-369+335-338%2C+339n15%2C+354&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2002&rft.isbn=0-521-80385-3&rft.aulast=McBurney&rft.aufirst=Susan+Lloyd&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-178"><a href="#cite_ref-178">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBusto2023" class="citation book cs1">Busto, Raquel Veiga (2023). Person and Number: An Empirical Study of Catalan Sign Language Pronouns. Sign Languages and Deaf Communities, vol. 18. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 157n53, 162–165, 211. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-099966-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-099966-2"><bdi>978-3-11-099966-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Person+and+Number%3A+An+Empirical+Study+of+Catalan+Sign+Language+Pronouns&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Sign+Languages+and+Deaf+Communities%2C+vol.+18&rft.pages=157n53%2C+162-165%2C+211&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2023&rft.isbn=978-3-11-099966-2&rft.aulast=Busto&rft.aufirst=Raquel+Veiga&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-179"><a href="#cite_ref-179">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCormier2002" class="citation thesis cs1">Cormier, Kearsy Annette (2002). Grammaticization of Indexic Signs: How American Sign Language Expresses Numerosity (PhD thesis). University of Texas at Austin. pp. 69–70, 161.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Grammaticization+of+Indexic+Signs%3A+How+American+Sign+Language+Expresses+Numerosity&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Texas+at+Austin&rft.date=2002&rft.aulast=Cormier&rft.aufirst=Kearsy+Annette&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Jones2013-180">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Jones2013_180-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Jones2013_180-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFJones2013" class="citation thesis cs1">Jones, Vanessa L. (2013). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://commons.und.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2552&context=theses">Numeral Incorporation In American Sign Language</a> (MA thesis). University of North Dakota. pp. 53, 130. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230424124529/https://commons.und.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2552&context=theses">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-04-24. Retrieved 2023-08-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Numeral+Incorporation+In+American+Sign+Language&rft.degree=MA&rft.inst=University+of+North+Dakota&rft.date=2013&rft.aulast=Jones&rft.aufirst=Vanessa+L.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcommons.und.edu%2Fcgi%2Fviewcontent.cgi%3Farticle%3D2552%26context%3Dtheses&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Meir2008-181">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Meir2008_181-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Meir2008_181-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMeirSandler2008" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Irit_Meir" title="Irit Meir">Meir, Irit</a>; <a href="/wiki/Wendy_Sandler" title="Wendy Sandler">Sandler, Wendy</a> (2008). A Language in Space: The Story of Israeli Sign Language. New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. pp. 68–69. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8058-6265-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8058-6265-2"><bdi>978-0-8058-6265-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Language+in+Space%3A+The+Story+of+Israeli+Sign+Language&rft.place=New+York&rft.pages=68-69&rft.pub=Lawrence+Erlbaum+Associates&rft.date=2008&rft.isbn=978-0-8058-6265-2&rft.aulast=Meir&rft.aufirst=Irit&rft.au=Sandler%2C+Wendy&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-182"><a href="#cite_ref-182">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 30–35. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=30-35&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-183"><a href="#cite_ref-183">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCobbinah2013" class="citation thesis cs1">Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2013). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/17370/1/Cobbinah_3519.pdf">Nominal Classification and Verbal Nouns in Baïnounk Gubëeher</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). SOAS University of London. pp. 110–112, 125–126, 133, 270, 272–273, 287–292, 303–306. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231211235756/https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/17370/1/Cobbinah_3519.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-11. Retrieved 2024-03-07.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Nominal+Classification+and+Verbal+Nouns+in+Ba%C3%AFnounk+Gub%C3%ABeher&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=SOAS+University+of+London&rft.date=2013&rft.aulast=Cobbinah&rft.aufirst=Alexander+Yao&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Feprints.soas.ac.uk%2F17370%2F1%2FCobbinah_3519.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Zuckermann2020-184">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Zuckermann2020_184-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Zuckermann2020_184-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Zuckermann2020_184-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Zuckermann2020_184-3">d</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFZuckermann2020" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Ghil%27ad_Zuckermann" title="Ghil'ad Zuckermann">Zuckermann, Ghil'ad</a> (2020). Revivalistics: From the Genesis of Israeli to Language Reclamation in Australia and Beyond. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 227–228. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-981277-6" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-981277-6"><bdi>978-0-19-981277-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Revivalistics%3A+From+the+Genesis+of+Israeli+to+Language+Reclamation+in+Australia+and+Beyond&rft.place=Oxford&rft.pages=227-228&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2020&rft.isbn=978-0-19-981277-6&rft.aulast=Zuckermann&rft.aufirst=Ghil%27ad&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-185"><a href="#cite_ref-185">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCole1955" class="citation book cs1">Cole, Desmond T. (1955). An Introduction to Tswana Grammar. London: Longmans, Green and Co. pp. 82, 87. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-582-61709-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-582-61709-X"><bdi>0-582-61709-X</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=An+Introduction+to+Tswana+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.pages=82%2C+87&rft.pub=Longmans%2C+Green+and+Co.&rft.date=1955&rft.isbn=0-582-61709-X&rft.aulast=Cole&rft.aufirst=Desmond+T.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbettp34-186">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp34_186-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp34_186-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp34_186-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 34. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=34&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Baerman2019-187">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Baerman2019_187-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Baerman2019_187-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBaerman2019" class="citation book cs1">Baerman, Matthew (2019). "Feature Duality". In Baerman, Matthew; Bond, Oliver; Hippisley, Andrew (eds.). Morphological Perspectives: Papers in Honour of Greville G. Corbett. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. pp. 124–137 [127–134]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-4744-4602-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-4744-4602-0"><bdi>978-1-4744-4602-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Feature+Duality&rft.btitle=Morphological+Perspectives%3A+Papers+in+Honour+of+Greville+G.+Corbett&rft.place=Edinburgh&rft.pages=124-137+127-134&rft.pub=Edinburgh+University+Press&rft.date=2019&rft.isbn=978-1-4744-4602-0&rft.aulast=Baerman&rft.aufirst=Matthew&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbettp35-188">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp35_188-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp35_188-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp35_188-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbettp35_188-3">d</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 35. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=35&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-189"><a href="#cite_ref-189">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229 [199]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+199&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-190"><a href="#cite_ref-190">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 33. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=33&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-191"><a href="#cite_ref-191">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarrison2019" class="citation book cs1">Harrison, Sheldon P. (2019) [1976]. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/2707/b1bbff60ee5e90d962ef0c61890da1448297.pdf">Mokilese Reference Grammar</a> (PDF). Pali Language Texts: Micronesia. With the assistance of Salich Y. Albert. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii. pp. 66, 70, 76–77, 79–80, 82–83, 98, 352. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.2307%2Fj.ctv9zck9g">10.2307/j.ctv9zck9g</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-8163-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-8163-4"><bdi>978-0-8248-8163-4</bdi></a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:204129425">204129425</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231122221745/https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/2707/b1bbff60ee5e90d962ef0c61890da1448297.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-11-22. Retrieved 2024-02-23.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Mokilese+Reference+Grammar&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Pali+Language+Texts%3A+Micronesia&rft.pages=66%2C+70%2C+76-77%2C+79-80%2C+82-83%2C+98%2C+352&rft.pub=University+Press+of+Hawaii&rft.date=2019&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A204129425%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.2307%2Fj.ctv9zck9g&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-8163-4&rft.aulast=Harrison&rft.aufirst=Sheldon+P.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fpdfs.semanticscholar.org%2F2707%2Fb1bbff60ee5e90d962ef0c61890da1448297.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-192"><a href="#cite_ref-192">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCiucci2013" class="citation thesis cs1">Ciucci, Luca (2013). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://ricerca.sns.it/bitstream/11384/86024/1/Ciucci_Luca.pdf">Inflectional Morphology in the Zamucoan Languages</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa. pp. 31, 34, 77, 80–81, 130–131, 140. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240223091925/https://ricerca.sns.it/bitstream/11384/86024/1/Ciucci_Luca.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-23. Retrieved 2024-02-23.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Inflectional+Morphology+in+the+Zamucoan+Languages&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Scuola+Normale+Superiore+di+Pisa&rft.date=2013&rft.aulast=Ciucci&rft.aufirst=Luca&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fricerca.sns.it%2Fbitstream%2F11384%2F86024%2F1%2FCiucci_Luca.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-193"><a href="#cite_ref-193">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 37–38. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=37-38&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Harbour2014p202-194">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p202_194-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p202_194-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p202_194-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229 [202]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+202&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Aikhenvald2015-195">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Aikhenvald2015_195-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Aikhenvald2015_195-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAikhenvald2015" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Alexandra_Aikhenvald" title="Alexandra Aikhenvald">Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y.</a> (2015). The Art of Grammar: A Practical Guide. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 112–113. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-968321-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-968321-5"><bdi>978-0-19-968321-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Art+of+Grammar%3A+A+Practical+Guide&rft.place=Oxford&rft.pages=112-113&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2015&rft.isbn=978-0-19-968321-5&rft.aulast=Aikhenvald&rft.aufirst=Alexandra+Y.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-196"><a href="#cite_ref-196">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229 [186, 196–202]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+186%2C+196-202&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-197"><a href="#cite_ref-197">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229 [205]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+205&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-198"><a href="#cite_ref-198">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2013" class="citation book cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2013). ""Not Plus" Isn't "Not There": Bivalence in Person, Number, and Gender". In Matushansky, Ora; <a href="/wiki/Alec_Marantz" title="Alec Marantz">Marantz, Alec</a> (eds.). Distributed Morphology Today: Morphemes for Morris Halle. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. p. 135–150 [149n3]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01967-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01967-5"><bdi>978-0-262-01967-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=%22Not+Plus%22+Isn%27t+%22Not+There%22%3A+Bivalence+in+Person%2C+Number%2C+and+Gender&rft.btitle=Distributed+Morphology+Today%3A+Morphemes+for+Morris+Halle&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.pages=135-150+149n3&rft.pub=MIT+Press&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-262-01967-5&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p32-199">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p32_199-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p32_199-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p32_199-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 32. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=32&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Harbour2014p201-200">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p201_200-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p201_200-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229 [201, 201n13, 214]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+201%2C+201n13%2C+214&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-201"><a href="#cite_ref-201">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAhland2012" class="citation thesis cs1">Ahland, Colleen Anne (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1794/12559/Ahland_oregon_0171A_10546.pdf">A Grammar of Northern and Southern Gumuz</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Oregon. pp. 211, 213–216. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220504225327/https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1794/12559/Ahland_oregon_0171A_10546.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-05-04. Retrieved 2024-03-07.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Northern+and+Southern+Gumuz&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Oregon&rft.date=2012&rft.aulast=Ahland&rft.aufirst=Colleen+Anne&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarsbank.uoregon.edu%2Fxmlui%2Fbitstream%2Fhandle%2F1794%2F12559%2FAhland_oregon_0171A_10546.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Ahland2016-202">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Ahland2016_202-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ahland2016_202-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAhland2016" class="citation book cs1">Ahland, Colleen (2016). "Daatsʼíin, A Newly Identified Undocumented Language of Western Ethiopia: A Preliminary Examination". In <a href="/wiki/Doris_L._Payne" title="Doris L. Payne">Payne, Doris L.</a>; Pacchiarotti, Sara; Bosire, Mokaya (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/199433458.pdf#page=427">Diversity in African Languages: Selected Papers from the 46th Annual Conference on African Linguistics</a> (PDF). Contemporary African Linguistics 1. Berlin: Language Science Press. pp. 417–449 [427–428]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.17169%2Flangsci.b121.493">10.17169/langsci.b121.493</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-946234-70-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-946234-70-8"><bdi>978-3-946234-70-8</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240307161804/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/199433458.pdf#page=427">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-07. Retrieved 2024-03-07.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Daats%CA%BC%C3%ADin%2C+A+Newly+Identified+Undocumented+Language+of+Western+Ethiopia%3A+A+Preliminary+Examination&rft.btitle=Diversity+in+African+Languages%3A+Selected+Papers+from+the+46th+Annual+Conference+on+African+Linguistics&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Contemporary+African+Linguistics+1&rft.pages=417-449+427-428&rft.pub=Language+Science+Press&rft.date=2016&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.17169%2Flangsci.b121.493&rft.isbn=978-3-946234-70-8&rft.aulast=Ahland&rft.aufirst=Colleen&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F199433458.pdf%23page%3D427&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-203"><a href="#cite_ref-203">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAhland2012" class="citation thesis cs1">Ahland, Colleen Anne (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1794/12559/Ahland_oregon_0171A_10546.pdf">A Grammar of Northern and Southern Gumuz</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Oregon. p. 215. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220504225327/https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1794/12559/Ahland_oregon_0171A_10546.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-05-04. Retrieved 2024-03-07.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Northern+and+Southern+Gumuz&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Oregon&rft.date=2012&rft.aulast=Ahland&rft.aufirst=Colleen+Anne&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarsbank.uoregon.edu%2Fxmlui%2Fbitstream%2Fhandle%2F1794%2F12559%2FAhland_oregon_0171A_10546.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-204"><a href="#cite_ref-204">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 9–13, 17, 17n11. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=9-13%2C+17%2C+17n11&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Caudill2000-205">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Caudill2000_205-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Caudill2000_205-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCaudillDiallo2000" class="citation book cs1">Caudill, Herb; Diallo, Ousmane Besseko (2000). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/manual-pulaar/page/n35/mode/2up">Miɗo Waawi Pular! Learner's Guide to Pular (Fuuta Jallon)</a> (2nd ed.). Conakry, Guinea: Peace Corps. p. 25.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Pular-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22fuf%22%3EMi%C9%97o+Waawi+Pular%21%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E+Learner%27s+Guide+to+Pular+%28Fuuta+Jallon%29&rft.place=Conakry%2C+Guinea&rft.pages=25&rft.edition=2nd&rft.pub=Peace+Corps&rft.date=2000&rft.aulast=Caudill&rft.aufirst=Herb&rft.au=Diallo%2C+Ousmane+Besseko&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2Fmanual-pulaar%2Fpage%2Fn35%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-206"><a href="#cite_ref-206">^</a> Of the sources below, Corbett (2000) explains the number distinction with the examples spelled inu and inu-tati; Takebayashi (1996) spells each part individually as inu (犬) and -tachi (たち); Takano (1992) uses the romanized and unhyphenated inutachi; and 研作 & 聡子 (2019) is an example of 犬たち in use. <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 13–14. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=13-14&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFTakebayashi2003" class="citation book cs1">Takebayashi, Shigeru, ed. (2003) [1996]. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/isbn_2900198607488/page/n143/mode/2up">textsPocket Kenkyusha Japanese Dictionary</a>. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 127, 369. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-860748-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-860748-9"><bdi>978-0-19-860748-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=textsPocket+Kenkyusha+Japanese+Dictionary&rft.place=Oxford&rft.pages=127%2C+369&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2003&rft.isbn=978-0-19-860748-9&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2Fisbn_2900198607488%2Fpage%2Fn143%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFTakano1992" class="citation thesis cs1">Takano, Hisako (1992). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/59188911.pdf">Syntactic and Semantic Natures of Japanese Common Nouns</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). Michigan State University. p. 71. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240330061627/https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/59188911.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-30. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Syntactic+and+Semantic+Natures+of+Japanese+Common+Nouns&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Michigan+State+University&rft.date=1992&rft.aulast=Takano&rft.aufirst=Hisako&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcore.ac.uk%2Fdownload%2Fpdf%2F59188911.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREF研作聡子2019" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">研作, 吉田; 聡子, 春日 (2019). 起きてから寝るまでイヌ英語表現 (in Japanese and English). Tokyo: アルク. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-4-7574-3170-6" title="Special:BookSources/978-4-7574-3170-6"><bdi>978-4-7574-3170-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Japanese-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22ja%22%3E%E8%B5%B7%E3%81%8D%E3%81%A6%E3%81%8B%E3%82%89%E5%AF%9D%E3%82%8B%E3%81%BE%E3%81%A7%E3%82%A4%E3%83%8C%E8%8B%B1%E8%AA%9E%E8%A1%A8%E7%8F%BE%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.place=Tokyo&rft.pub=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Japanese-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22ja%22%3E%E3%82%A2%E3%83%AB%E3%82%AF%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.date=2019&rft.isbn=978-4-7574-3170-6&rft.aulast=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Japanese-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22ja%22%3E%E7%A0%94%E4%BD%9C%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.aufirst=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Japanese-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22ja%22%3E%E5%90%89%E7%94%B0%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.au=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Japanese-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22ja%22%3E%E8%81%A1%E5%AD%90%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%2C+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Japanese-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22ja%22%3E%E6%98%A5%E6%97%A5%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-207"><a href="#cite_ref-207">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 16–17. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=16-17&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Kawachi2007-208">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Kawachi2007_208-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Kawachi2007_208-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKawachi2007" class="citation thesis cs1">Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2007). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.acsu.buffalo.edu/~dryer/KawachiSidaama.pdf">A Grammar of Sidaama (Sidamo), a Cushitic Language of Ethiopia</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University at Buffalo. p. 345. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200608141913/https://www.acsu.buffalo.edu/~dryer/KawachiSidaama.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-06-08. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Sidaama+%28Sidamo%29%2C+a+Cushitic+Language+of+Ethiopia&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+at+Buffalo&rft.date=2007&rft.aulast=Kawachi&rft.aufirst=Kazuhiro&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.acsu.buffalo.edu%2F~dryer%2FKawachiSidaama.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-209"><a href="#cite_ref-209">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFParkerHayward1985" class="citation book cs1">Parker, E.M.; <a href="/wiki/Richard_Hayward_(linguist)" title="Richard Hayward (linguist)">Hayward, R.J.</a> (1985). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/afarenglishfrenc0000park/page/16/mode/2up">An Afar-English-French Dictionary (with Grammatical Notes in English)</a>. London: University of London. p. 16. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-7286-0124-9" title="Special:BookSources/0-7286-0124-9"><bdi>0-7286-0124-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=An+Afar-English-French+Dictionary+%28with+Grammatical+Notes+in+English%29&rft.place=London&rft.pages=16&rft.pub=University+of+London&rft.date=1985&rft.isbn=0-7286-0124-9&rft.aulast=Parker&rft.aufirst=E.M.&rft.au=Hayward%2C+R.J.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2Fafarenglishfrenc0000park%2Fpage%2F16%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Petrollino2016p72-210">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Petrollino2016p72_210-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Petrollino2016p72_210-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPetrollino2016" class="citation thesis cs1">Petrollino, Sara (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarlypublications.universiteitleiden.nl/handle/1887/44090">A Grammar of Hamar: A South Omotic Language of Ethiopia</a> (PhD thesis). Leiden University. pp. 72, 77–79, 84, 89–90. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Hamar%3A+A+South+Omotic+Language+of+Ethiopia&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Leiden+University&rft.date=2016&rft.aulast=Petrollino&rft.aufirst=Sara&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarlypublications.universiteitleiden.nl%2Fhandle%2F1887%2F44090&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Kashket1987-211">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Kashket1987_211-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Kashket1987_211-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMichael_B._Kashket1987" class="citation report cs1">Michael B. Kashket (September 22, 1987). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/tr/pdf/ADA189381.pdf">A Government-Binding Based Parser for Warlpiri, a Free-Word Order Language</a> (PDF) (Report). Technical Report 993. Cambridge, MA: MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory. pp. 20, 23. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240330150452/https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/tr/pdf/ADA189381.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-30. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=report&rft.btitle=A+Government-Binding+Based+Parser+for+Warlpiri%2C+a+Free-Word+Order+Language&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.series=Technical+Report+993&rft.pages=20%2C+23&rft.pub=MIT+Artificial+Intelligence+Laboratory&rft.date=1987-09-22&rft.au=Michael+B.+Kashket&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapps.dtic.mil%2Fsti%2Ftr%2Fpdf%2FADA189381.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-212"><a href="#cite_ref-212">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLegate2008" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Julie_Anne_Legate" title="Julie Anne Legate">Legate, Julie Anne</a> (2008). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.ling.upenn.edu/~jlegate/nllt26.pdf">"Warlpiri and the Theory of Second Position Clitics"</a> (PDF). Natural Language & Linguistic Theory. 26 (1): 3–60 [5, 20]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1007%2Fs11049-007-9030-0">10.1007/s11049-007-9030-0</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230912091758/https://www.ling.upenn.edu/~jlegate/nllt26.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-09-12. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Natural+Language+%26+Linguistic+Theory&rft.atitle=Warlpiri+and+the+Theory+of+Second+Position+Clitics&rft.volume=26&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=3-60+5%2C+20&rft.date=2008&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1007%2Fs11049-007-9030-0&rft.aulast=Legate&rft.aufirst=Julie+Anne&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.ling.upenn.edu%2F~jlegate%2Fnllt26.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-213"><a href="#cite_ref-213">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAhland2012" class="citation thesis cs1">Ahland, Michael Bryan (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://cla.csulb.edu/departments/linguistics/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Ahland-2012.pdf">A Grammar of Northern Mao (Màwés Aas'è)</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Oregon. pp. 194–199, 310. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231105044056/https://cla.csulb.edu/departments/linguistics/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Ahland-2012.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-11-05. Retrieved 2024-03-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Northern+Mao+%28M%C3%A0w%C3%A9s+Aas%27%C3%A8%29&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Oregon&rft.date=2012&rft.aulast=Ahland&rft.aufirst=Michael+Bryan&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcla.csulb.edu%2Fdepartments%2Flinguistics%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2016%2F01%2FAhland-2012.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000Baiso-214">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000Baiso_214-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000Baiso_214-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 10–11, 22, 39, 42, 48, 127–129, 181–183. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=10-11%2C+22%2C+39%2C+42%2C+48%2C+127-129%2C+181-183&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-215"><a href="#cite_ref-215">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGnarie2018" class="citation thesis cs1">Gnarie, Lemmi Kebebew (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://etd.aau.edu.et/server/api/core/bitstreams/1a179e30-7371-4ab5-99ad-f02c53ed36e0/content">Grammatical Description and Documentation of Bayso</a> (PhD thesis). Addis Ababa University. pp. 62, 72, 76. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240331040925/https://etd.aau.edu.et/server/api/core/bitstreams/1a179e30-7371-4ab5-99ad-f02c53ed36e0/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-31. Retrieved 2024-03-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Grammatical+Description+and+Documentation+of+Bayso&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Addis+Ababa+University&rft.date=2018&rft.aulast=Gnarie&rft.aufirst=Lemmi+Kebebew&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fetd.aau.edu.et%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F1a179e30-7371-4ab5-99ad-f02c53ed36e0%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-216"><a href="#cite_ref-216">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarrisonAnderson2009" class="citation web cs1"><a href="/wiki/K._David_Harrison" title="K. David Harrison">Harrison, David</a>; <a href="/wiki/Gregory_Anderson_(linguist)" title="Gregory Anderson (linguist)">Anderson, Gregory</a> (2009). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.pbs.org/thelinguists/Endangered-Languages/One-of-a-kind-Words.html">"One-of-a-kind Words"</a>. PBS. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20211222080527/https://www.pbs.org/thelinguists/Endangered-Languages/One-of-a-kind-Words.html">Archived</a> from the original on 2021-12-22. Retrieved 2024-03-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=unknown&rft.jtitle=PBS&rft.atitle=One-of-a-kind+Words&rft.date=2009&rft.aulast=Harrison&rft.aufirst=David&rft.au=Anderson%2C+Gregory&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pbs.org%2Fthelinguists%2FEndangered-Languages%2FOne-of-a-kind-Words.html&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Hercus1994-217">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Hercus1994_217-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Hercus1994_217-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHercus1994" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Luise_Hercus" title="Luise Hercus">Hercus, Luise A.</a> (1994). A Grammar of the Arabana-Wangkangurru Language, Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. Pacific Linguistics: Series C - no. 128. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 63–65, 105. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-425-1"><bdi>0-85883-425-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+the+Arabana-Wangkangurru+Language%2C+Lake+Eyre+Basin%2C+South+Australia&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%3A+Series+C+-+no.+128&rft.pages=63-65%2C+105&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.isbn=0-85883-425-1&rft.aulast=Hercus&rft.aufirst=Luise+A.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000Kaytetye-218">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000Kaytetye_218-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000Kaytetye_218-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 33, 48–49, 127. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=33%2C+48-49%2C+127&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-219"><a href="#cite_ref-219">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPanther2021" class="citation thesis cs1">Panther, Forrest Andrew (2021). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://nova.newcastle.edu.au/vital/access/services/Download/uon:38438/ATTACHMENT01">Topics in Kaytetye Phonology and Morpho-Syntax</a> (PhD thesis). University of Newcastle. pp. 220, 247. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240331064337/https://nova.newcastle.edu.au/vital/access/services/Download/uon:38438/ATTACHMENT01">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-31. Retrieved 2024-03-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Topics+in+Kaytetye+Phonology+and+Morpho-Syntax&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Newcastle&rft.date=2021&rft.aulast=Panther&rft.aufirst=Forrest+Andrew&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fnova.newcastle.edu.au%2Fvital%2Faccess%2Fservices%2FDownload%2Fuon%3A38438%2FATTACHMENT01&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Turpin2000-220">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Turpin2000_220-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Turpin2000_220-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFTurpin2000" class="citation book cs1">Turpin, Myfany (2000). A Learner's Guide to Kaytetye. Alice Springs, Australia: IAD Press. p. 43. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-86465-026-6" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-86465-026-6"><bdi>978-1-86465-026-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Learner%27s+Guide+to+Kaytetye&rft.place=Alice+Springs%2C+Australia&rft.pages=43&rft.pub=IAD+Press&rft.date=2000&rft.isbn=978-1-86465-026-6&rft.aulast=Turpin&rft.aufirst=Myfany&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Yoshioka2012-221">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Yoshioka2012_221-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Yoshioka2012_221-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFYoshioka2012" class="citation thesis cs1">Yoshioka, Noboru (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/a-reference-grammar-of-eastern-burushaski-by-yoshioka-noboru/page/40/mode/2up">A Reference Grammar of Eastern Burushaski</a> (PhD thesis). Tokyo University of Foreign Studies. p. 40.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Reference+Grammar+of+Eastern+Burushaski&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Tokyo+University+of+Foreign+Studies&rft.date=2012&rft.aulast=Yoshioka&rft.aufirst=Noboru&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2Fa-reference-grammar-of-eastern-burushaski-by-yoshioka-noboru%2Fpage%2F40%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-222"><a href="#cite_ref-222">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLydall1976" class="citation book cs1">Lydall, Jean (1976). "Hamer". In <a href="/wiki/Lionel_Bender" title="Lionel Bender">Bender, M. Lionel</a> (ed.). The Non-Semitic Languages of Ethiopia. Committee on Ethiopian Studies, Occasional Papers Series, Monograph No. 5. East Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University. pp. 393–438 [407–409].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Hamer&rft.btitle=The+Non-Semitic+Languages+of+Ethiopia&rft.place=East+Lansing%2C+MI&rft.series=Committee+on+Ethiopian+Studies%2C+Occasional+Papers+Series%2C+Monograph+No.+5&rft.pages=393-438+407-409&rft.pub=African+Studies+Center%2C+Michigan+State+University&rft.date=1976&rft.aulast=Lydall&rft.aufirst=Jean&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Petrollino2000p80-223">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Petrollino2000p80_223-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Petrollino2000p80_223-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPetrollino2016" class="citation thesis cs1">Petrollino, Sara (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarlypublications.universiteitleiden.nl/handle/1887/44090">A Grammar of Hamar: A South Omotic Language of Ethiopia</a> (PhD thesis). Leiden University. pp. 77–80, 82–85, 87–90. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Hamar%3A+A+South+Omotic+Language+of+Ethiopia&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Leiden+University&rft.date=2016&rft.aulast=Petrollino&rft.aufirst=Sara&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarlypublications.universiteitleiden.nl%2Fhandle%2F1887%2F44090&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-224"><a href="#cite_ref-224">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFPetrollino2016" class="citation thesis cs1">Petrollino, Sara (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarlypublications.universiteitleiden.nl/handle/1887/44090">A Grammar of Hamar: A South Omotic Language of Ethiopia</a> (PhD thesis). Leiden University. p. 80. Retrieved 2024-03-30.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Hamar%3A+A+South+Omotic+Language+of+Ethiopia&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Leiden+University&rft.date=2016&rft.aulast=Petrollino&rft.aufirst=Sara&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarlypublications.universiteitleiden.nl%2Fhandle%2F1887%2F44090&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Cysouw2003p87-225">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p87_225-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p87_225-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 87–89. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=87-89&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Thomas1955-226">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Thomas1955_226-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Thomas1955_226-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFThomas1955" class="citation journal cs1">Thomas, David (1955). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/00437956.1955.11659556?download=true">"Three Analyses of the Ilocano Pronoun System"</a>. WORD. 11 (2): 204–208. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1080%2F00437956.1955.11659556">10.1080/00437956.1955.11659556</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240102163123/https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/00437956.1955.11659556?download=true">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-01-02. Retrieved 2024-01-02.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=WORD&rft.atitle=Three+Analyses+of+the+Ilocano+Pronoun+System&rft.volume=11&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=204-208&rft.date=1955&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1080%2F00437956.1955.11659556&rft.aulast=Thomas&rft.aufirst=David&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.tandfonline.com%2Fdoi%2Fpdf%2F10.1080%2F00437956.1955.11659556%3Fdownload%3Dtrue&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Evans2003-227">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Evans2003_227-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Evans2003_227-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Evans2003_227-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFEvans2003" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Nicholas_Evans_(linguist)" title="Nicholas Evans (linguist)">Evans, Nicholas</a> (2003). Bininj Gun-wok: A Pan-Dialectal Grammar of Mayali, Kunwinjku and Kune. Pacific Linguistics 541. Canberra: Australian National University. p. 261. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-530-4" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-530-4"><bdi>0-85883-530-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Bininj+Gun-wok%3A+A+Pan-Dialectal+Grammar+of+Mayali%2C+Kunwinjku+and+Kune&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics+541&rft.pages=261&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2003&rft.isbn=0-85883-530-4&rft.aulast=Evans&rft.aufirst=Nicholas&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-228"><a href="#cite_ref-228">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 261. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=261&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-229"><a href="#cite_ref-229">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFde_Schepper2012" class="citation journal cs1">de Schepper, Kees (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jbe-platform.com/docserver/fulltext/avt.29.11sch.pdf">"Against a Minimal–Augmented Analysis of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistics in the Netherlands. 29: 134–146 [142]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1075%2Favt.29.11sch">10.1075/avt.29.11sch</a>. <a href="/wiki/Hdl_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Hdl (identifier)">hdl</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://hdl.handle.net/2066%2F101786">2066/101786</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240104070017/https://www.jbe-platform.com/docserver/fulltext/avt.29.11sch.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-01-04. Retrieved 2024-01-03.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistics+in+the+Netherlands&rft.atitle=Against+a+Minimal%E2%80%93Augmented+Analysis+of+Number&rft.volume=29&rft.pages=134-146+142&rft.date=2012&rft_id=info%3Ahdl%2F2066%2F101786&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1075%2Favt.29.11sch&rft.aulast=de+Schepper&rft.aufirst=Kees&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jbe-platform.com%2Fdocserver%2Ffulltext%2Favt.29.11sch.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-230"><a href="#cite_ref-230">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKaufman2010" class="citation book cs1">Kaufman, Daniel (2010). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/13/07/70/130770395534694674649839873268234450496/20_Kaufman_McKaughan2010.pdf">"The Grammar of Clitics in Maranao"</a> (PDF). In Billings, Loren; Goudswaard, Nelleke (eds.). Piakandatu Ami: Dr. Howard P. McKaughan. Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines and SIL Philippines. pp. 179-204 [180, 180n2]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-971-780-026-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-971-780-026-4"><bdi>978-971-780-026-4</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20190511053358/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/13/07/70/130770395534694674649839873268234450496/20_Kaufman_McKaughan2010.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2019-05-11. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Grammar+of+Clitics+in+Maranao&rft.btitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Iranun+%28Philippines%29-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22ilp%22%3EPiakandatu+Ami%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3A+Dr.+Howard+P.+McKaughan&rft.place=Manila&rft.pages=179-204+180%2C+180n2&rft.pub=Linguistic+Society+of+the+Philippines+and+SIL+Philippines&rft.date=2010&rft.isbn=978-971-780-026-4&rft.aulast=Kaufman&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F13%2F07%2F70%2F130770395534694674649839873268234450496%2F20_Kaufman_McKaughan2010.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-231"><a href="#cite_ref-231">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2016" class="citation book cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2016). Impossible Persons. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs 74. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. p. 148. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-262-52929-7" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-262-52929-7"><bdi>978-0-262-52929-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Impossible+Persons&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.series=Linguistic+Inquiry+Monographs+74&rft.pages=148&rft.pub=The+MIT+Press&rft.date=2016&rft.isbn=978-0-262-52929-7&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-232"><a href="#cite_ref-232">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185-229 [192, 203, 214]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+192%2C+203%2C+214&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Cysouw2003p232-233">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p232_233-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p232_233-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Cysouw2003p232_233-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 232–236. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pages=232-236&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-234"><a href="#cite_ref-234">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcKay1978" class="citation journal cs1">McKay, Graham R. (1978). "Pronominal Person and Number Categories in Rembarrnga and Djeebbana". Oceanic Linguistics. 17 (1): 27–37. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.2307%2F3622826">10.2307/3622826</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/3622826">3622826</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Pronominal+Person+and+Number+Categories+in+Rembarrnga+and+Djeebbana&rft.volume=17&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=27-37&rft.date=1978&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.2307%2F3622826&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F3622826%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=McKay&rft.aufirst=Graham+R.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-235"><a href="#cite_ref-235">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcGregor1989" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/William_B._McGregor" title="William B. McGregor">McGregor, William B.</a> (1989). "Greenberg on the First Person Inclusive Dual: Evidence from Some Australian Languages". Studies in Language. 13 (2): 437–451. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1075%2Fsl.13.2.10mcg">10.1075/sl.13.2.10mcg</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Studies+in+Language&rft.atitle=Greenberg+on+the+First+Person+Inclusive+Dual%3A+Evidence+from+Some+Australian+Languages&rft.volume=13&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=437-451&rft.date=1989&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1075%2Fsl.13.2.10mcg&rft.aulast=McGregor&rft.aufirst=William+B.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-236"><a href="#cite_ref-236">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMoskal2018" class="citation journal cs1">Moskal, Beata (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.glossa-journal.org/article/id/5098/">"Excluding Exclusively the Exclusive: Suppletion Patterns in Clusivity"</a>. Glossa: A Journal of General Linguistics. 3 (1): art. 130, 1-34 [17]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.5334%2Fgjgl.362">10.5334/gjgl.362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230724180550/https://www.glossa-journal.org/article/id/5098/">Archived</a> from the original on 2023-07-24. Retrieved 2024-01-03.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Glossa%3A+A+Journal+of+General+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Excluding+Exclusively+the+Exclusive%3A+Suppletion+Patterns+in+Clusivity&rft.volume=3&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=art.+130%2C+1-34+17&rft.date=2018&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.5334%2Fgjgl.362&rft.aulast=Moskal&rft.aufirst=Beata&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.glossa-journal.org%2Farticle%2Fid%2F5098%2F&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-237"><a href="#cite_ref-237">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDixon1980" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Robert_M._W._Dixon" title="Robert M. W. Dixon">Dixon, R. M. W.</a> (1980). The Languages of Australia. Cambridge Language Surveys. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 352–353. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-521-22329-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-521-22329-4"><bdi>978-0-521-22329-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Languages+of+Australia&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Language+Surveys&rft.pages=352-353&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=1980&rft.isbn=978-0-521-22329-4&rft.aulast=Dixon&rft.aufirst=R.+M.+W.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-238"><a href="#cite_ref-238">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHeath1984" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Jeffrey_Heath" title="Jeffrey Heath">Heath, Jeffrey</a> (1984). Functional Grammar of Nunggubuyu. AIAS new series no. 53. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies. pp. 241–243. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85575-157-6" title="Special:BookSources/0-85575-157-6"><bdi>0-85575-157-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Functional+Grammar+of+Nunggubuyu&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=AIAS+new+series+no.+53&rft.pages=241-243&rft.pub=Australian+Institute+of+Aboriginal+Studies&rft.date=1984&rft.isbn=0-85575-157-6&rft.aulast=Heath&rft.aufirst=Jeffrey&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-239"><a href="#cite_ref-239">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcGregor1994" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/William_B._McGregor" title="William B. McGregor">McGregor, William</a> (1994). Warrwa. Languages of the World/Materials 89. München: Lincom Europa. p. 20. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/3-929075-51-2" title="Special:BookSources/3-929075-51-2"><bdi>3-929075-51-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Warrwa&rft.place=M%C3%BCnchen&rft.series=Languages+of+the+World%2FMaterials+89&rft.pages=20&rft.pub=Lincom+Europa&rft.date=1994&rft.isbn=3-929075-51-2&rft.aulast=McGregor&rft.aufirst=William&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-240"><a href="#cite_ref-240">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGlasgowCapellMcKayKennedy1984" class="citation book cs1">Glasgow, Kathleen; <a href="/wiki/Arthur_Capell" title="Arthur Capell">Capell, A.</a>; McKay, G. R.; Kennedy, Rod; Trefry, D. (1984). "Burrara Word Classes". Papers in Australian Linguistics No. 16. Pacific Linguistics, Series A - No. 68. Canberra: Australia National University. pp. 1-54 [1, 15–17, 26-27]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.15144%2FPL-A68.1">10.15144/PL-A68.1</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Burrara+Word+Classes&rft.btitle=Papers+in+Australian+Linguistics+No.+16&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+A+-+No.+68&rft.pages=1-54+1%2C+15-17%2C+26-27&rft.pub=Australia+National+University&rft.date=1984&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.15144%2FPL-A68.1&rft.aulast=Glasgow&rft.aufirst=Kathleen&rft.au=Capell%2C+A.&rft.au=McKay%2C+G.+R.&rft.au=Kennedy%2C+Rod&rft.au=Trefry%2C+D.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-241"><a href="#cite_ref-241">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarvey2002" class="citation book cs1">Harvey, Mark (2002). A Grammar of Gaagudju. Mouton Grammar Library 24. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. p. 268. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/3-11-017248-8" title="Special:BookSources/3-11-017248-8"><bdi>3-11-017248-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Gaagudju&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Mouton+Grammar+Library+24&rft.pages=268&rft.pub=Mouton+de+Gruyter&rft.date=2002&rft.isbn=3-11-017248-8&rft.aulast=Harvey&rft.aufirst=Mark&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-242"><a href="#cite_ref-242">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGabyShoulson2023" class="citation book cs1">Gaby, Alice; Shoulson, Oliver (2023). "Pronouns". In <a href="/wiki/Claire_Bowern" title="Claire Bowern">Bowern, Claire</a> (ed.). The Oxford Guide to Australian Languages. Oxford Guides to the World's Languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 268-277 [269]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198824978.003.0024">10.1093/oso/9780198824978.003.0024</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-882497-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-882497-8"><bdi>978-0-19-882497-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Pronouns&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Guide+to+Australian+Languages&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Guides+to+the+World%27s+Languages&rft.pages=268-277+269&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2023&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198824978.003.0024&rft.isbn=978-0-19-882497-8&rft.aulast=Gaby&rft.aufirst=Alice&rft.au=Shoulson%2C+Oliver&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-243"><a href="#cite_ref-243">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFEvansMarley2023" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Nicholas_Evans_(linguist)" title="Nicholas Evans (linguist)">Evans, Nicholas</a>; Marley, Alexandra (2023). "The Gunwinyguan languages". In <a href="/wiki/Claire_Bowern" title="Claire Bowern">Bowern, Claire</a> (ed.). The Oxford Guide to Australian Languages. Oxford Guides to the World's Languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 781-795 [790-791]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198824978.003.0067">10.1093/oso/9780198824978.003.0067</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-882497-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-882497-8"><bdi>978-0-19-882497-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Gunwinyguan+languages&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Guide+to+Australian+Languages&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Guides+to+the+World%27s+Languages&rft.pages=781-795+790-791&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2023&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1093%2Foso%2F9780198824978.003.0067&rft.isbn=978-0-19-882497-8&rft.aulast=Evans&rft.aufirst=Nicholas&rft.au=Marley%2C+Alexandra&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-244"><a href="#cite_ref-244">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMeakinsMcConvell2021" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Felicity_Meakins" title="Felicity Meakins">Meakins, Felicity</a>; McConvell, Patrick (2021). A Grammar of Gurindji: As Spoken by Violet Wadrill, Ronnie Wavehill, Dandy Danbayarri, Biddy Wavehill, Topsy Dodd Ngarnjal, Long Johnny Kijngayarri, Banjo Ryan, Pincher Nyurrmiari and Blanche Bulngari. Mouton Grammar Library, vol. 91. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 6, 41, 135, 139–141, 325–326. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-074688-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-074688-4"><bdi>978-3-11-074688-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Gurindji%3A+As+Spoken+by+Violet+Wadrill%2C+Ronnie+Wavehill%2C+Dandy+Danbayarri%2C+Biddy+Wavehill%2C+Topsy+Dodd+Ngarnjal%2C+Long+Johnny+Kijngayarri%2C+Banjo+Ryan%2C+Pincher+Nyurrmiari+and+Blanche+Bulngari&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Mouton+Grammar+Library%2C+vol.+91&rft.pages=6%2C+41%2C+135%2C+139-141%2C+325-326&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2021&rft.isbn=978-3-11-074688-4&rft.aulast=Meakins&rft.aufirst=Felicity&rft.au=McConvell%2C+Patrick&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-245"><a href="#cite_ref-245">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMeakinsNordlinger2014" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Felicity_Meakins" title="Felicity Meakins">Meakins, Felicity</a>; <a href="/wiki/Rachel_Nordlinger" title="Rachel Nordlinger">Nordlinger, Rachel</a> (2014). A Grammar of Bilinarra: An Australian Aboriginal Language of the Northern Territory. Pacific Linguistics, vol. 640. Boston: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 216–217. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1515%2F9781614512745">10.1515/9781614512745</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-274-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-61451-274-5"><bdi>978-1-61451-274-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Bilinarra%3A+An+Australian+Aboriginal+Language+of+the+Northern+Territory&rft.place=Boston&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+vol.+640&rft.pages=216-217&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1515%2F9781614512745&rft.isbn=978-1-61451-274-5&rft.aulast=Meakins&rft.aufirst=Felicity&rft.au=Nordlinger%2C+Rachel&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-247"><a href="#cite_ref-247">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNæss2018" class="citation journal cs1">Næss, Åshild (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.duo.uio.no/bitstream/handle/10852/67758/Plural_N%25C3%25A6ss_2018.pdf">"Plural-Marking Strategies in Äiwoo"</a> (PDF). Oceanic Linguistics. 57 (1): 31–62. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Fol.2018.0001">10.1353/ol.2018.0001</a>. <a href="/wiki/Hdl_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Hdl (identifier)">hdl</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://hdl.handle.net/10852%2F67758">10852/67758</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:150127508">150127508</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240103151417/https://www.duo.uio.no/bitstream/handle/10852/67758/Plural_N%25C3%25A6ss_2018.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-01-03. Retrieved 2024-01-03.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Plural-Marking+Strategies+in+%C3%84iwoo&rft.volume=57&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=31-62&rft.date=2018&rft_id=info%3Ahdl%2F10852%2F67758&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A150127508%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Fol.2018.0001&rft.aulast=N%C3%A6ss&rft.aufirst=%C3%85shild&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.duo.uio.no%2Fbitstream%2Fhandle%2F10852%2F67758%2FPlural_N%2525C3%2525A6ss_2018.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-248"><a href="#cite_ref-248">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSmithMoskalXuKang2019" class="citation journal cs1">Smith, Peter W.; Moskal, Beata; Xu, Ting; Kang, Jungmin; <a href="/wiki/Jonathan_Bobaljik" title="Jonathan Bobaljik">Bobaljik, Jonathan David</a> (2019). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/bobaljik/files/smith2019_article_caseandnumbersuppletioninprono.pdf">"Case and Number Suppletion in Pronouns"</a> (PDF). Natural Language and Linguistic Theory. 37 (3): 1029–1101 [1091n121]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1007%2Fs11049-018-9425-0">10.1007/s11049-018-9425-0</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:254866643">254866643</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20211209001613/https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/bobaljik/files/smith2019_article_caseandnumbersuppletioninprono.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2021-12-09. Retrieved 2024-01-03.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Natural+Language+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.atitle=Case+and+Number+Suppletion+in+Pronouns&rft.volume=37&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=1029-1101+1091n121&rft.date=2019&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1007%2Fs11049-018-9425-0&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A254866643%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Smith&rft.aufirst=Peter+W.&rft.au=Moskal%2C+Beata&rft.au=Xu%2C+Ting&rft.au=Kang%2C+Jungmin&rft.au=Bobaljik%2C+Jonathan+David&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholar.harvard.edu%2Ffiles%2Fbobaljik%2Ffiles%2Fsmith2019_article_caseandnumbersuppletioninprono.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Harbour2006-249">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2006_249-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2006_249-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2006" class="citation web cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Harbour, Daniel (2006). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.qmul.ac.uk/sllf/media/sllf-new/department-of-linguistics/05-QMOPAL-Harbour.pdf">"Numerus: Der Morphologische Gebrauch Semantischer Atome"</a> (PDF). Queen Mary's Occasional Papers Advancing Linguistics (OPAL) #5 (in German). Queen Mary University of London. p. 2. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230330201235/https://www.qmul.ac.uk/sllf/media/sllf-new/department-of-linguistics/05-QMOPAL-Harbour.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-03-30. Retrieved 2024-01-29.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=unknown&rft.btitle=Numerus%3A+Der+Morphologische+Gebrauch+Semantischer+Atome&rft.series=Queen+Mary%27s+Occasional+Papers+Advancing+Linguistics+%28OPAL%29+%235&rft.pages=2&rft.pub=Queen+Mary+University+of+London&rft.date=2006&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.qmul.ac.uk%2Fsllf%2Fmedia%2Fsllf-new%2Fdepartment-of-linguistics%2F05-QMOPAL-Harbour.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Harbour2014p214-250">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p214_250-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p214_250-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2014p214_250-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229 [214]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229+214&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p36-251">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p36_251-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p36_251-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p36_251-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p36_251-3">d</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 36. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=36&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Acquaviva2008-252">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Acquaviva2008_252-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Acquaviva2008_252-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAcquaviva2008" class="citation book cs1">Acquaviva, Paolo (2008). Lexical Plurals: A Morphosemantic Approach. Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 238, 247, 251–252. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-953421-0" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-953421-0"><bdi>978-0-19-953421-0</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Lexical+Plurals%3A+A+Morphosemantic+Approach&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Theoretical+Linguistics&rft.pages=238%2C+247%2C+251-252&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2008&rft.isbn=978-0-19-953421-0&rft.aulast=Acquaviva&rft.aufirst=Paolo&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-253"><a href="#cite_ref-253">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMatić2019" class="citation book cs1">Matić, Uroš (2019). Body and Frames of War in New Kingdom Egypt: Violent Treatment of Enemies and Prisoners. Philippika - Altertumswissenschaftliche Abhandlungen / Contributions to the Study of Ancient World Cultures 134. Wiesbaden, Germany: Harrassowitz Verlag. p. 282n450. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-447-19925-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-447-19925-4"><bdi>978-3-447-19925-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Body+and+Frames+of+War+in+New+Kingdom+Egypt%3A+Violent+Treatment+of+Enemies+and+Prisoners&rft.place=Wiesbaden%2C+Germany&rft.series=Philippika+-+Altertumswissenschaftliche+Abhandlungen+%2F+Contributions+to+the+Study+of+Ancient+World+Cultures+134&rft.pages=282n450&rft.pub=Harrassowitz+Verlag&rft.date=2019&rft.isbn=978-3-447-19925-4&rft.aulast=Mati%C4%87&rft.aufirst=Uro%C5%A1&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Ojeda1992p322-254">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p322_254-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p322_254-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p322_254-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOjeda1992" class="citation book cs1">Ojeda, Almerindo E. (1992). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED352828/page/n321/mode/2up">"The Semantics of Number in Arabic"</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Chris_Barker_(linguist)" title="Chris Barker (linguist)">Barker, Chris</a>; <a href="/wiki/David_Dowty" title="David Dowty">Dowty, David</a> (eds.). SALT II: Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory; Held at the Ohio State University, May 1-3, 1992. Working Papers in Linguistics No. 40. Columbus: The Ohio State University Department of Linguistics. pp. 303–326 [322–323].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Semantics+of+Number+in+Arabic&rft.btitle=SALT+II%3A+Proceedings+from+the+Second+Conference+on+Semantics+and+Linguistic+Theory%3B+Held+at+the+Ohio+State+University%2C+May+1-3%2C+1992&rft.place=Columbus&rft.series=Working+Papers+in+Linguistics+No.+40&rft.pages=303-326+322-323&rft.pub=The+Ohio+State+University+Department+of+Linguistics&rft.date=1992&rft.aulast=Ojeda&rft.aufirst=Almerindo+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2FERIC_ED352828%2Fpage%2Fn321%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-255"><a href="#cite_ref-255">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKunitzsch1978" class="citation journal cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Kunitzsch, Paul (1978). "Der Sternhimmel in den "Dichterischen Vergleichen der Andalus-Araber"". Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft (in German). 128 (2): 238–251 [245]. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/43381949">43381949</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Zeitschrift+der+Deutschen+Morgenl%C3%A4ndischen+Gesellschaft&rft.atitle=Der+Sternhimmel+in+den+%22Dichterischen+Vergleichen+der+Andalus-Araber%22&rft.volume=128&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=238-251+245&rft.date=1978&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F43381949%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Kunitzsch&rft.aufirst=Paul&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Ojeda1992p319-256">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p319_256-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p319_256-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p319_256-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOjeda1992" class="citation book cs1">Ojeda, Almerindo E. (1992). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED352828/page/n315/mode/2up">"The Semantics of Number in Arabic"</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Chris_Barker_(linguist)" title="Chris Barker (linguist)">Barker, Chris</a>; <a href="/wiki/David_Dowty" title="David Dowty">Dowty, David</a> (eds.). SALT II: Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory; Held at the Ohio State University, May 1-3, 1992. Working Papers in Linguistics No. 40. Columbus: The Ohio State University Department of Linguistics. pp. 303–326 [319–322].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Semantics+of+Number+in+Arabic&rft.btitle=SALT+II%3A+Proceedings+from+the+Second+Conference+on+Semantics+and+Linguistic+Theory%3B+Held+at+the+Ohio+State+University%2C+May+1-3%2C+1992&rft.place=Columbus&rft.series=Working+Papers+in+Linguistics+No.+40&rft.pages=303-326+319-322&rft.pub=The+Ohio+State+University+Department+of+Linguistics&rft.date=1992&rft.aulast=Ojeda&rft.aufirst=Almerindo+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2FERIC_ED352828%2Fpage%2Fn315%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Mathieu2014-257">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Mathieu2014_257-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Mathieu2014_257-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Mathieu2014_257-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMathieu2014" class="citation book cs1">Mathieu, Eric (2014). "Many a Plural". In Aguilar-Guevara, Ana; Le Bruyn, Bert; Zwarts, Joost (eds.). Weak Referentiality. Linguistik Aktuell/Linguistics Today, vol. 219. Vol. 219. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp. 157–182 [172, 177]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1075%2Fla.219.07mat">10.1075/la.219.07mat</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-90-272-6938-6" title="Special:BookSources/978-90-272-6938-6"><bdi>978-90-272-6938-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Many+a+Plural&rft.btitle=Weak+Referentiality&rft.place=Amsterdam&rft.series=Linguistik+Aktuell%2FLinguistics+Today%2C+vol.+219&rft.pages=157-182+172%2C+177&rft.pub=John+Benjamins+Publishing+Company&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1075%2Fla.219.07mat&rft.isbn=978-90-272-6938-6&rft.aulast=Mathieu&rft.aufirst=Eric&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Lecarme2002-258">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Lecarme2002_258-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Lecarme2002_258-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLecarme2002" class="citation book cs1">Lecarme, Jacqueline (2002). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://arcadia.sba.uniroma3.it/bitstream/2307/2759/1/Gender%20%27Polarity%27%20-%20Theoretical%20Aspects%20of%20Somali%20Nominal%20Morphology.pdf">"Gender "Polarity": Theoretical Aspects of Somali Nominal Morphology"</a> (PDF). In Boucher, Paul (ed.). Many Morphologies. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press. pp. 109–141 [110, 121–122]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-57473-125-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-57473-125-5"><bdi>978-1-57473-125-5</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240403192819/https://arcadia.sba.uniroma3.it/bitstream/2307/2759/1/Gender%20%27Polarity%27%20-%20Theoretical%20Aspects%20of%20Somali%20Nominal%20Morphology.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-04-03. Retrieved 2024-04-03.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Gender+%E2%80%9CPolarity%E2%80%9D%3A+Theoretical+Aspects+of+Somali+Nominal+Morphology&rft.btitle=Many+Morphologies&rft.place=Somerville%2C+MA&rft.pages=109-141+110%2C+121-122&rft.pub=Cascadilla+Press&rft.date=2002&rft.isbn=978-1-57473-125-5&rft.aulast=Lecarme&rft.aufirst=Jacqueline&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farcadia.sba.uniroma3.it%2Fbitstream%2F2307%2F2759%2F1%2FGender%2520%2527Polarity%2527%2520-%2520Theoretical%2520Aspects%2520of%2520Somali%2520Nominal%2520Morphology.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-259"><a href="#cite_ref-259">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHieda2014" class="citation book cs1">Hieda, Osamu (2014). "Number in Nilotic: A Hypothetical Consideration from Historical Perspective". In Hieda, Osamu (ed.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://tufs.repo.nii.ac.jp/records/11619">Recent Advances in Nilotic Linguistics</a>. Studies in Nilotic Linguistics, vol. 8. Fuchu, Tokyo: Research Institute for Languages and Culture of Asia and Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies. pp. 15–32 [22, 22n11]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-4-86337-156-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-4-86337-156-9"><bdi>978-4-86337-156-9</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240403030423/https://tufs.repo.nii.ac.jp/record/11619/files/B156_SNL-8_Recent%20Advances%20in%20Nilotic%20Linguistics_web_1.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-04-03. Retrieved 2024-04-03.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+in+Nilotic%3A+A+Hypothetical+Consideration+from+Historical+Perspective&rft.btitle=Recent+Advances+in+Nilotic+Linguistics&rft.place=Fuchu%2C+Tokyo&rft.series=Studies+in+Nilotic+Linguistics%2C+vol.+8&rft.pages=15-32+22%2C+22n11&rft.pub=Research+Institute+for+Languages+and+Culture+of+Asia+and+Africa%2C+Tokyo+University+of+Foreign+Studies&rft.date=2014&rft.isbn=978-4-86337-156-9&rft.aulast=Hieda&rft.aufirst=Osamu&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Ftufs.repo.nii.ac.jp%2Frecords%2F11619&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-260"><a href="#cite_ref-260">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFZiadeh1986" class="citation journal cs1">Ziadeh, Farhat J. (1986). "Prosody and the Initial Formation of Classical Arabic". Journal of the American Oriental Society. 106 (2): 333–338 [336]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.2307%2F601598">10.2307/601598</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/601598">601598</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Journal+of+the+American+Oriental+Society&rft.atitle=Prosody+and+the+Initial+Formation+of+Classical+Arabic&rft.volume=106&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=333-338+336&rft.date=1986&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.2307%2F601598&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F601598%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Ziadeh&rft.aufirst=Farhat+J.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Ojeda1992p321-261">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p321_261-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Ojeda1992p321_261-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOjeda1992" class="citation book cs1">Ojeda, Almerindo E. (1992). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED352828/page/n315/mode/2up">"The Semantics of Number in Arabic"</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Chris_Barker_(linguist)" title="Chris Barker (linguist)">Barker, Chris</a>; <a href="/wiki/David_Dowty" title="David Dowty">Dowty, David</a> (eds.). SALT II: Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory; Held at the Ohio State University, May 1-3, 1992. Working Papers in Linguistics No. 40. Columbus: The Ohio State University Department of Linguistics. pp. 303–326 [321–322].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Semantics+of+Number+in+Arabic&rft.btitle=SALT+II%3A+Proceedings+from+the+Second+Conference+on+Semantics+and+Linguistic+Theory%3B+Held+at+the+Ohio+State+University%2C+May+1-3%2C+1992&rft.place=Columbus&rft.series=Working+Papers+in+Linguistics+No.+40&rft.pages=303-326+321-322&rft.pub=The+Ohio+State+University+Department+of+Linguistics&rft.date=1992&rft.aulast=Ojeda&rft.aufirst=Almerindo+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2FERIC_ED352828%2Fpage%2Fn315%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Schub1982-262">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Schub1982_262-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Schub1982_262-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSchub1982" class="citation journal cs1">Schub, Michael B. (1982). "A Note on a Sextuple Plural in Arabic and More on Plurals of Paucity and Abundance". Al-'Arabiyya. 15 (1/2): 153–155 [154]. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/43192546">43192546</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Al-%27Arabiyya&rft.atitle=A+Note+on+a+Sextuple+Plural+in+Arabic+and+More+on+Plurals+of+Paucity+and+Abundance&rft.volume=15&rft.issue=1%2F2&rft.pages=153-155+154&rft.date=1982&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F43192546%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Schub&rft.aufirst=Michael+B.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-263"><a href="#cite_ref-263">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAbu-Chacra2007" class="citation book cs1">Abu-Chacra, Faruk (2007). Arabic: An Essential Grammar. Routledge Essential Grammars (1st ed.). London: Routledge. pp. 72, 82. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.4324%2F9780203088814">10.4324/9780203088814</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-203-08881-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-203-08881-4"><bdi>978-0-203-08881-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Arabic%3A+An+Essential+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Essential+Grammars&rft.pages=72%2C+82&rft.edition=1st&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2007&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.4324%2F9780203088814&rft.isbn=978-0-203-08881-4&rft.aulast=Abu-Chacra&rft.aufirst=Faruk&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-264"><a href="#cite_ref-264">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMarlow2016" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-long-vol">Marlow, L. (2016). Counsel for Kings: Wisdom and Politics in Tenth-Century Iran. Edinburgh Studies in Classical Arabic Literature. Vol. 1, The Naṣīḥat al-mulūk of Pseudo-Māwardī: Contexts and Themes. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. p. 85. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-7486-9691-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-7486-9691-8"><bdi>978-0-7486-9691-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Counsel+for+Kings%3A+Wisdom+and+Politics+in+Tenth-Century+Iran&rft.place=Edinburgh&rft.series=Edinburgh+Studies+in+Classical+Arabic+Literature&rft.pages=85&rft.pub=Edinburgh+University+Press&rft.date=2016&rft.isbn=978-0-7486-9691-8&rft.aulast=Marlow&rft.aufirst=L.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-265"><a href="#cite_ref-265">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCheerangote2018" class="citation journal cs1">Cheerangote, Saidalavi (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://www.languageinindia.com/may2018/saidalaviarabimalayalamcontactinduced2.pdf">"Contact-Induced Elements in Arabi-Malayalam"</a> (PDF). Language in India. 18 (5): 333–341 [335]. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200724095027/http://www.languageinindia.com/may2018/saidalaviarabimalayalamcontactinduced2.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2020-07-24. Retrieved 2024-04-10.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language+in+India&rft.atitle=Contact-Induced+Elements+in+Arabi-Malayalam&rft.volume=18&rft.issue=5&rft.pages=333-341+335&rft.date=2018&rft.aulast=Cheerangote&rft.aufirst=Saidalavi&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.languageinindia.com%2Fmay2018%2Fsaidalaviarabimalayalamcontactinduced2.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-266"><a href="#cite_ref-266">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOjeda1992" class="citation book cs1">Ojeda, Almerindo E. (1992). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED352828/page/n315/mode/2up">"The Semantics of Number in Arabic"</a>. In <a href="/wiki/Chris_Barker_(linguist)" title="Chris Barker (linguist)">Barker, Chris</a>; <a href="/wiki/David_Dowty" title="David Dowty">Dowty, David</a> (eds.). SALT II: Proceedings from the Second Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory; Held at the Ohio State University, May 1-3, 1992. Working Papers in Linguistics No. 40. Columbus: The Ohio State University Department of Linguistics. pp. 303–326 [322].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=The+Semantics+of+Number+in+Arabic&rft.btitle=SALT+II%3A+Proceedings+from+the+Second+Conference+on+Semantics+and+Linguistic+Theory%3B+Held+at+the+Ohio+State+University%2C+May+1-3%2C+1992&rft.place=Columbus&rft.series=Working+Papers+in+Linguistics+No.+40&rft.pages=303-326+322&rft.pub=The+Ohio+State+University+Department+of+Linguistics&rft.date=1992&rft.aulast=Ojeda&rft.aufirst=Almerindo+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2FERIC_ED352828%2Fpage%2Fn315%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p121-268">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p121_268-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p121_268-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 121–124. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=121-124&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Comrie1981-269">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Comrie1981_269-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Comrie1981_269-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Comrie1981_269-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFComrie1981" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Bernard_Comrie" title="Bernard Comrie">Comrie, Bernard</a> (1981). "Ergativity and Grammatical Relations in Kalaw Lagaw Ya (Saibai Dialect)". Australian Journal of Linguistics. 1 (1): 1–42 [6–7]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1080%2F07268608108599265">10.1080/07268608108599265</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Australian+Journal+of+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Ergativity+and+Grammatical+Relations+in+Kalaw+Lagaw+Ya+%28Saibai+Dialect%29&rft.volume=1&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=1-42+6-7&rft.date=1981&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1080%2F07268608108599265&rft.aulast=Comrie&rft.aufirst=Bernard&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-270"><a href="#cite_ref-270">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMitchell2015" class="citation journal cs1">Mitchell, Rod (2015). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281704475">"Ngalmun Lagaw Yangukudu: The Language of Our Homeland"</a>. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum - Culture. 8 (1): 325–452 [362, 379, 382–383]. <a href="/wiki/ISSN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISSN (identifier)">ISSN</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://search.worldcat.org/issn/1440-4788">1440-4788</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240309110919/https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Rod-Mitchell-2/publication/281704475_Ngalmun_Lagaw_Yangukudu_The_language_of_our_homeland/links/62b6ad2289e4f1160c999024/Ngalmun-Lagaw-Yangukudu-The-language-of-our-homeland.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-09. Retrieved 2024-03-09.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Memoirs+of+the+Queensland+Museum+-+Culture&rft.atitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Kala+Lagaw+Ya-language+text%22%3E%3Cspan+lang%3D%22mwp%22+style%3D%22font-style%3A+normal%3B%22%3ENgalmun+Lagaw+Yangukudu%3C%2Fspan%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3A+The+Language+of+Our+Homeland&rft.volume=8&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=325-452+362%2C+379%2C+382-383&rft.date=2015&rft.issn=1440-4788&rft.aulast=Mitchell&rft.aufirst=Rod&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.researchgate.net%2Fpublication%2F281704475&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-271"><a href="#cite_ref-271">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGibsonBartholomew1979" class="citation journal cs1">Gibson, Lorna; <a href="/wiki/Doris_Bartholomew" title="Doris Bartholomew">Bartholomew, Doris</a> (1979). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://www.balsas-nahuatl.org/mixtec/Christian_articles/Otomanguean/Gibson_Bartholomew.pdf">"Pame Noun Inflection"</a> (PDF). International Journal of American Linguistics. 45 (4): 309–322 [311]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F465613">10.1086/465613</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240310185818/http://www.balsas-nahuatl.org/mixtec/Christian_articles/Otomanguean/Gibson_Bartholomew.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-10. Retrieved 2024-03-10.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=International+Journal+of+American+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Pame+Noun+Inflection&rft.volume=45&rft.issue=4&rft.pages=309-322+311&rft.date=1979&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F465613&rft.aulast=Gibson&rft.aufirst=Lorna&rft.au=Bartholomew%2C+Doris&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.balsas-nahuatl.org%2Fmixtec%2FChristian_articles%2FOtomanguean%2FGibson_Bartholomew.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p169-272">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p169_272-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p169_272-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 169. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=169&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Harbour2020p60-273">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2020p60_273-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2020p60_273-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2020" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2020). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/04_96.1Harbour.pdf">"Frankenduals: Their Typology, Structure, and Significance"</a> (PDF). Language. 96 (1): 60–93 [60]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2020.0002">10.1353/lan.2020.0002</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240311174251/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/04_96.1Harbour.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-11. Retrieved 2024-03-11.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language&rft.atitle=Frankenduals%3A+Their+Typology%2C+Structure%2C+and+Significance&rft.volume=96&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=60-93+60&rft.date=2020&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2020.0002&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F04_96.1Harbour.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-274"><a href="#cite_ref-274">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSchokkin2019" class="citation conference cs1">Schokkin, Dineke (2019). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240312061343/https://www.universiteitleiden.nl/binaries/content/assets/geesteswetenschappen/lucl/apll11/apll11-booklet-of-abstracts-2019-03-01.pdf#page=56">The Multifaceted Expression of Number on the Idi Verb</a> (PDF). 11th International Austronesian and Papuan Languages and Linguistics Conference (APLL11). Leidan, Netherlands. p. [54] (unnumbered). Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.universiteitleiden.nl/binaries/content/assets/geesteswetenschappen/lucl/apll11/apll11-booklet-of-abstracts-2019-03-01.pdf#page=56">the original</a> (PDF) on 2024-03-12. Retrieved 2024-03-12.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=conference&rft.btitle=The+Multifaceted+Expression+of+Number+on+the+Idi+Verb&rft.place=Leidan%2C+Netherlands&rft.pages=54+%28unnumbered%29&rft.date=2019&rft.aulast=Schokkin&rft.aufirst=Dineke&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.universiteitleiden.nl%2Fbinaries%2Fcontent%2Fassets%2Fgeesteswetenschappen%2Flucl%2Fapll11%2Fapll11-booklet-of-abstracts-2019-03-01.pdf%23page%3D56&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-275"><a href="#cite_ref-275">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKimball1991" class="citation book cs1">Kimball, Geoffrey D. (1991). Koasati Grammar. Studies in the Anthropology of North American Indians. With the assistance of Bel Abbey, Nora Abbey, Martha John, Ed John, and Ruth Poncho. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. p. 323. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-8032-2725-6" title="Special:BookSources/0-8032-2725-6"><bdi>0-8032-2725-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Koasati+Grammar&rft.place=Lincoln&rft.series=Studies+in+the+Anthropology+of+North+American+Indians&rft.pages=323&rft.pub=University+of+Nebraska+Press&rft.date=1991&rft.isbn=0-8032-2725-6&rft.aulast=Kimball&rft.aufirst=Geoffrey+D.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p123-276">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p123_276-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p123_276-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p123_276-2">c</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p123_276-3">d</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 123. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=123&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Barnes1990-277">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Barnes1990_277-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Barnes1990_277-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBarnes1990" class="citation book cs1">Barnes, Janet (1990). "Classifiers in Tuyuca". In <a href="/wiki/Doris_L._Payne" title="Doris L. Payne">Payne, Doris L.</a> (ed.). Amazonian Linguistics: Studies in Lowland South American Languages. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press. pp. 273–292 [274–275, 283]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-292-72364-1" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-292-72364-1"><bdi>978-0-292-72364-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Classifiers+in+Tuyuca&rft.btitle=Amazonian+Linguistics%3A+Studies+in+Lowland+South+American+Languages&rft.place=Austin%2C+TX&rft.pages=273-292+274-275%2C+283&rft.pub=University+of+Texas+Press&rft.date=1990&rft.isbn=978-0-292-72364-1&rft.aulast=Barnes&rft.aufirst=Janet&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Waltz2002-278">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Waltz2002_278-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Waltz2002_278-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Waltz2002_278-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWaltz2002" class="citation journal cs1">Waltz, Nathan E. (2002). "Innovations in Wanano (Eastern Tucanoan) When Compared to Piratapuyo". International Journal of American Linguistics. 68 (2): 157–215 [189–190]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F466485">10.1086/466485</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/1265637">1265637</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=International+Journal+of+American+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Innovations+in+Wanano+%28Eastern+Tucanoan%29+When+Compared+to+Piratapuyo&rft.volume=68&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=157-215+189-190&rft.date=2002&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F466485&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F1265637%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Waltz&rft.aufirst=Nathan+E.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-279"><a href="#cite_ref-279">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFStenzel2004" class="citation thesis cs1">Stenzel, Kristine Sue (2004). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://etnolinguistica.wdfiles.com/local--files/tese:stenzel-2004/stenzel_2004_wanano.pdf">A Reference Grammar of Wanano</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Colorado. pp. 185–190. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231208130840/https://etnolinguistica.wdfiles.com/local--files/tese:stenzel-2004/stenzel_2004_wanano.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-08. Retrieved 2024-03-13.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Reference+Grammar+of+Wanano&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Colorado&rft.date=2004&rft.aulast=Stenzel&rft.aufirst=Kristine+Sue&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fetnolinguistica.wdfiles.com%2Flocal--files%2Ftese%3Astenzel-2004%2Fstenzel_2004_wanano.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Waltz2012-280">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Waltz2012_280-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Waltz2012_280-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWaltz2012" class="citation book cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Waltz, Nathan E. (2012). Jones, Paula Simmons; Waltz, Carolyn (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/21/32/05/21320596936256302259008409377610888646/pirdic1ed2012.pdf">Diccionario Bilingüe: Piratapuyo-Español, Español-Piratapuyo</a> (PDF) (in Spanish). Bogotá: Editorial Fundación para el Desarrollo de los Pueblos Marginados. pp. 141, 146. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-958-46-1598-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-958-46-1598-5"><bdi>978-958-46-1598-5</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240313144838/https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/21/32/05/21320596936256302259008409377610888646/pirdic1ed2012.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-13. Retrieved 2024-03-13.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Spanish-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22es%22%3EDiccionario+Biling%C3%BCe%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%3A+Piratapuyo-%3Cspan+title%3D%22Spanish-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22es%22%3EEspa%C3%B1ol%2C+Espa%C3%B1ol%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E-Piratapuyo&rft.place=Bogot%C3%A1&rft.pages=141%2C+146&rft.pub=Editorial+Fundaci%C3%B3n+para+el+Desarrollo+de+los+Pueblos+Marginados&rft.date=2012&rft.isbn=978-958-46-1598-5&rft.aulast=Waltz&rft.aufirst=Nathan+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sil.org%2Fsystem%2Ffiles%2Freapdata%2F21%2F32%2F05%2F21320596936256302259008409377610888646%2Fpirdic1ed2012.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-281"><a href="#cite_ref-281">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBalykova2021" class="citation journal cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">Balykova, Kristina (2021). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://periodicos.sbu.unicamp.br/ojs/index.php/liames/article/view/8661280/26570">"Quantificação e Individuação em Wa'ikhana"</a>. Liames: Línguas Indígenas Americanas (in Portuguese). 21: 1–21 [16]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.20396%2Fliames.v21i00.8661280">10.20396/liames.v21i00.8661280</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220808100206/https://periodicos.sbu.unicamp.br/ojs/index.php/liames/article/download/8661280/26570/99371">Archived</a> from the original on 2022-08-08. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Liames%3A+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Portuguese-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22pt%22%3EL%C3%ADnguas+Ind%C3%ADgenas+Americanas%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.atitle=Quantifica%C3%A7%C3%A3o+e+Individua%C3%A7%C3%A3o+em+Wa%27ikhana&rft.volume=21&rft.pages=1-21+16&rft.date=2021&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.20396%2Fliames.v21i00.8661280&rft.aulast=Balykova&rft.aufirst=Kristina&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fperiodicos.sbu.unicamp.br%2Fojs%2Findex.php%2Fliames%2Farticle%2Fview%2F8661280%2F26570&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Walker1966-282">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Walker1966_282-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Walker1966_282-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWalker1966" class="citation journal cs1">Walker, Willard (1966). "Inflectional Class and Taxonomic Structure in Zuni". International Journal of American Linguistics. 32 (3): 217–227 [217, 217n3]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F464906">10.1086/464906</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/1263461">1263461</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=International+Journal+of+American+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Inflectional+Class+and+Taxonomic+Structure+in+Zuni&rft.volume=32&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=217-227+217%2C+217n3&rft.date=1966&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F464906&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F1263461%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Walker&rft.aufirst=Willard&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Harbour2020p87-283">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2020p87_283-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Harbour2020p87_283-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2020" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2020). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/04_96.1Harbour.pdf">"Frankenduals: Their Typology, Structure, and Significance"</a> (PDF). Language. 96 (1): 60–93 [87–89]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2020.0002">10.1353/lan.2020.0002</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240311174251/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/04_96.1Harbour.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-11. Retrieved 2024-03-11.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language&rft.atitle=Frankenduals%3A+Their+Typology%2C+Structure%2C+and+Significance&rft.volume=96&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=60-93+87-89&rft.date=2020&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2020.0002&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F04_96.1Harbour.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-284"><a href="#cite_ref-284">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWitherspoon1971" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Gary_Witherspoon" title="Gary Witherspoon">Witherspoon, Gary J.</a> (1971). "Navajo Categories of Objects at Rest". American Anthropologist. N.s. 73 (1): 110–127 [112]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1525%2Faa.1971.73.1.02a00090">10.1525/aa.1971.73.1.02a00090</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/671816">671816</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=American+Anthropologist&rft.atitle=Navajo+Categories+of+Objects+at+Rest&rft.volume=73&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=110-127+112&rft.date=1971&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1525%2Faa.1971.73.1.02a00090&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F671816%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Witherspoon&rft.aufirst=Gary+J.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-285"><a href="#cite_ref-285">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFEvans2014" class="citation journal cs1"><a href="/wiki/Nicholas_Evans_(linguist)" title="Nicholas Evans (linguist)">Evans, Nicholas</a> (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/14019/1/Evans%20Positional%20Verbs%20in%20Nen%202014.pdf">"Positional Verbs in Nen"</a> (PDF). Oceanic Linguistics. 53 (2): 225–255 [228n†, 229, 229n10, 231–237, 233n17, 235n20]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Fol.2014.0019">10.1353/ol.2014.0019</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20230724191507/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/14019/1/Evans%20Positional%20Verbs%20in%20Nen%202014.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-07-24. Retrieved 2024-03-15.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Oceanic+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Positional+Verbs+in+Nen&rft.volume=53&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=225-255+228n%E2%80%A0%2C+229%2C+229n10%2C+231-237%2C+233n17%2C+235n20&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Fol.2014.0019&rft.aulast=Evans&rft.aufirst=Nicholas&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F14019%2F1%2FEvans%2520Positional%2520Verbs%2520in%2520Nen%25202014.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2020" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2020). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/04_96.1Harbour.pdf">"Frankenduals: Their Typology, Structure, and Significance"</a> (PDF). Language. 96 (1): 60–93 [60n1]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2020.0002">10.1353/lan.2020.0002</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240311174251/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/04_96.1Harbour.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-11. Retrieved 2024-03-15.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language&rft.atitle=Frankenduals%3A+Their+Typology%2C+Structure%2C+and+Significance&rft.volume=96&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=60-93+60n1&rft.date=2020&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2020.0002&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F04_96.1Harbour.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSiegel2023" class="citation book cs1">Siegel, Jeff (2023). A Grammar of Nama: A Papuan Language of Southern New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics, vol. 668. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 122–125, 127–128, 133–134, 137, 139, 141–146, 148, 150–152, 155, 217, 238, 264, 295, 302–304, 302n51, 313–314, 316, 318. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-107701-7" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-107701-7"><bdi>978-3-11-107701-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Nama%3A+A+Papuan+Language+of+Southern+New+Guinea&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+vol.+668&rft.pages=122-125%2C+127-128%2C+133-134%2C+137%2C+139%2C+141-146%2C+148%2C+150-152%2C+155%2C+217%2C+238%2C+264%2C+295%2C+302-304%2C+302n51%2C+313-314%2C+316%2C+318&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2023&rft.isbn=978-3-11-107701-7&rft.aulast=Siegel&rft.aufirst=Jeff&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-286"><a href="#cite_ref-286">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcDonaldWurm1979" class="citation book cs1">McDonald, M.; <a href="/wiki/Stephen_Wurm" title="Stephen Wurm">Wurm, S. A.</a> (1979). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200110025746/http://sealang.net/archives/pl/pdf/PL-B65.pdf">Basic Materials in Waŋkumara (Gaḷali): Grammar, Sentences and Vocabulary</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - No. 65. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 18–19. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-202-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-202-X"><bdi>0-85883-202-X</bdi></a>. Archived from the original on 2020-01-10. Retrieved 2024-04-11.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Basic+Materials+in+Wa%C5%8Bkumara+%28Ga%E1%B8%B7ali%29%3A+Grammar%2C+Sentences+and+Vocabulary&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+No.+65&rft.pages=18-19&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1979&rft.isbn=0-85883-202-X&rft.aulast=McDonald&rft.aufirst=M.&rft.au=Wurm%2C+S.+A.&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fsealang.net%2Farchives%2Fpl%2Fpdf%2FPL-B65.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"><code class="cs1-code">{{<a href="/wiki/Template:Cite_book" title="Template:Cite book">cite book</a>}}</code>: CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown (<a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_maint:_bot:_original_URL_status_unknown" title="Category:CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown">link</a>)</li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSiegl" class="citation book cs1">Siegl, Florian. Materials on Forest Enets, an Indigenous Language of Northern Siberia. Suomalais-Ugrilaisen Seuran Toimituksia / Mémoires de la Société Finno-Ougrienne, 267. Helsinki: Société Finno-Ougrienne. p. 280. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-952-5667-46-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-952-5667-46-2"><bdi>978-952-5667-46-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Materials+on+Forest+Enets%2C+an+Indigenous+Language+of+Northern+Siberia&rft.place=Helsinki&rft.series=Suomalais-Ugrilaisen+Seuran+Toimituksia+%2F+M%C3%A9moires+de+la+Soci%C3%A9t%C3%A9+Finno-Ougrienne%2C+267&rft.pages=280&rft.pub=Soci%C3%A9t%C3%A9+Finno-Ougrienne&rft.isbn=978-952-5667-46-2&rft.aulast=Siegl&rft.aufirst=Florian&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSutton2010" class="citation book cs1">Sutton, Logan (2010). "Noun Class and Number in Kiowa-Tanoan: Comparative-Historical Research and Respecting Speakers' Rights in Fieldwork". In <a href="/wiki/Andrea_L._Berez-Kroeker" title="Andrea L. Berez-Kroeker">Berez, Andrea L.</a>; <a href="/wiki/Jean_Mulder" title="Jean Mulder">Mulder, Jean</a>; Rosenblum, Daisy (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6/content">Fieldwork and Linguistic Analysis in Indigenous Languages of the Americas</a>. Language Documentation & Conservation Special Publication No. 2. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press. pp. 57–89 [68]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-3530-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-3530-9"><bdi>978-0-8248-3530-9</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240315192418/https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-15. Retrieved 2024-03-15.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Noun+Class+and+Number+in+Kiowa-Tanoan%3A+Comparative-Historical+Research+and+Respecting+Speakers%27+Rights+in+Fieldwork&rft.btitle=Fieldwork+and+Linguistic+Analysis+in+Indigenous+Languages+of+the+Americas&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Language+Documentation+%26+Conservation+Special+Publication+No.+2&rft.pages=57-89+68&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%E2%80%98i+Press&rft.date=2010&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-3530-9&rft.aulast=Sutton&rft.aufirst=Logan&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-McDonald1979-288">^ <a href="#cite_ref-McDonald1979_288-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-McDonald1979_288-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-McDonald1979_288-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcDonaldWurm1979" class="citation book cs1">McDonald, M.; <a href="/wiki/Stephen_Wurm" title="Stephen Wurm">Wurm, S. A.</a> (1979). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20200110025746/http://sealang.net/archives/pl/pdf/PL-B65.pdf">Basic Materials in Waŋkumara (Gaḷali): Grammar, Sentences and Vocabulary</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - No. 65. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 16–19, 22, 24, 28, 67. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-202-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-202-X"><bdi>0-85883-202-X</bdi></a>. Archived from the original on 2020-01-10. Retrieved 2024-04-11.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Basic+Materials+in+Wa%C5%8Bkumara+%28Ga%E1%B8%B7ali%29%3A+Grammar%2C+Sentences+and+Vocabulary&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+No.+65&rft.pages=16-19%2C+22%2C+24%2C+28%2C+67&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1979&rft.isbn=0-85883-202-X&rft.aulast=McDonald&rft.aufirst=M.&rft.au=Wurm%2C+S.+A.&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fsealang.net%2Farchives%2Fpl%2Fpdf%2FPL-B65.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"><code class="cs1-code">{{<a href="/wiki/Template:Cite_book" title="Template:Cite book">cite book</a>}}</code>: CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown (<a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_maint:_bot:_original_URL_status_unknown" title="Category:CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown">link</a>) </li> <li id="cite_note-289"><a href="#cite_ref-289">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSutton2010" class="citation book cs1">Sutton, Logan (2010). "Noun Class and Number in Kiowa-Tanoan: Comparative-Historical Research and Respecting Speakers' Rights in Fieldwork". In <a href="/wiki/Andrea_L._Berez-Kroeker" title="Andrea L. Berez-Kroeker">Berez, Andrea L.</a>; <a href="/wiki/Jean_Mulder" title="Jean Mulder">Mulder, Jean</a>; Rosenblum, Daisy (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6/content">Fieldwork and Linguistic Analysis in Indigenous Languages of the Americas</a>. Language Documentation & Conservation Special Publication No. 2. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press. pp. 57–89 [60]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-3530-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-3530-9"><bdi>978-0-8248-3530-9</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240315192418/https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-15. Retrieved 2024-03-15.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Noun+Class+and+Number+in+Kiowa-Tanoan%3A+Comparative-Historical+Research+and+Respecting+Speakers%27+Rights+in+Fieldwork&rft.btitle=Fieldwork+and+Linguistic+Analysis+in+Indigenous+Languages+of+the+Americas&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Language+Documentation+%26+Conservation+Special+Publication+No.+2&rft.pages=57-89+60&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%E2%80%98i+Press&rft.date=2010&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-3530-9&rft.aulast=Sutton&rft.aufirst=Logan&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-290"><a href="#cite_ref-290">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSutton2010" class="citation book cs1">Sutton, Logan (2010). "Noun Class and Number in Kiowa-Tanoan: Comparative-Historical Research and Respecting Speakers' Rights in Fieldwork". In <a href="/wiki/Andrea_L._Berez-Kroeker" title="Andrea L. Berez-Kroeker">Berez, Andrea L.</a>; <a href="/wiki/Jean_Mulder" title="Jean Mulder">Mulder, Jean</a>; Rosenblum, Daisy (eds.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6/content">Fieldwork and Linguistic Analysis in Indigenous Languages of the Americas</a>. Language Documentation & Conservation Special Publication No. 2. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press. pp. 57–89 [67–68]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-3530-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-8248-3530-9"><bdi>978-0-8248-3530-9</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240315192418/https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/server/api/core/bitstreams/88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-15. Retrieved 2024-03-15.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Noun+Class+and+Number+in+Kiowa-Tanoan%3A+Comparative-Historical+Research+and+Respecting+Speakers%27+Rights+in+Fieldwork&rft.btitle=Fieldwork+and+Linguistic+Analysis+in+Indigenous+Languages+of+the+Americas&rft.place=Honolulu&rft.series=Language+Documentation+%26+Conservation+Special+Publication+No.+2&rft.pages=57-89+67-68&rft.pub=University+of+Hawai%E2%80%98i+Press&rft.date=2010&rft.isbn=978-0-8248-3530-9&rft.aulast=Sutton&rft.aufirst=Logan&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fscholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2F88057c69-25c4-499d-9a23-ab017f32d6b6%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-291"><a href="#cite_ref-291">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2013" class="citation book cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2013). ""Not Plus" Isn't "Not There": Bivalence in Person, Number, and Gender". In Matushansky, Ora; <a href="/wiki/Alec_Marantz" title="Alec Marantz">Marantz, Alec</a> (eds.). Distributed Morphology Today: Morphemes for Morris Halle. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. p. 135–150 [142]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01967-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-262-01967-5"><bdi>978-0-262-01967-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=%22Not+Plus%22+Isn%27t+%22Not+There%22%3A+Bivalence+in+Person%2C+Number%2C+and+Gender&rft.btitle=Distributed+Morphology+Today%3A+Morphemes+for+Morris+Halle&rft.place=Cambridge%2C+MA&rft.pages=135-150+142&rft.pub=MIT+Press&rft.date=2013&rft.isbn=978-0-262-01967-5&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-292"><a href="#cite_ref-292">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMithun2006" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Marianne_Mithun" title="Marianne Mithun">Mithun, Marianne</a> (2006) [1999]. The Languages of Native North America. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 81. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-521-23228-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-521-23228-7"><bdi>0-521-23228-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Languages+of+Native+North+America&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.pages=81&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=0-521-23228-7&rft.aulast=Mithun&rft.aufirst=Marianne&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-McLaughlin2018-293">^ <a href="#cite_ref-McLaughlin2018_293-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-McLaughlin2018_293-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMcLaughlin2018" class="citation journal cs1">McLaughlin, John E. (2018). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1830&context=english_facpub">"Expanding to the Edges: Central Numic Dual Number"</a>. International Journal of American Linguistics. 84 (3): 359–381 [370–371]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F697587">10.1086/697587</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220502044421/https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1830&context=english_facpub">Archived</a> from the original on 2022-05-02. Retrieved 2024-03-15.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=International+Journal+of+American+Linguistics&rft.atitle=Expanding+to+the+Edges%3A+Central+Numic+Dual+Number&rft.volume=84&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=359-381+370-371&rft.date=2018&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F697587&rft.aulast=McLaughlin&rft.aufirst=John+E.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fdigitalcommons.usu.edu%2Fcgi%2Fviewcontent.cgi%3Farticle%3D1830%26context%3Denglish_facpub&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-294"><a href="#cite_ref-294">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSiegl" class="citation book cs1">Siegl, Florian. Materials on Forest Enets, an Indigenous Language of Northern Siberia. Suomalais-Ugrilaisen Seuran Toimituksia / Mémoires de la Société Finno-Ougrienne, 267. Helsinki: Société Finno-Ougrienne. p. 280. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-952-5667-46-2" title="Special:BookSources/978-952-5667-46-2"><bdi>978-952-5667-46-2</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Materials+on+Forest+Enets%2C+an+Indigenous+Language+of+Northern+Siberia&rft.place=Helsinki&rft.series=Suomalais-Ugrilaisen+Seuran+Toimituksia+%2F+M%C3%A9moires+de+la+Soci%C3%A9t%C3%A9+Finno-Ougrienne%2C+267&rft.pages=280&rft.pub=Soci%C3%A9t%C3%A9+Finno-Ougrienne&rft.isbn=978-952-5667-46-2&rft.aulast=Siegl&rft.aufirst=Florian&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-295"><a href="#cite_ref-295">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 123–124. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=123-124&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-296"><a href="#cite_ref-296">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFSiegel2023" class="citation book cs1">Siegel, Jeff (2023). A Grammar of Nama: A Papuan Language of Southern New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics, vol. 668. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. p. 302. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-107701-7" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-107701-7"><bdi>978-3-11-107701-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Nama%3A+A+Papuan+Language+of+Southern+New+Guinea&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+vol.+668&rft.pages=302&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2023&rft.isbn=978-3-11-107701-7&rft.aulast=Siegel&rft.aufirst=Jeff&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-297"><a href="#cite_ref-297">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 50–51, 64–65. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=50-51%2C+64-65&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-298"><a href="#cite_ref-298">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 50–51. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=50-51&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-299"><a href="#cite_ref-299">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 13–14. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=13-14&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-300"><a href="#cite_ref-300">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCouncellerChya2023" class="citation book cs1">Counceller, April Isiik G. L.; Chya, Dehrich Isuwiq (2023). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://alutiiqmuseum.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/KodiakAlutiiqLanguageTextbook_FINAL.pdf">Kodiak Alutiiq Language Textbook</a> (PDF) (1st ed.). Kodiak, AK: Alutiiq Museum and Archaeological Repository. pp. 31–33, 35, 48–49, 54–61, 66–69, 86–87, 90–91, 116–117, 125–126, 131–132, 138–143, 145–146, 152–158, 167–169, 171, 192–193, 201. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-929650-25-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-929650-25-5"><bdi>978-1-929650-25-5</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240215163545/https://alutiiqmuseum.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/KodiakAlutiiqLanguageTextbook_FINAL.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-02-15. Retrieved 2024-03-10.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Kodiak+Alutiiq+Language+Textbook&rft.place=Kodiak%2C+AK&rft.pages=31-33%2C+35%2C+48-49%2C+54-61%2C+66-69%2C+86-87%2C+90-91%2C+116-117%2C+125-126%2C+131-132%2C+138-143%2C+145-146%2C+152-158%2C+167-169%2C+171%2C+192-193%2C+201&rft.edition=1st&rft.pub=Alutiiq+Museum+and+Archaeological+Repository&rft.date=2023&rft.isbn=978-1-929650-25-5&rft.aulast=Counceller&rft.aufirst=April+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Alutiiq-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22ems%22%3EIsiik%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E+G.+L.&rft.au=Chya%2C+Dehrich+%3Cspan+title%3D%22Alutiiq-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22ems%22%3EIsuwiq%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Falutiiqmuseum.org%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2024%2F01%2FKodiakAlutiiqLanguageTextbook_FINAL.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-301"><a href="#cite_ref-301">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCole1955" class="citation book cs1">Cole, Desmond T. (1955). An Introduction to Tswana Grammar. London: Longmans, Green and Co. pp. 79, 82. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-582-61709-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-582-61709-X"><bdi>0-582-61709-X</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=An+Introduction+to+Tswana+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.pages=79%2C+82&rft.pub=Longmans%2C+Green+and+Co.&rft.date=1955&rft.isbn=0-582-61709-X&rft.aulast=Cole&rft.aufirst=Desmond+T.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-302"><a href="#cite_ref-302">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAhland2012" class="citation thesis cs1">Ahland, Michael Bryan (2012). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://cla.csulb.edu/departments/linguistics/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Ahland-2012.pdf">A Grammar of Northern Mao (Màwés Aas'è)</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Oregon. pp. 195–199. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231105044056/https://cla.csulb.edu/departments/linguistics/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Ahland-2012.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-11-05. Retrieved 2024-03-31.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Northern+Mao+%28M%C3%A0w%C3%A9s+Aas%27%C3%A8%29&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Oregon&rft.date=2012&rft.aulast=Ahland&rft.aufirst=Michael+Bryan&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fcla.csulb.edu%2Fdepartments%2Flinguistics%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2016%2F01%2FAhland-2012.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-303"><a href="#cite_ref-303">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBrownMuirCraigAnea2016" class="citation book cs1">Brown, Jason; Muir, Alex; Craig, Kimberley; Anea, Karika (2016). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240107232500/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/111328/3/BrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf">A Short Grammar of Urama</a> (PDF). Asia-Pacific Linguistics 32. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 20, 24–25. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-922185-22-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-922185-22-8"><bdi>978-1-922185-22-8</bdi></a>. Archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/111328/3/BrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf">the original</a> (PDF) on 2024-01-07. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Short+Grammar+of+Urama&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Asia-Pacific+Linguistics+32&rft.pages=20%2C+24-25&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=2016&rft.isbn=978-1-922185-22-8&rft.aulast=Brown&rft.aufirst=Jason&rft.au=Muir%2C+Alex&rft.au=Craig%2C+Kimberley&rft.au=Anea%2C+Karika&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F111328%2F3%2FBrownEtAl-2016-UramaGrammar.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-304"><a href="#cite_ref-304">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLynch1978" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/John_Lynch_(linguist)" title="John Lynch (linguist)">Lynch, John</a> (1978). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/146494/1/PL-B55.pdf">A Grammar of Lenakel</a> (PDF). Pacific Linguistics, Series B - No. 55. Canberra: Australian National University. pp. 24–25, 55–58. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-85883-166-X" title="Special:BookSources/0-85883-166-X"><bdi>0-85883-166-X</bdi></a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20221013104723/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/146494/1/PL-B55.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-10-13. Retrieved 2024-03-16.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Lenakel&rft.place=Canberra&rft.series=Pacific+Linguistics%2C+Series+B+-+No.+55&rft.pages=24-25%2C+55-58&rft.pub=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1978&rft.isbn=0-85883-166-X&rft.aulast=Lynch&rft.aufirst=John&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fbitstream%2F1885%2F146494%2F1%2FPL-B55.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-305"><a href="#cite_ref-305">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOnishi1994" class="citation thesis cs1">Onishi, Masayuki (1994). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/12476">A Grammar of Motuna (Bougainville, Papua New Guinea)</a> (PhD thesis). Australian National University. pp. 71–73. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20231211105936/https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/bitstream/1885/12476/1/Onishi%20M%20Thesis%201994.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2023-12-11. Retrieved 2024-01-27.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Motuna+%28Bougainville%2C+Papua+New+Guinea%29&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Australian+National+University&rft.date=1994&rft.aulast=Onishi&rft.aufirst=Masayuki&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopenresearch-repository.anu.edu.au%2Fhandle%2F1885%2F12476&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Corbett2000p117-306">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p117_306-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Corbett2000p117_306-1">b</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 117–118. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=117-118&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-307"><a href="#cite_ref-307">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 111–117. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=111-117&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-Grimm2021-308">^ <a href="#cite_ref-Grimm2021_308-0">a</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Grimm2021_308-1">b</a> <a href="#cite_ref-Grimm2021_308-2">c</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFGrimm2021" class="citation book cs1">Grimm, Scott (2021). "Inverse Number in Dagaare". In Hofherr, Patricia Cabredo; Doetjes, Jenny (eds.). The Oxford Handbook of Grammatical Number. Oxford Handbooks in Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 445–462 [450]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1093%2Foxfordhb%2F9780198795858.013.21">10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198795858.013.21</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-879585-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-879585-8"><bdi>978-0-19-879585-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Inverse+Number+in+Dagaare&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Handbook+of+Grammatical+Number&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Handbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=445-462+450&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2021&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1093%2Foxfordhb%2F9780198795858.013.21&rft.isbn=978-0-19-879585-8&rft.aulast=Grimm&rft.aufirst=Scott&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-309"><a href="#cite_ref-309">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAliGrimmBodomo2021" class="citation book cs1">Ali, Mark; Grimm, Scott; <a href="/wiki/Adams_Bodomo" title="Adams Bodomo">Bodomo, Adams</a> (2021). A Dictionary and Grammatical Sketch of Dagaare. African Language Grammars and Dictionaries 4. Berlin: Language Science Press. pp. v, 52. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.5281%2Fzenodo.4501694">10.5281/zenodo.4501694</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-96110-306-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-96110-306-5"><bdi>978-3-96110-306-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Dictionary+and+Grammatical+Sketch+of+Dagaare&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=African+Language+Grammars+and+Dictionaries+4&rft.pages=v%2C+52&rft.pub=Language+Science+Press&rft.date=2021&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.5281%2Fzenodo.4501694&rft.isbn=978-3-96110-306-5&rft.aulast=Ali&rft.aufirst=Mark&rft.au=Grimm%2C+Scott&rft.au=Bodomo%2C+Adams&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-310"><a href="#cite_ref-310">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 112–113. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=112-113&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-311"><a href="#cite_ref-311">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAlpher1991" class="citation book cs1">Alpher, Barry (1991). Yir-Yoront Lexicon: Sketch and Dictionary of an Australian Language. Trends in Linguistics Documentation 6. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. pp. 37–40. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/3-11-012682-6" title="Special:BookSources/3-11-012682-6"><bdi>3-11-012682-6</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Yir-Yoront+Lexicon%3A+Sketch+and+Dictionary+of+an+Australian+Language&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Trends+in+Linguistics+Documentation+6&rft.pages=37-40&rft.pub=Mouton+de+Gruyter&rft.date=1991&rft.isbn=3-11-012682-6&rft.aulast=Alpher&rft.aufirst=Barry&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-312"><a href="#cite_ref-312">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFMithun2006" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Marianne_Mithun" title="Marianne Mithun">Mithun, Marianne</a> (2006) [1999]. The Languages of Native North America. Cambridge Language Surveys (3rd ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 88–89. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-521-23228-9" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-521-23228-9"><bdi>978-0-521-23228-9</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Languages+of+Native+North+America&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Language+Surveys&rft.pages=88-89&rft.edition=3rd&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-0-521-23228-9&rft.aulast=Mithun&rft.aufirst=Marianne&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-313"><a href="#cite_ref-313">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHamidzadeh2013" class="citation thesis cs1">Hamidzadeh, Khashayar (2013). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/server/api/core/bitstreams/a7255446-a228-40c3-bbd0-e1cd77a19fe2/content">Reduplication in Paraguayan Guaraní: A Descriptive Account</a> (MA thesis). University of Manitoba. p. 91. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240321000452/https://mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/server/api/core/bitstreams/a7255446-a228-40c3-bbd0-e1cd77a19fe2/content">Archived</a> from the original on 2024-03-21. Retrieved 2024-03-21.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Reduplication+in+Paraguayan+Guaran%C3%AD%3A+A+Descriptive+Account&rft.degree=MA&rft.inst=University+of+Manitoba&rft.date=2013&rft.aulast=Hamidzadeh&rft.aufirst=Khashayar&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fmspace.lib.umanitoba.ca%2Fserver%2Fapi%2Fcore%2Fbitstreams%2Fa7255446-a228-40c3-bbd0-e1cd77a19fe2%2Fcontent&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-314"><a href="#cite_ref-314">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFBril2014" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Isabelle_Bril" title="Isabelle Bril">Bril, Isabelle</a> (2014). "Number and Numeration in Nêlêmwa and Zuanga (New Caledonia): Ontologies, Definiteness and Pragmatics". In <a href="/wiki/Anne_Storch" title="Anne Storch">Storch, Anne</a>; <a href="/wiki/Gerrit_Dimmendaal" title="Gerrit Dimmendaal">Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.</a> (eds.). Number – Constructions and Semantics: Case Studies from Africa, Amazonia, India and Oceania. Studies in Language Companion Series, vol. 151. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp. 167–198 [184–185]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-90-272-7063-4" title="Special:BookSources/978-90-272-7063-4"><bdi>978-90-272-7063-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+and+Numeration+in+N%C3%AAl%C3%AAmwa+and+Zuanga+%28New+Caledonia%29%3A+Ontologies%2C+Definiteness+and+Pragmatics&rft.btitle=Number+%E2%80%93+Constructions+and+Semantics%3A+Case+Studies+from+Africa%2C+Amazonia%2C+India+and+Oceania&rft.place=Amsterdam&rft.series=Studies+in+Language+Companion+Series%2C+vol.+151&rft.pages=167-198+184-185&rft.pub=John+Benjamins+Publishing+Company&rft.date=2014&rft.isbn=978-90-272-7063-4&rft.aulast=Bril&rft.aufirst=Isabelle&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-315"><a href="#cite_ref-315">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCollins2001" class="citation journal cs1">Collins, Chris (2001). "Aspects of Plurality in ǂHoan". Language. 77 (3): 456–476 [465–470]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2001.0141">10.1353/lan.2001.0141</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/3086940">3086940</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language&rft.atitle=Aspects+of+Plurality+in+%C7%82Hoan&rft.volume=77&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=456-476+465-470&rft.date=2001&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2001.0141&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F3086940%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Collins&rft.aufirst=Chris&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-316"><a href="#cite_ref-316">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKrasnoukhova2022" class="citation book cs1">Krasnoukhova, Olga (2022). "Number in the Languages of South America". In Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (eds.). Number in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Comparative Handbooks of Linguistics, vol. 5. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 609–670 [648]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5"><bdi>978-3-11-056069-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+in+the+Languages+of+South+America&rft.btitle=Number+in+the+World%27s+Languages%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Comparative+Handbooks+of+Linguistics%2C+vol.+5&rft.pages=609-670+648&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-056069-5&rft.aulast=Krasnoukhova&rft.aufirst=Olga&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-317"><a href="#cite_ref-317">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFFrowein2011" class="citation thesis cs1">Frowein, Friedel Martin (2011). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://opal.latrobe.edu.au/ndownloader/files/38778330">A Grammar of Siar, an Oceanic Language of New Ireland Province, Papua New Guinea</a> (PhD thesis). La Trobe University. pp. 18, 124, 140, 140n49. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240321050241/https://s3-ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com/figshare-production-eu-latrobe-storage9079-ap-southeast-2/38778330/34054_SOURCE01_3_A.pdf?X-Amz-Algorithm=AWS4-HMAC-SHA256&X-Amz-Credential=AKIARRFKZQ25KW2DIYRU/20240321/ap-southeast-2/s3/aws4_request&X-Amz-Date=20240321T050239Z&X-Amz-Expires=10&X-Amz-SignedHeaders=host&X-Amz-Signature=26f85e3d7f28a236934d1bbb96397fe48e4e74957ef565cb6b01c7f17e816c58">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-21. Retrieved 2024-03-21.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=A+Grammar+of+Siar%2C+an+Oceanic+Language+of+New+Ireland+Province%2C+Papua+New+Guinea&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=La+Trobe+University&rft.date=2011&rft.aulast=Frowein&rft.aufirst=Friedel+Martin&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fopal.latrobe.edu.au%2Fndownloader%2Ffiles%2F38778330&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKrasnoukhova2022" class="citation book cs1">Krasnoukhova, Olga (2022). "Number in the Languages of South America". In Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a> (eds.). Number in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Comparative Handbooks of Linguistics, vol. 5. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 609–670 [648]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-056069-5"><bdi>978-3-11-056069-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number+in+the+Languages+of+South+America&rft.btitle=Number+in+the+World%27s+Languages%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Comparative+Handbooks+of+Linguistics%2C+vol.+5&rft.pages=609-670+648&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-056069-5&rft.aulast=Krasnoukhova&rft.aufirst=Olga&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFYoungMorgan1972" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Robert_W._Young" title="Robert W. Young">Young, Robert W.</a>; <a href="/wiki/William_Morgan_(Navajo_scholar)" title="William Morgan (Navajo scholar)">Morgan, William</a> (1972) [1943]. The Navaho Language: The Elements of Navaho Grammar with a Dictionary in Two Parts Containing Basic Vocabularies of Navaho and English. Salt Lake City, UT: Deseret Book Company. p. 2.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Navaho+Language%3A+The+Elements+of+Navaho+Grammar+with+a+Dictionary+in+Two+Parts+Containing+Basic+Vocabularies+of+Navaho+and+English&rft.place=Salt+Lake+City%2C+UT&rft.pages=2&rft.pub=Deseret+Book+Company&rft.date=1972&rft.aulast=Young&rft.aufirst=Robert+W.&rft.au=Morgan%2C+William&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-318"><a href="#cite_ref-318">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 114–117, 120. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=114-117%2C+120&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHofherr2021" class="citation book cs1">Hofherr, Patricia Cabredo (2021). "Nominal Number Morphology". In Hofherr, Patricia Cabredo; Doetjes, Jenny (eds.). The Oxford Handbook of Grammatical Number. Oxford Handbooks in Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 135–163 [139–142]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1093%2Foxfordhb%2F9780198795858.013.7">10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198795858.013.7</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-879585-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-879585-8"><bdi>978-0-19-879585-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Nominal+Number+Morphology&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Handbook+of+Grammatical+Number&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Handbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=135-163+139-142&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2021&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1093%2Foxfordhb%2F9780198795858.013.7&rft.isbn=978-0-19-879585-8&rft.aulast=Hofherr&rft.aufirst=Patricia+Cabredo&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLevy2006" class="citation book cs1">Levy, Paulette (2006) [2004]. "Adjectives in Papantla Totonac". In <a href="/wiki/Robert_M._W._Dixon" title="Robert M. W. Dixon">Dixon, R. M. W.</a>; <a href="/wiki/Alexandra_Aikhenvald" title="Alexandra Aikhenvald">Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y.</a> (eds.). Adjective Classes: A Cross-Linguistic Typology. Explorations in Linguistic Typology 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp. 147–176 [152]. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-920346-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-920346-8"><bdi>978-0-19-920346-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Adjectives+in+Papantla+Totonac&rft.btitle=Adjective+Classes%3A+A+Cross-Linguistic+Typology&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Explorations+in+Linguistic+Typology+1&rft.pages=147-176+152&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-0-19-920346-8&rft.aulast=Levy&rft.aufirst=Paulette&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-319"><a href="#cite_ref-319">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 113–114, 116, 120. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=113-114%2C+116%2C+120&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-320"><a href="#cite_ref-320">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAliGrimmBodomo2021" class="citation book cs1">Ali, Mark; Grimm, Scott; <a href="/wiki/Adams_Bodomo" title="Adams Bodomo">Bodomo, Adams</a> (2021). A Dictionary and Grammatical Sketch of Dagaare. African Language Grammars and Dictionaries 4. Berlin: Language Science Press. pp. v, 263. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.5281%2Fzenodo.4501694">10.5281/zenodo.4501694</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-96110-306-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-96110-306-5"><bdi>978-3-96110-306-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Dictionary+and+Grammatical+Sketch+of+Dagaare&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=African+Language+Grammars+and+Dictionaries+4&rft.pages=v%2C+263&rft.pub=Language+Science+Press&rft.date=2021&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.5281%2Fzenodo.4501694&rft.isbn=978-3-96110-306-5&rft.aulast=Ali&rft.aufirst=Mark&rft.au=Grimm%2C+Scott&rft.au=Bodomo%2C+Adams&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-321"><a href="#cite_ref-321">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOjeda1998" class="citation journal cs1">Ojeda, Almerindo E. (1998). "The Semantics of Collectives and Distributives in Papago". Natural Language Semantics. 6 (3): 245–270 [248–249]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1023%2FA%3A1008289808782">10.1023/A:1008289808782</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/23752366">23752366</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Natural+Language+Semantics&rft.atitle=The+Semantics+of+Collectives+and+Distributives+in+Papago&rft.volume=6&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=245-270+248-249&rft.date=1998&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1023%2FA%3A1008289808782&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F23752366%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Ojeda&rft.aufirst=Almerindo+E.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-322"><a href="#cite_ref-322">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 114–116, 120. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=114-116%2C+120&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-323"><a href="#cite_ref-323">^</a> See: <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHaas" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Mary_Haas" title="Mary Haas">Haas, Mary R.</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://diglib.amphilsoc.org/islandora/object/text%3A350118">Tunica Grammar</a> (Unpublished manuscript). pp. 282–285.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Tunica+Grammar&rft.pages=282-285&rft.aulast=Haas&rft.aufirst=Mary+R.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fdiglib.amphilsoc.org%2Fislandora%2Fobject%2Ftext%253A350118&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHaas1967" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Mary_Haas" title="Mary Haas">Haas, Mary R.</a> (1967) [1946]. "A Grammatical Sketch of Tunica". In Osgood, Cornelius (ed.). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://archive.org/details/linguisticstruct0000osgo/mode/2up">Linguistic Structures of Native America</a>. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology no. 6. New York: Johnson Reprint Company. pp. 337–366 [344, 359].</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=A+Grammatical+Sketch+of+Tunica&rft.btitle=Linguistic+Structures+of+Native+America&rft.place=New+York&rft.series=Viking+Fund+Publications+in+Anthropology+no.+6&rft.pages=337-366+344%2C+359&rft.pub=Johnson+Reprint+Company&rft.date=1967&rft.aulast=Haas&rft.aufirst=Mary+R.&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Farchive.org%2Fdetails%2Flinguisticstruct0000osgo%2Fmode%2F2up&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarvey2023" class="citation thesis cs1">Harvey, Megan Anna (2023). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://repository.arizona.edu/bitstream/handle/10150/669841/azu_etd_20895_sip1_m.pdf">Documenting Reawakening Languages: A Case Study of Tunica</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). University of Arizona. pp. 50, 114–115, 556–557. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240324023413/https://repository.arizona.edu/bitstream/handle/10150/669841/azu_etd_20895_sip1_m.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-24. Retrieved 2024-03-24.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Documenting+Reawakening+Languages%3A+A+Case+Study+of+Tunica&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=University+of+Arizona&rft.date=2023&rft.aulast=Harvey&rft.aufirst=Megan+Anna&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Frepository.arizona.edu%2Fbitstream%2Fhandle%2F10150%2F669841%2Fazu_etd_20895_sip1_m.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHeatonAnderson2017" class="citation journal cs1">Heaton, Raina; Anderson, Patricia (2017). "When Animals Become Humans: Grammatical Gender in Tunica". International Journal of American Linguistics. 83 (2): 341–363 [342, 345–351]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1086%2F689832">10.1086/689832</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=International+Journal+of+American+Linguistics&rft.atitle=When+Animals+Become+Humans%3A+Grammatical+Gender+in+Tunica&rft.volume=83&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=341-363+342%2C+345-351&rft.date=2017&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1086%2F689832&rft.aulast=Heaton&rft.aufirst=Raina&rft.au=Anderson%2C+Patricia&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </li> <li id="cite_note-324"><a href="#cite_ref-324">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWatson2015" class="citation thesis cs1">Watson, Rachel (2015). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20210208023629/https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/22829/1/Watson_4244.pdf">Kujireray: Morphosyntax, Noun Classification and Verbal Nouns</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis). SOAS University of London. pp. 242–244. Archived from the original on 2021-02-08. Retrieved 2024-03-24.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=Kujireray%3A+Morphosyntax%2C+Noun+Classification+and+Verbal+Nouns&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=SOAS+University+of+London&rft.date=2015&rft.aulast=Watson&rft.aufirst=Rachel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Feprints.soas.ac.uk%2F22829%2F1%2FWatson_4244.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"><code class="cs1-code">{{<a href="/wiki/Template:Cite_thesis" title="Template:Cite thesis">cite thesis</a>}}</code>: CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown (<a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_maint:_bot:_original_URL_status_unknown" title="Category:CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown">link</a>) </li> <li id="cite_note-325"><a href="#cite_ref-325">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDench1987" class="citation journal cs1">Dench, Alan (1987). "Kinship and Collective Activity in the Ngayarda Languages of Australia". Language in Society. 16 (3): 321–339 [324]. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1017%2FS0047404500012410">10.1017/S0047404500012410</a>. <a href="/wiki/JSTOR_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="JSTOR (identifier)">JSTOR</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.jstor.org/stable/4167857">4167857</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Language+in+Society&rft.atitle=Kinship+and+Collective+Activity+in+the+Ngayarda+Languages+of+Australia&rft.volume=16&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=321-339+324&rft.date=1987&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1017%2FS0047404500012410&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.jstor.org%2Fstable%2F4167857%23id-name%3DJSTOR&rft.aulast=Dench&rft.aufirst=Alan&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-326"><a href="#cite_ref-326">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNæssHovdhaugen2011" class="citation book cs1">Næss, Åshild; <a href="/wiki/Even_Hovdhaugen" title="Even Hovdhaugen">Hovdhaugen, Even</a> (2011). A Grammar of Vaeakau-Taumako. Mouton Grammar Library 52. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. pp. 18, 36, 52, 165–172, 349. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-023827-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-023827-3"><bdi>978-3-11-023827-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+Grammar+of+Vaeakau-Taumako&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Mouton+Grammar+Library+52&rft.pages=18%2C+36%2C+52%2C+165-172%2C+349&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2011&rft.isbn=978-3-11-023827-3&rft.aulast=N%C3%A6ss&rft.aufirst=%C3%85shild&rft.au=Hovdhaugen%2C+Even&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-327"><a href="#cite_ref-327">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 117–120. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pages=117-120&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-328"><a href="#cite_ref-328">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHauser2009" class="citation journal cs1">Hauser, Mark (2009-09-01). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/origin-of-the-mind/">"The Origin of the Mind"</a>. Scientific American. 301 (3): 44–51. <a href="/wiki/Bibcode_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Bibcode (identifier)">Bibcode</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/2009SciAm.301c..44H">2009SciAm.301c..44H</a>. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1038%2Fscientificamerican0909-44">10.1038/scientificamerican0909-44</a>. <a href="/wiki/PMID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="PMID (identifier)">PMID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/19708527">19708527</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Scientific+American&rft.atitle=The+Origin+of+the+Mind&rft.volume=301&rft.issue=3&rft.pages=44-51&rft.date=2009-09-01&rft_id=info%3Apmid%2F19708527&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1038%2Fscientificamerican0909-44&rft_id=info%3Abibcode%2F2009SciAm.301c..44H&rft.aulast=Hauser&rft.aufirst=Mark&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.scientificamerican.com%2Farticle%2Forigin-of-the-mind%2F&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-329"><a href="#cite_ref-329">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFWard1955" class="citation book cs1">Ward, William Theophilus Thomas (1955). A preliminary survey of the economic and social life of the Mortlock Islands people, Eastern Carolines, Trust Territory of Micronesia.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=A+preliminary+survey+of+the+economic+and+social+life+of+the+Mortlock+Islands+people%2C+Eastern+Carolines%2C+Trust+Territory+of+Micronesia&rft.date=1955&rft.aulast=Ward&rft.aufirst=William+Theophilus+Thomas&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-330"><a href="#cite_ref-330">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFOdango2015" class="citation book cs1">Odango, Emerson Lopez (May 2015). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://ling.hawaii.edu/wp-content/uploads/Dissertation_ODANGO-FINAL.pdf">Afféú Fangani 'Join Together': A Morphophonemic Analysis of Possessive Suffix Paradigms and A Discourse-Based Ethnography of the Elicitation Session in Pakin Lukunosh Mortlockese</a> (PDF). University of Hawaii at Manoa Dissertation. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://ghostarchive.org/archive/20221009/http://ling.hawaii.edu/wp-content/uploads/Dissertation_ODANGO-FINAL.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-10-09.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Aff%C3%A9%C3%BA+Fangani+%27Join+Together%27%3A+A+Morphophonemic+Analysis+of+Possessive+Suffix+Paradigms+and+A+Discourse-Based+Ethnography+of+the+Elicitation+Session+in+Pakin+Lukunosh+Mortlockese&rft.pub=University+of+Hawaii+at+Manoa+Dissertation&rft.date=2015-05&rft.aulast=Odango&rft.aufirst=Emerson+Lopez&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fling.hawaii.edu%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2FDissertation_ODANGO-FINAL.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-331"><a href="#cite_ref-331">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFUniversity_of_Hawaii_at_Manoa_Hamilton" class="citation web cs1">University of Hawaii at Manoa Hamilton. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://reader.eblib.com.eres.library.manoa.hawaii.edu/(S(bfec0qwyennsyhjjyoy3lxhr))/Reader.aspx?p=2040187&o=376&u=0GOyKO0ekzLvKJLaSEvKuw%3d%3d&t=1486402464&h=5B6C7F87B4062AECBD899D5821D51EF7A00B310D&s=53250598&ut=1139&pg=1&r=img&c=-1&pat=n&cms=-1&sd=2#">"Narrative and identity construction in the Pacific Islands"</a>. reader.eblib.com.eres.library.manoa.hawaii.edu. Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins Publishing Company, 2015.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=unknown&rft.jtitle=reader.eblib.com.eres.library.manoa.hawaii.edu&rft.atitle=Narrative+and+identity+construction+in+the+Pacific+Islands&rft.au=University+of+Hawaii+at+Manoa+Hamilton&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Freader.eblib.com.eres.library.manoa.hawaii.edu%2F%28S%28bfec0qwyennsyhjjyoy3lxhr%29%29%2FReader.aspx%3Fp%3D2040187%26o%3D376%26u%3D0GOyKO0ekzLvKJLaSEvKuw%253d%253d%26t%3D1486402464%26h%3D5B6C7F87B4062AECBD899D5821D51EF7A00B310D%26s%3D53250598%26ut%3D1139%26pg%3D1%26r%3Dimg%26c%3D-1%26pat%3Dn%26cms%3D-1%26sd%3D2%23&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-332"><a href="#cite_ref-332">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLunt1982" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Horace_Lunt" title="Horace Lunt">Lunt, Horace G.</a> (1982) [1958]. Fundamentals of Russian: First Russian Course. Columbus, OH: Slavica. p. 204. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-89357-097-4" title="Special:BookSources/0-89357-097-4"><bdi>0-89357-097-4</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Fundamentals+of+Russian%3A+First+Russian+Course&rft.place=Columbus%2C+OH&rft.pages=204&rft.pub=Slavica&rft.date=1982&rft.isbn=0-89357-097-4&rft.aulast=Lunt&rft.aufirst=Horace+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-333"><a href="#cite_ref-333">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFVrabec2022" class="citation book cs1">Vrabec, Željko (2022). Bosnian, Croatian, Montenegrin and Serbian: An Essential Grammar. Routledge Essential Grammars. London: Routledge. p. 26. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.4324%2F9781003154525-3">10.4324/9781003154525-3</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-003-15452-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-003-15452-5"><bdi>978-1-003-15452-5</bdi></a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:241612802">241612802</a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Bosnian%2C+Croatian%2C+Montenegrin+and+Serbian%3A+An+Essential+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Essential+Grammars&rft.pages=26&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2022&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A241612802%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.4324%2F9781003154525-3&rft.isbn=978-1-003-15452-5&rft.aulast=Vrabec&rft.aufirst=%C5%BDeljko&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-334"><a href="#cite_ref-334">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHattori2012" class="citation book cs1">Hattori, Ryoko (2012). Preverbal Particles in Pingelapese. Ann Arbor. pp. 38–41. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-126781721-1" title="Special:BookSources/978-126781721-1"><bdi>978-126781721-1</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Preverbal+Particles+in+Pingelapese&rft.pages=38-41&rft.pub=Ann+Arbor&rft.date=2012&rft.isbn=978-126781721-1&rft.aulast=Hattori&rft.aufirst=Ryoko&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-335"><a href="#cite_ref-335">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFDe_Oliveira2007" class="citation thesis cs1 cs1-prop-foreign-lang-source">De Oliveira, Rosana Costa (2007). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://livros01.livrosgratis.com.br/cp050936.pdf">Morfologia e Sintaxe da Língua Xavante</a> (PDF) (PhD thesis) (in Portuguese). Federal University of Rio de Janeiro. p. 75. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240326004742/https://livros01.livrosgratis.com.br/cp050936.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2024-03-26. Retrieved 2024-03-26.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Adissertation&rft.title=%3Cspan+title%3D%22Portuguese-language+text%22%3E%3Ci+lang%3D%22pt%22%3EMorfologia+e+Sintaxe+da+L%C3%ADngua+Xavante%3C%2Fi%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E&rft.degree=PhD&rft.inst=Federal+University+of+Rio+de+Janeiro&rft.date=2007&rft.aulast=De+Oliveira&rft.aufirst=Rosana+Costa&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Flivros01.livrosgratis.com.br%2Fcp050936.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-336"><a href="#cite_ref-336">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFKahnValijärvi2022" class="citation book cs1">Kahn, Lily; Valijärvi, Riitta-Liisa (2022). West Greenlandic: An Essential Grammar. Routledge Essential Grammars. London: Routledge. pp. 142–143, 147–148. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.4324%2F9781315160863">10.4324/9781315160863</a>. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-1-315-16086-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-1-315-16086-3"><bdi>978-1-315-16086-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=West+Greenlandic%3A+An+Essential+Grammar&rft.place=London&rft.series=Routledge+Essential+Grammars&rft.pages=142-143%2C+147-148&rft.pub=Routledge&rft.date=2022&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.4324%2F9781315160863&rft.isbn=978-1-315-16086-3&rft.aulast=Kahn&rft.aufirst=Lily&rft.au=Valij%C3%A4rvi%2C+Riitta-Liisa&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"> </li> <li id="cite_note-337"><a href="#cite_ref-337">^</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://chs.harvard.edu/CHS/article/display/6417.learning-ancient-greek">"Learn Ancient Greek: 11_Unit 2 Agreement Infinitives Questions"</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20180507182200/https://chs.harvard.edu/CHS/article/display/6417.learning-ancient-greek">Archived</a> 2018-05-07 at the <a href="/wiki/Wayback_Machine" title="Wayback Machine">Wayback Machine</a>, video tutorial by Leonard Muellner and Belisi Gillespie at <a href="/wiki/Center_for_Hellenic_Studies" title="Center for Hellenic Studies">Center for Hellenic Studies</a> at <a href="/wiki/Harvard_University" title="Harvard University">Harvard University</a>, published January 25, 2018; retrieved May 30, 2018 </li> <li id="cite_note-338"><a href="#cite_ref-338">^</a> <link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite class="citation cs2">"Linguistic sketch", <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20060211185103/http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=75">Khmer</a> (article), UCLA Language Materials project (<a rel="nofollow" class="external free" href="http://www.lmp.ucla.edu">http://www.lmp.ucla.edu</a>), archived from <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=75">the original</a> on 2006-02-11, retrieved 2005-11-28</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Linguistic+sketch&rft.btitle=Khmer&rft.pub=UCLA+Language+Materials+project+%28http%3A%2F%2Fwww.lmp.ucla.edu%29&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.lmp.ucla.edu%2FProfile.aspx%3FLangID%3D75&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988">. </li> </ol></div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading3"><h3 id="General_reading">General reading</h3>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=54" title="Edit section: General reading">edit</a>]</div> <style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1239549316">.mw-parser-output .refbegin{margin-bottom:0.5em}.mw-parser-output .refbegin-hanging-indents>ul{margin-left:0}.mw-parser-output .refbegin-hanging-indents>ul>li{margin-left:0;padding-left:3.2em;text-indent:-3.2em}.mw-parser-output .refbegin-hanging-indents ul,.mw-parser-output .refbegin-hanging-indents ul li{list-style:none}@media(max-width:720px){.mw-parser-output .refbegin-hanging-indents>ul>li{padding-left:1.6em;text-indent:-1.6em}}.mw-parser-output .refbegin-columns{margin-top:0.3em}.mw-parser-output .refbegin-columns ul{margin-top:0}.mw-parser-output .refbegin-columns li{page-break-inside:avoid;break-inside:avoid-column}@media screen{.mw-parser-output .refbegin{font-size:90%}}</style><div class="refbegin refbegin-columns references-column-width" style="column-width: 35em"> <ul><li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFAcquavivaDaniel2022" class="citation book cs1">Acquaviva, Paolo; <a href="/wiki/Michael_Daniel_(linguist)" title="Michael Daniel (linguist)">Daniel, Michael</a>, eds. (2022). Number in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Comparative Handbooks of Linguistics, vol. 5. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-3-11-062271-3" title="Special:BookSources/978-3-11-062271-3"><bdi>978-3-11-062271-3</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number+in+the+World%27s+Languages%3A+A+Comparative+Handbook&rft.place=Berlin&rft.series=Comparative+Handbooks+of+Linguistics%2C+vol.+5&rft.pub=De+Gruyter+Mouton&rft.date=2022&rft.isbn=978-3-11-062271-3&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2004" class="citation book cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, Greville G.</a> (2004) [2000]. Number. Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7" title="Special:BookSources/0-511-01591-7"><bdi>0-511-01591-7</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Number&rft.place=Cambridge&rft.series=Cambridge+Textbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pub=Cambridge+University+Press&rft.date=2004&rft.isbn=0-511-01591-7&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=Greville+G.&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCorbett2006" class="citation encyclopaedia cs1"><a href="/wiki/Greville_G_Corbett" title="Greville G Corbett">Corbett, G G</a> (2006) [1994]. "Number". In <a href="/wiki/Keith_Brown_(linguist)" title="Keith Brown (linguist)">Brown, Keith</a> (ed.). Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Vol. 8 (2nd ed.). Boston: Elsevier. pp. 724–731. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-08-044364-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-08-044364-5"><bdi>978-0-08-044364-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Number&rft.btitle=Encyclopedia+of+Language+and+Linguistics&rft.place=Boston&rft.pages=724-731&rft.edition=2nd&rft.pub=Elsevier&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-0-08-044364-5&rft.aulast=Corbett&rft.aufirst=G+G&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFCysouw2009" class="citation book cs1">Cysouw, Michael (2009) [2003]. The Paradigmatic Structure of Person Marking. Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-925412-5"><bdi>978-0-19-925412-5</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Paradigmatic+Structure+of+Person+Marking&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Studies+in+Typology+and+Linguistic+Theory&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2009&rft.isbn=978-0-19-925412-5&rft.aulast=Cysouw&rft.aufirst=Michael&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHarbour2014" class="citation journal cs1">Harbour, Daniel (2014). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">"Paucity, Abundance, and the Theory of Number"</a> (PDF). Linguistic Society of America. 90 (1): 185–229. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003">10.1353/lan.2014.0003</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:120276362">120276362</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20160705191935/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/185-229.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2016-07-05. Retrieved 2024-01-04.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistic+Society+of+America&rft.atitle=Paucity%2C+Abundance%2C+and+the+Theory+of+Number&rft.volume=90&rft.issue=1&rft.pages=185-229&rft.date=2014&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1353%2Flan.2014.0003&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A120276362%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Harbour&rft.aufirst=Daniel&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linguisticsociety.org%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2F185-229.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFHofherrDoetjes2021" class="citation book cs1">Hofherr, Patricia Cabredo; Doetjes, Jenny, eds. (2021). The Oxford Handbook of Grammatical Number. Oxford Handbooks in Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-879585-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-879585-8"><bdi>978-0-19-879585-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=The+Oxford+Handbook+of+Grammatical+Number&rft.place=Oxford&rft.series=Oxford+Handbooks+in+Linguistics&rft.pub=Oxford+University+Press&rft.date=2021&rft.isbn=978-0-19-879585-8&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLaycock2006" class="citation encyclopaedia cs1">Laycock, H (2006) [1994]. "Mass Nouns, Count Nouns, and Non-count Nouns: Philosophical Aspects". In <a href="/wiki/Keith_Brown_(linguist)" title="Keith Brown (linguist)">Brown, Keith</a> (ed.). Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Vol. 7 (2nd ed.). Boston: Elsevier. pp. 534–538. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-08-044363-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-08-044363-8"><bdi>978-0-08-044363-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=bookitem&rft.atitle=Mass+Nouns%2C+Count+Nouns%2C+and+Non-count+Nouns%3A+Philosophical+Aspects&rft.btitle=Encyclopedia+of+Language+and+Linguistics&rft.place=Boston&rft.pages=534-538&rft.edition=2nd&rft.pub=Elsevier&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-0-08-044363-8&rft.aulast=Laycock&rft.aufirst=H&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFLaycock2006" class="citation book cs1">Laycock, Henry (2006). Words without Objects: Semantics, Ontology, and Logic for Non-Singularity. Oxford: Clarendon Press. <a href="/wiki/ISBN_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="ISBN (identifier)">ISBN</a> <a href="/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-19-928171-8" title="Special:BookSources/978-0-19-928171-8"><bdi>978-0-19-928171-8</bdi></a>.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Abook&rft.genre=book&rft.btitle=Words+without+Objects%3A+Semantics%2C+Ontology%2C+and+Logic+for+Non-Singularity&rft.place=Oxford&rft.pub=Clarendon+Press&rft.date=2006&rft.isbn=978-0-19-928171-8&rft.aulast=Laycock&rft.aufirst=Henry&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li> <li><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1238218222"><cite id="CITEREFNicolas2008" class="citation journal cs1">Nicolas, David (2008). <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://d.a.nicolas.free.fr/pdf/Nicolas-Mass-nouns-and-plural-logic.pdf">"Mass Nouns and Plural Logic"</a> (PDF). Linguistics and Philosophy. 31 (2): 211–244. <a href="/wiki/Doi_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="Doi (identifier)">doi</a>:<a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://doi.org/10.1007%2Fs10988-008-9033-2">10.1007/s10988-008-9033-2</a>. <a href="/wiki/S2CID_(identifier)" class="mw-redirect" title="S2CID (identifier)">S2CID</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:13755223">13755223</a>. <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://web.archive.org/web/20220419230012/http://d.a.nicolas.free.fr/pdf/Nicolas-Mass-nouns-and-plural-logic.pdf">Archived</a> (PDF) from the original on 2022-04-19. Retrieved 2024-01-23.</cite><span title="ctx_ver=Z39.88-2004&rft_val_fmt=info%3Aofi%2Ffmt%3Akev%3Amtx%3Ajournal&rft.genre=article&rft.jtitle=Linguistics+and+Philosophy&rft.atitle=Mass+Nouns+and+Plural+Logic&rft.volume=31&rft.issue=2&rft.pages=211-244&rft.date=2008&rft_id=info%3Adoi%2F10.1007%2Fs10988-008-9033-2&rft_id=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.semanticscholar.org%2FCorpusID%3A13755223%23id-name%3DS2CID&rft.aulast=Nicolas&rft.aufirst=David&rft_id=http%3A%2F%2Fd.a.nicolas.free.fr%2Fpdf%2FNicolas-Mass-nouns-and-plural-logic.pdf&rfr_id=info%3Asid%2Fen.wikipedia.org%3AGrammatical+number" class="Z3988"></li></ul> </div> <div class="mw-heading mw-heading2"><h2 id="External_links">External links</h2>[<a href="/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&action=edit&section=55" title="Edit section: External links">edit</a>]</div> <ul><li><a rel="nofollow" class="external free" href="http://www.smg.surrey.ac.uk/features/morphosyntactic/number/">http://www.smg.surrey.ac.uk/features/morphosyntactic/number/</a> <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="http://www.smg.surrey.ac.uk/features/morphosyntactic/number/">doi:10.15126/SMG.18/1.02</a></li></ul> <div class="navbox-styles"><link rel="mw-deduplicated-inline-style" href="mw-data:TemplateStyles:r1129693374"><style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1236075235">.mw-parser-output .navbox{box-sizing:border-box;border:1px solid #a2a9b1;width:100%;clear:both;font-size:88%;text-align:center;padding:1px;margin:1em auto 0}.mw-parser-output .navbox .navbox{margin-top:0}.mw-parser-output .navbox+.navbox,.mw-parser-output .navbox+.navbox-styles+.navbox{margin-top:-1px}.mw-parser-output .navbox-inner,.mw-parser-output .navbox-subgroup{width:100%}.mw-parser-output .navbox-group,.mw-parser-output .navbox-title,.mw-parser-output .navbox-abovebelow{padding:0.25em 1em;line-height:1.5em;text-align:center}.mw-parser-output .navbox-group{white-space:nowrap;text-align:right}.mw-parser-output .navbox,.mw-parser-output .navbox-subgroup{background-color:#fdfdfd}.mw-parser-output .navbox-list{line-height:1.5em;border-color:#fdfdfd}.mw-parser-output .navbox-list-with-group{text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid}.mw-parser-output tr+tr>.navbox-abovebelow,.mw-parser-output tr+tr>.navbox-group,.mw-parser-output tr+tr>.navbox-image,.mw-parser-output tr+tr>.navbox-list{border-top:2px solid #fdfdfd}.mw-parser-output .navbox-title{background-color:#ccf}.mw-parser-output .navbox-abovebelow,.mw-parser-output .navbox-group,.mw-parser-output .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title{background-color:#ddf}.mw-parser-output .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group,.mw-parser-output .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow{background-color:#e6e6ff}.mw-parser-output .navbox-even{background-color:#f7f7f7}.mw-parser-output .navbox-odd{background-color:transparent}.mw-parser-output .navbox .hlist td dl,.mw-parser-output .navbox .hlist td ol,.mw-parser-output .navbox .hlist td ul,.mw-parser-output .navbox td.hlist dl,.mw-parser-output .navbox td.hlist ol,.mw-parser-output .navbox td.hlist ul{padding:0.125em 0}.mw-parser-output .navbox .navbar{display:block;font-size:100%}.mw-parser-output .navbox-title .navbar{float:left;text-align:left;margin-right:0.5em}body.skin--responsive .mw-parser-output .navbox-image img{max-width:none!important}@media print{body.ns-0 .mw-parser-output .navbox{display:none!important}}</style><style data-mw-deduplicate="TemplateStyles:r1038841319">.mw-parser-output .tooltip-dotted{border-bottom:1px dotted;cursor:help}</style></div><div role="navigation" class="navbox authority-control" aria-label="Navbox" style="padding:3px"><table class="nowraplinks hlist navbox-inner" style="border-spacing:0;background:transparent;color:inherit"><tbody><tr><th scope="row" class="navbox-group" style="width:1%"><a href="/wiki/Help:Authority_control" title="Help:Authority control">Authority control databases</a>: National <a href="https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q104083#identifiers" title="Edit this at Wikidata"><img alt="Edit this at Wikidata" src="//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/thumb/8/8a/OOjs_UI_icon_edit-ltr-progressive.svg/10px-OOjs_UI_icon_edit-ltr-progressive.svg.png" decoding="async" width="10" height="10" class="mw-file-element" srcset="//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/thumb/8/8a/OOjs_UI_icon_edit-ltr-progressive.svg/15px-OOjs_UI_icon_edit-ltr-progressive.svg.png 1.5x, //upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/thumb/8/8a/OOjs_UI_icon_edit-ltr-progressive.svg/20px-OOjs_UI_icon_edit-ltr-progressive.svg.png 2x" data-file-width="20" data-file-height="20" /></a></th><td class="navbox-list-with-group navbox-list navbox-odd" style="width:100%;padding:0"><div style="padding:0 0.25em"><ul><li><a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://d-nb.info/gnd/4172173-1">Germany</a></li><li><a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://aleph.nkp.cz/F/?func=find-c&local_base=aut&ccl_term=ica=ph123479&CON_LNG=ENG">Czech Republic</a></li></ul></div></td></tr></tbody></table></div>    </div><noscript><img src="https://login.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:CentralAutoLogin/start?type=1x1&useformat=desktop" alt="" width="1" height="1" style="border: none; position: absolute;"></noscript> <div class="printfooter" data-nosnippet="">Retrieved from "<a dir="ltr" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&oldid=1257874923">https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&oldid=1257874923</a>"</div></div> <div id="catlinks" class="catlinks" data-mw="interface"><div id="mw-normal-catlinks" class="mw-normal-catlinks"><a href="/wiki/Help:Category" title="Help:Category">Category</a>: <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Grammatical_number" title="Category:Grammatical number">Grammatical number</a></li></ul></div><div id="mw-hidden-catlinks" class="mw-hidden-catlinks mw-hidden-cats-hidden">Hidden categories: <ul><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Russian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Russian-language text">Articles containing Russian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Arabic-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Arabic-language text">Articles containing Arabic-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_German-language_sources_(de)" title="Category:CS1 German-language sources (de)">CS1 German-language sources (de)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_Portuguese-language_sources_(pt)" title="Category:CS1 Portuguese-language sources (pt)">CS1 Portuguese-language sources (pt)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1:_long_volume_value" title="Category:CS1: long volume value">CS1: long volume value</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Pages_with_listed_invalid_ISBNs" title="Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs">Pages with listed invalid ISBNs</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_Czech-language_sources_(cs)" title="Category:CS1 Czech-language sources (cs)">CS1 Czech-language sources (cs)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_foreign_language_sources_(ISO_639-2)" title="Category:CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)">CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_Icelandic-language_sources_(is)" title="Category:CS1 Icelandic-language sources (is)">CS1 Icelandic-language sources (is)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Japanese-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Japanese-language text">Articles containing Japanese-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_Japanese-language_sources_(ja)" title="Category:CS1 Japanese-language sources (ja)">CS1 Japanese-language sources (ja)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_Spanish-language_sources_(es)" title="Category:CS1 Spanish-language sources (es)">CS1 Spanish-language sources (es)</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:CS1_maint:_bot:_original_URL_status_unknown" title="Category:CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown">CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Webarchive_template_wayback_links" title="Category:Webarchive template wayback links">Webarchive template wayback links</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_with_short_description" title="Category:Articles with short description">Articles with short description</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Short_description_matches_Wikidata" title="Category:Short description matches Wikidata">Short description matches Wikidata</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Wikipedia_articles_needing_clarification_from_February_2015" title="Category:Wikipedia articles needing clarification from February 2015">Wikipedia articles needing clarification from February 2015</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Wayor%C3%B3-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Wayoró-language text">Articles containing Wayoró-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Cams%C3%A1-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Camsá-language text">Articles containing Camsá-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_M%C4%81ori-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Māori-language text">Articles containing Māori-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Norwegian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Norwegian-language text">Articles containing Norwegian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Awa_(Papua_New_Guinea)-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Awa (Papua New Guinea)-language text">Articles containing Awa (Papua New Guinea)-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Nukna-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Nukna-language text">Articles containing Nukna-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Larike-Wakasihu-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Larike-Wakasihu-language text">Articles containing Larike-Wakasihu-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Siwai-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Siwai-language text">Articles containing Siwai-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Lihir-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Lihir-language text">Articles containing Lihir-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Sursurunga-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Sursurunga-language text">Articles containing Sursurunga-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Marshallese-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Marshallese-language text">Articles containing Marshallese-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Bislama-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Bislama-language text">Articles containing Bislama-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Tswana-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Tswana-language text">Articles containing Tswana-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Mokilese-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Mokilese-language text">Articles containing Mokilese-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Tigre-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Tigre-language text">Articles containing Tigre-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Guarequena-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Guarequena-language text">Articles containing Guarequena-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Pular-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Pular-language text">Articles containing Pular-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Sidamo-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Sidamo-language text">Articles containing Sidamo-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Hamer-Banna-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Hamer-Banna-language text">Articles containing Hamer-Banna-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Warlpiri-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Warlpiri-language text">Articles containing Warlpiri-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Bambassi-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Bambassi-language text">Articles containing Bambassi-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Baiso-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Baiso-language text">Articles containing Baiso-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Arabana-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Arabana-language text">Articles containing Arabana-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Kaytetye-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Kaytetye-language text">Articles containing Kaytetye-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Burushaski-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Burushaski-language text">Articles containing Burushaski-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Levantine_Arabic-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Levantine Arabic-language text">Articles containing Levantine Arabic-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Ilocano-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Ilocano-language text">Articles containing Ilocano-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Gunwinggu-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Gunwinggu-language text">Articles containing Gunwinggu-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Breton-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Breton-language text">Articles containing Breton-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Kala_Lagaw_Ya-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Kala Lagaw Ya-language text">Articles containing Kala Lagaw Ya-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Central_Pame-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Central Pame-language text">Articles containing Central Pame-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Koasati-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Koasati-language text">Articles containing Koasati-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Tuyuca-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Tuyuca-language text">Articles containing Tuyuca-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Piratapuyo-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Piratapuyo-language text">Articles containing Piratapuyo-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Navajo-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Navajo-language text">Articles containing Navajo-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Wangkumara-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Wangkumara-language text">Articles containing Wangkumara-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Kiowa-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Kiowa-language text">Articles containing Kiowa-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Jemez-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Jemez-language text">Articles containing Jemez-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Panamint-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Panamint-language text">Articles containing Panamint-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Pirah%C3%A3-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Pirahã-language text">Articles containing Pirahã-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Southern_Dagaare-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Southern Dagaare-language text">Articles containing Southern Dagaare-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Mohawk-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Mohawk-language text">Articles containing Mohawk-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Yir_Yoront-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Yir Yoront-language text">Articles containing Yir Yoront-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Guarani-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Guarani-language text">Articles containing Guarani-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_N%C3%AAl%C3%AAmwa-Nixumwak-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Nêlêmwa-Nixumwak-language text">Articles containing Nêlêmwa-Nixumwak-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_%C7%82Hua-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing ǂHua-language text">Articles containing ǂHua-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Tunica-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Tunica-language text">Articles containing Tunica-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Bandial-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Bandial-language text">Articles containing Bandial-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Banyjima-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Banyjima-language text">Articles containing Banyjima-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Pileni-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Pileni-language text">Articles containing Pileni-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Basque-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Basque-language text">Articles containing Basque-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Finnish-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Finnish-language text">Articles containing Finnish-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_French-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing French-language text">Articles containing French-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Pages_with_plain_IPA" title="Category:Pages with plain IPA">Pages with plain IPA</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Hebrew-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Hebrew-language text">Articles containing Hebrew-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Mortlockese-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Mortlockese-language text">Articles containing Mortlockese-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Swedish-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Swedish-language text">Articles containing Swedish-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Estonian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Estonian-language text">Articles containing Estonian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Turkish-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Turkish-language text">Articles containing Turkish-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Slovene-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Slovene-language text">Articles containing Slovene-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Sanskrit-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Sanskrit-language text">Articles containing Sanskrit-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Sinhala-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Sinhala-language text">Articles containing Sinhala-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Swahili_(macrolanguage)-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Swahili (macrolanguage)-language text">Articles containing Swahili (macrolanguage)-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Luganda-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Luganda-language text">Articles containing Luganda-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Georgian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Georgian-language text">Articles containing Georgian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Welsh-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Welsh-language text">Articles containing Welsh-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Banggarla-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Banggarla-language text">Articles containing Banggarla-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Dinka-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Dinka-language text">Articles containing Dinka-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_German-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing German-language text">Articles containing German-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Indonesian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Indonesian-language text">Articles containing Indonesian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Pipil-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Pipil-language text">Articles containing Pipil-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Somali-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Somali-language text">Articles containing Somali-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Serbo-Croatian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Serbo-Croatian-language text">Articles containing Serbo-Croatian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Limburgish-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Limburgish-language text">Articles containing Limburgish-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Ancient_Greek_(to_1453)-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Ancient Greek (to 1453)-language text">Articles containing Ancient Greek (to 1453)-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Western_Apache-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Western Apache-language text">Articles containing Western Apache-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Tagalog-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Tagalog-language text">Articles containing Tagalog-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Kapampangan-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Kapampangan-language text">Articles containing Kapampangan-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Hungarian-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Hungarian-language text">Articles containing Hungarian-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Portuguese-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Portuguese-language text">Articles containing Portuguese-language text</a></li><li><a href="/wiki/Category:Articles_containing_Khmer-language_text" title="Category:Articles containing Khmer-language text">Articles containing Khmer-language text</a></li></ul></div></div> </div> </main> </div> <div class="mw-footer-container"> <footer id="footer" class="mw-footer" > <ul id="footer-info"> <li id="footer-info-lastmod"> This page was last edited on 17 November 2024, at 01:45 (UTC).</li> <li id="footer-info-copyright">Text is available under the <a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:Text_of_the_Creative_Commons_Attribution-ShareAlike_4.0_International_License" title="Wikipedia:Text of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License">Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 License</a>; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the <a href="https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms_of_Use" class="extiw" title="foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use">Terms of Use</a> and <a href="https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy_policy" class="extiw" title="foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy">Privacy Policy</a>. Wikipedia® is a registered trademark of the <a rel="nofollow" class="external text" href="https://wikimediafoundation.org/">Wikimedia Foundation, Inc.</a>, a non-profit organization.</li> </ul> <ul id="footer-places"> <li id="footer-places-privacy"><a href="https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy_policy">Privacy policy</a></li> <li id="footer-places-about"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:About">About Wikipedia</a></li> <li id="footer-places-disclaimers"><a href="/wiki/Wikipedia:General_disclaimer">Disclaimers</a></li> <li id="footer-places-contact"><a href="//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Contact_us">Contact Wikipedia</a></li> <li id="footer-places-wm-codeofconduct"><a href="https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal_Code_of_Conduct">Code of Conduct</a></li> <li id="footer-places-developers"><a href="https://developer.wikimedia.org">Developers</a></li> <li id="footer-places-statslink"><a href="https://stats.wikimedia.org/#/en.wikipedia.org">Statistics</a></li> <li id="footer-places-cookiestatement"><a href="https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Cookie_statement">Cookie statement</a></li> <li id="footer-places-mobileview"><a href="//en.m.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Grammatical_number&mobileaction=toggle_view_mobile" class="noprint stopMobileRedirectToggle">Mobile view</a></li> </ul> <ul id="footer-icons" class="noprint"> <li id="footer-copyrightico"><a href="https://wikimediafoundation.org/" class="cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--size-large cdx-button--fake-button--enabled"><img src="/static/images/footer/wikimedia-button.svg" width="84" height="29" alt="Wikimedia Foundation" loading="lazy"></a></li> <li id="footer-poweredbyico"><a href="https://www.mediawiki.org/" class="cdx-button cdx-button--fake-button cdx-button--size-large cdx-button--fake-button--enabled"><img src="/w/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki.svg" alt="Powered by MediaWiki" width="88" height="31" loading="lazy"></a></li> </ul> </footer> </div> </div> </div> <div class="vector-settings" id="p-dock-bottom"> <ul></ul> </div><script>(RLQ=window.RLQ||[]).push(function(){mw.config.set({"wgHostname":"mw-web.codfw.main-7fc47fc68d-69jb7","wgBackendResponseTime":4862,"wgPageParseReport":{"limitreport":{"cputime":"4.413","walltime":"4.620","ppvisitednodes":{"value":28675,"limit":1000000},"postexpandincludesize":{"value":956158,"limit":2097152},"templateargumentsize":{"value":16068,"limit":2097152},"expansiondepth":{"value":19,"limit":100},"expensivefunctioncount":{"value":12,"limit":500},"unstrip-depth":{"value":1,"limit":20},"unstrip-size":{"value":1371600,"limit":5000000},"entityaccesscount":{"value":1,"limit":400},"timingprofile":["100.00% 4082.227 1 -total"," 60.23% 2458.583 2 Template:Reflist"," 33.09% 1350.964 227 Template:Cite_book"," 19.77% 807.161 652 Template:Lang"," 9.93% 405.414 65 Template:Cite_journal"," 5.81% 237.036 46 Template:Cite_thesis"," 3.03% 123.766 1 Template:Short_description"," 2.98% 121.747 1 Template:Authority_control"," 2.96% 120.646 4 Template:Citation"," 2.79% 114.004 1 Template:Grammatical_categories"]},"scribunto":{"limitreport-timeusage":{"value":"2.949","limit":"10.000"},"limitreport-memusage":{"value":17196981,"limit":52428800},"limitreport-profile":[["dataWrapper \u003Cmw.lua:672\u003E","580","20.4"],["?","320","11.3"],["recursiveClone \u003CmwInit.lua:45\u003E","280","9.9"],["MediaWiki\\Extension\\Scribunto\\Engines\\LuaSandbox\\LuaSandboxCallback::callParserFunction","260","9.2"],["MediaWiki\\Extension\\Scribunto\\Engines\\LuaSandbox\\LuaSandboxCallback::gsub","180","6.3"],["MediaWiki\\Extension\\Scribunto\\Engines\\LuaSandbox\\LuaSandboxCallback::plain","100","3.5"],["\u003Cmw.lua:694\u003E","80","2.8"],["MediaWiki\\Extension\\Scribunto\\Engines\\LuaSandbox\\LuaSandboxCallback::match","80","2.8"],["makeMessage \u003Cmw.message.lua:76\u003E","80","2.8"],["MediaWiki\\Extension\\Scribunto\\Engines\\LuaSandbox\\LuaSandboxCallback::anchorEncode","80","2.8"],["[others]","800","28.2"]]},"cachereport":{"origin":"mw-web.codfw.main-7fc47fc68d-69jb7","timestamp":"20241128193501","ttl":2592000,"transientcontent":false}}});});</script> <script type="application/ld+json">{"@context":"https:\/\/schema.org","@type":"Article","name":"Grammatical number","url":"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Grammatical_number","sameAs":"http:\/\/www.wikidata.org\/entity\/Q104083","mainEntity":"http:\/\/www.wikidata.org\/entity\/Q104083","author":{"@type":"Organization","name":"Contributors to Wikimedia projects"},"publisher":{"@type":"Organization","name":"Wikimedia Foundation, Inc.","logo":{"@type":"ImageObject","url":"https:\/\/www.wikimedia.org\/static\/images\/wmf-hor-googpub.png"}},"datePublished":"2002-03-01T03:38:24Z","dateModified":"2024-11-17T01:45:41Z","headline":"use of grammar in a language to express number"}</script> </body> </html>